The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutCIP SI256 - Specifications (FINALv2)1293492.1 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS CITY OF DIAMOND BAR CALIFORNIA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 All Questions Regarding This Project Are to Be Directed To: Hal Ghafari, P.E. HGhafari@DiamondBarCA.gov Chia Yu Teng, Mayor Steve Tye, Mayor Pro Tem Andrew Chou, Council Member Ruth M. Low, Council Member Stan Liu, Council Member Daniel Fox, City Manager September 2025 1293492.1 CITY OF DIAMOND BAR CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 By: ____________________________________ Michael Ip, R.C.E. 43671 Date Exp: 3/31/2027 PREPARED BY: MNS Engineers, Inc. 100 E. Thousand Oaks Boulevard, Suite 105 Thousand Oaks, CA 91360 TELEPHONE: (805) 648-4840 Bidders must attend a mandatory pre-bid meeting at 10:00 am on Thursday October 9, 2025. The meeting will take place at the project site, meeting at Golden Springs Drive and Diamond Bar Boulevard near the Mobil gas station (350 S Diamond Bar Blvd, Diamond Bar, CA 91765). REGISTERED P R O F ESSIONA L E NGI NEERS T ATE OF CA L IF O RNIAMichael Ip No.43671 Exp. 3/31/27 CIVIL 1293492.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS ITEMS PAGES PART I - BIDDING AND CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS 1 - 3 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 4 - 11 PROPOSAL FORM 12 - 13 BID SCHEDULE 14 - 19 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 20 – 21 DECLARATION OF ELIGIBILITY TO CONTRACT 22 BIDDER'S VIOLATION OF LAW/SAFETY QUESTIONNAIRE 23 CONTRACTOR INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD 24 AFFIDAVIT FOR CO-PARTNERSHIP FIRM 25 AFFIDAVIT FOR CORPORATION BIDDER 26 AFFIDAVIT FOR INDIVIDUAL BIDDER 27 AFFIDAVIT FOR JOINT VENTURE 28 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND 29 - 30 LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND 31 - 32 BID BOND 33 - 34 CERTIFICATE OF NON-DISCRIMINATION AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION 35 CERTIFICATE WITH REGARD TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PREVIOUS CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS 36 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 37 CONTRACT AGREEMENT 38 - 44 1293492.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) PART II - GENERAL PROVISIONS GP-1 – GP-16 PART III- SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP-1 – SP-9 PART IV - TECHNICAL PROVISIONS TP-1 – TP-173 PART V - APPENDICES CITY OF DIAMOND BAR CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS Appendix A TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENTS AND PERMITS TO ENTER AND CONSTRUCT Appendix B BUS STOP SHELTER PLAN Appendix C GEOTECHNICAL STUDY Appendix D SIGNAL POLE, DECORATIVE SIGN POLE, LIGHTING STANDARD DRAWINGS Appendix E DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT PLANS Appendix F Mobilization and Demobilization .................................................................................................................... 3 Traffic Control ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Stormwater Pollution Prevention ................................................................................................................. 12 Clearing and Grubbing ................................................................................................................................ 15 Existing Improvements ................................................................................................................................ 17 Earthwork .................................................................................................................................................... 23 Subgrade Preparation and Placement of Base Material ............................................................................. 24 Asphalt Surfacing ........................................................................................................................................ 25 Concrete Surfacing and Flatwork ................................................................................................................ 30 Drainage ...................................................................................................................................................... 43 Traffic Striping and Signage ........................................................................................................................ 51 Traffic Signal ................................................................................................................................................ 55 Site Furnishings ........................................................................................................................................... 72 Landscape Irrigation .................................................................................................................................... 77 Landscape Planting ................................................................................................................................... 101 Landscape Maintenance ........................................................................................................................... 116 General Electrical Requirements............................................................................................................... 122 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables ............................................................................. 132 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems ......................................................................................... 138 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems ............................................................................................ 142 Identification for Electrical Systems .......................................................................................................... 151 Panelboards .............................................................................................................................................. 156 LED Exterior Lighting ................................................................................................................................ 163 1 PART I BIDDING AND CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS CITY OF DIAMOND BAR NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS FOR DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS: The City of Diamond Bar (CITY) will receive proposals until 2:00 PM Thursday, October 16, 2025, for the furnishing of all labor and materials and equipment for the construction of the above project and other incidental and appurtenant work via the CITY’s PlanetBidsTM vendor portal at vendors.planetbids.com/portal/39500/. No proposal will be considered from a Contractor who is not licensed as a Class A or C12 - General Engineering contractor at time of submission and thereafter in accordance with the provisions of the Contractor’s License Law (California Business and Professions Code, Section 7000 et seq.) and rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto or to whom a proposal form has not been issued by the City of Diamond Bar. The CITY reserves the right to award the contract to the contractor with another license class if the CITY determines that the license class is proper for the proposed work. The proposals will be publicly opened and read during an online webinar at 2:00 pm, October 16, 2025. Webinar details will be published on the City’s electronic bid management system (PlanetBids) at https://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanyID=39500. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work to be performed or executed under these plans and specifications consists of and includes roadway rehabilitation of asphalt pavement; reconstruction of curb and gutter and sidewalk; concrete bus pad installation, removal and replacement of catch basins, traffic signal replacement; hardscape, landscape and irrigation and lighting improvements; and other incidental and appurtenant work necessary for the proper 2 construction of the contemplated improvements, as indicated on the project plans for Diamond Bar Boulevard Complete Street Project. CONCURRENT WORK AND COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS: In addition to the work described above, contractors are advised that the Walnut Valley Water District (WVWD) will be performing installation and upgrades to their facilities concurrently with this project. The Contractor shall coordinate directly with th e WVWD contractor and inspector to avoid conflicts and ensure smooth execution of all overlapping work. Full cooperation is required to maintain both schedules and access. Contractors are also notified that the SR-57/SR-60 Interchange Improvement Project is currently under construction and is anticipated to continue through June 2027. This ongoing project may include periodic closures of on- and off-ramps, as well as other lane restrictions, which may impact access and local traffic. The Contractor shall monitor traffic advisories and coordinate with relevant agencies to plan construction activities accordingly and minimize disruptions. Certain portions of clearing, grubbing, crosswalk paver installation, and landscaping elements may be performed by the Local Community Conservation Corps (CCC). Refer to the Special Provisions, Section – Concurrent Work and Coordination Requirements, for additional details. COMPLETION OF WORK: All work shall be completed within two hundred forty (240) working days including the procurement of the long lead items after the Notice to Proceed is issued by the City, not including maintenance periods. The Work shall start between 20 and 40 working days from the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: The Diamond Bar Boulevard Complete Street Project is estimated to cost $7,000,000, all in accordance with the provisions of the Plans, Specifications, Notices and Instructions to Bidders. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Plans and Specifications and all contract documents may be obtained at Planet Bids (https://www.diamondbarca.gov/712/RFP-RFQ-BID- Opportunities). PROPOSAL GUARANTEE: Each proposal must be accompanied by cash or by a cashier's or certified check or by a bid bond in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the bid price payable to the City of Diamond Bar as a guarantee that the bidder, if his proposal is accepted, will promp tly execute the contract, secure payment of Workmen's Compensation Insurance, furnish a satisfactory Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total bid price, and a Labor and Material Bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price. Said bonds to be secured from a surety company authorized to do business in the State of California, and subject to the approval of the City Attorney. MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS: Prospective bidders should examine the minimum qualifications found in number 15 of the “Information for Bidders” section, pages 4 through 8. Bidders who do not meet the minimum qualifications should not submit a bid, as the bids will be considered non-responsive. PREVAILING WAGE RATE: As required by the California Labor Code, Section 1770 et seq. the City Council of the City of Diamond Bar incorporates herein by reference the general 3 prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations of the State of California. Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file in the office of the City Clerk and will be made available to any interested pa rty upon request. In accordance with the Labor Code, no workman employed upon work under this contract shall be paid less than the above referenced prevailing wage rate. A copy of said rates shall be posted at each job site during the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall forfeit, as penalty to CITY, not more than two hundred dollars ($200.00) for each laborer, workman or mechanic employed for each calendar day or portion thereof, if such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the general prevailing rate of wages hereinbefore stipulated for any work done under this AGREEMENT, by him or by any subcontractor under him. Any classification omitted herein shall be paid not less than the prevailing wage scale as established for similar work in the particular area, and all overtime shall be paid at the prevailing rates as established for the particular area. Sunday and holid ay time shall be paid at the wage rates determined by the Director of Industrial Relations. CONTRACTOR and any of its subcontractors must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5, which precludes the award of a contract for a public work on any public works project awarded after April 1, 2015 . This Bid Agreement is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. PAYMENT: Payment will be made to the Contractor in accordance with the Specifications. CITY'S RIGHTS RESERVED: The City of Diamond Bar reserves the right to reject any and all proposals or bids, should it deem this necessary for the public good, and also the bid of the bidder who has been delinquent or unfaithful in any former contract with the City of Diamond Bar. No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of thirty (30) days after the date of the bid opening. PRE-BID MEETING: Bidders will attend a mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting at 10:00 a.m., Thursday, October 9, 2025 at Golden Springs Drive and Diamond Bar Boulevard near the Mobil gas station (350 S Diamond Bar Blvd, Diamond Bar, CA 91765). Where the City will discuss the Bidding Documents, answer questions, accept comments, and conduct a Project site visit. The City requires all Pre-Bid Conference attendees to arrive for the meeting on time and to sign an attendance list which is used to determine if Bidders meet this requirement. Any Bidder not attending the Pre-Bid Conference in its entirety will be deemed to have not complied with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and its Bid will be rejected. BID AWARD: Subject to the reservations noted above, the contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. CITY OF DIAMOND BAR, CALIFORNIA DATE: By: David G. Liu, Director of Public Works/City Engineer RMRA Measure M R Local Return Gas Tax eet Rehab.- Area 1a, 1b, 2 (Design) n) ntain Laurel) anyon to Lemon) to BCY) 82,779$ 82,779$ om Pathfinder to Mountain Laurel Way) (Const.)1,200,000$ 1,200,000$ eet Rehab - Area 1 (Const.)2,000,000$ 925,000$ 850,000$ 89,0 $ en Springs from Brea Canyon to Lemon Ave.) (Const.)900,000$ 500,000$ mp Project (Const.)177,855$ nt Projects 4,360,634$ 1,700,000$ 1,007,779$ 850,000$ 89,0 $ 250-5510-46412) Project Description Total FY Budget (109) Measure M (111) Gas Tax (112) Prop A (113) Prop C Sign and HSL Replacement (Design)50,000$ 50,000$ Sign and HSL Replacement (Construction)350,000$ 350,000$ al 11 Locations (Design and Construction)380,000$ 90,000$ 100,000$ 190,0 $ 780,000$ 350,000$ 140,000$ 100,000$ 190,0 $ ments (250-5510-46413) Project Description Total FY Budget (113) Prop C Foothill Transit Grant 60,000$ 60,000$ SD/Calbourne 40,000$ 40,000$ nfrastructure Improvements 100,000$ 60,000$ 40,000$ 0-5510-46420) Project Description Total FY Budget (107) Measure W (108)RMRA (109) Measure M (113) Prop C ovements-Phase 3 (Flapjack-Design)65,000$ 65,000$ 09/23/2025 4 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS PREPARATION OF BID FORM: The City invites bids on the form attached to be submitted at such time and place as is stated in the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids. All bids should be made in accordance with the provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition (with all supplements). All blanks on the bid form must be appropriately filled in. All bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, his address, and the name of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to see that the bid is received in the proper time. Any bid received after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids will be returned to the bidder unopened. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE: Each proposal shall be accompanied by cash or by a cashier's or certified check or by a bid bond in the amount of not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount named in the proposal. Said check or bond shall be made payable to the City Clerk of the City of Diamond Bar and shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder, if awarded the work, will enter into a contract within ten (10) days after written notice of the award and will furnish the necessary bonds as hereinafter provided. In ca se of refusal or failure to enter said contract, the check or bond, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to the City. No bidder's bond will be accepted unless it conforms substantially to the form furnished by the City, which is bound herein, and is properly filled out and executed. SIGNATURE: The bid must be signed in the name of the bidder and must bear the signature in longhand of the person or persons duly authorized to sign the bid on behalf of the bidder. MODIFICATIONS: Changes in or addition to the bid form, recapitulations of the work bid upon, alternative proposals or any other modifications of the bid form which is not specifically called for in the contract documents may result in the Owner's rejection of the bid as not being responsive to the invitation to bid. No oral or telephonic modification of any bid submitted will be considered. The bid submitted must not contain any erasures, interlineation, or other corrections unless each such correction is suitably authenticated by affixing in the margin immediately opposite the correction the surname or surnames of the person or persons signing the bid. DISCREPANCIES IN THE PROPOSALS: In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. If the amounts bid on individual items (if called for) do not in fact add to the total amount shown by the bidder, the correctly added total of the individual items shall prevai l over the total figure shown. The estimated quantities and amounts are for the purpose of comparison of bids only. The City Council of the City of Diamond Bar reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularity or informality in any bid to the extent permitted by law. BIDDER'S EXAMINATION OF SITE: Each bidder shall examine carefully the site of the proposed work and the contract documents therefore. It will be assumed that the bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered as to the character, quality, and quantity of materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the contract, specifications and drawings. The name of the individual who examined the site of the work and the date of such examination shall be stated in the prop osal. 5 By submitting a bid, the bidder will be held to have personally examined the site and the drawings, to have carefully read the specifications, and to have satisfied himself as to his ability to meet all the difficulties attending the execution of the proposed contract before the delivery of his proposal, and agrees that if he is awarded the contract, he will make no claim against the City of Diamond Bar based on ignorance or misunderstanding of the contract provisions. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: Any bidder may withdraw his bid either personally, by written request, or by telegraphic request confirmed in the manner specified above at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. INSURANCE AND BONDS: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has secured all insurance and bonds required under this section nor shall he allow any subcontractor to commence work on this subcontract until all similar insurance issued in compliance with this section shall be issued in the form, and be an insurer of the insurers, satisfactory to and first approved by the City in writing. Certificates of Insurance in the amounts required shall be furnished by the Contractor to the City prior to the commencement of work. The Contractor shall maintain adequate Workmen's Compensation Insurance under the laws of the State of California for all labor employed by him or by any subcontractor under him who may come within the protection of such Workmen's Compensation Insurance la ws. The Contractor shall maintain public liability insurance to protect said Contractor and the City against loss from liability imposed by law, for damages on account of bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, suffered or alleged to have been suff ered by any person or persons, other than employees, resulting directly or indirectly from the performance or execution of this contract or any subcontract thereunder, and also to protect said Contractor and the City against loss from liability imposed by law, for damage to any property. Damage insurance shall be maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect during the entire period of performance under this contract, in the amount of not less than $2,000,000 for one person injured in the accident and in the amount of not less than $2,000,000 for more than one person injured in one accident and in the amount of not less than $1,000,000 with respect to any property damage aforesaid. The Contractor shall secure with a responsible corporate surety, or corporate sureties, satisfactory bonds conditioned upon faithful performance by the Contractor of all requirements under the contract and upon the payment of claims of materials, men and l aborers thereunder. The Faithful Performance Bond shall be in the sum of not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the estimated aggregate amount of the payment to be made under the contract computed on the basis of the prices stated in the proposal. The Labor and Material Bond shall be in the sum of not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the estimated aggregate amount of the payments to be made under the contract computed on the basis of the prices stated in the proposal. INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS: If any person contemplating submitting a bid for proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications, or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings and specifications, he may submit to the City a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation or correction of the contract documents will be made only by Addendum duly issued and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set 6 of the contract document. No person is authorized to make any oral interpretation of any provision in the contract documents to any bidder, and no bidder is authorized to rely on any such unauthorized oral interpretation. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: More than one proposal from an individual, firm partnership, corporation, or association under the same or different names, will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for the work contemplated will cause the rejection of all proposals in which such bidder is interested. If there is reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, all bids will be rejected and none of the participants in such collusion will be considered in future proposals. No award will be made to any bidder who cannot give satisfactory assurance as to his ability to carry out the Contract, both from his financial rating and by reason of his previous experience as a Contractor on work of the nature contemplated in the Contra ct. The bidder may be required to submit his record of work of similar nature to that proposed under these specifications, and unfamiliarity with the type of work may be sufficient cause for rejection of the bid. INELIGIBLE SUBCONTRACTORS: The successful bidder shall be prohibited from performing work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on the project pursuant to Section 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code. AWARD OF CONTRACT: No proposal will be considered from a Contractor who is not licensed as a Class A or C-12 contractor at time of award in accordance with the provisions of the Contractor’s License Law (California Business and Professions Code, Section 7000 et seq.) and rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto or to whom a proposal form has not been issued by the City of Diamond Bar. The City may award the Contract to the lowest responsible bidder on the total base bid. Bids will be compared on the basis of the lowest possible cost relative to the alternate or alternates selected and the Contract, if awarded, will be awarded to a responsible bidder whose proposal complies with the requirements of these specifications. The award, if made, will be made within ninety (90) calendar days after the opening of the proposals; provided that the award may be made after said period of the successful bidder shall not have given the City written notice of the withdrawal of his bid. A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code §4104, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in the Public Contract Code, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of Labor Code §1771.1 for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Business and Professions Code § 7029.1 or by Public Contract Code §§ 10164 and 20103.5, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code § 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. The prime contractor is required to post Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO), and Prevailing Wage Decision Poster at the Job Site, as prescribed by regulation pursuant to Labor Code § 1771.4 and all contractors must secure the payment of compensation to its employees pursuant to Labor Code § 1869. 7 ALTERNATES: If alternate bids are called for, the Contract may be awarded at the election of the governing board to the lowest responsible bidder on the base bid, or on the base bid and any specified alternate(s). COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: In selecting the lowest responsible bidder, consideration will be given not only to the financial standing but also to the general competency of the bidder including qualifications, references, proper licensing, adequate workforce and experience for the performance of the work covered by the proposal. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Each bidder shall be skilled and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work called for under the contract. A statement setting forth his/her experience shall be submitted by each bidder on the EXPERIENCE STATEMENT form provided. 8 EXPERIENCE STATEMENT To be responsive, the bidder must list below a minimum of three public agencies for which bidder has performed similar work within the past five years. Only projects that are in excess of $2,500,000 each qualify as similar for this project. 1. Project Title Contract Amount Type of Work Client Agency Project Manager Phone Date Completed % Subcontracted 2. Project Title Contract Amount Type of Work Client Agency Project Manager Phone Date Completed % Subcontracted 3. Project Title Contract Amount Type of Work Client Agency Project Manager Phone Date Completed % Subcontracted NOTE: If requested by the City, the bidder shall furnish a certified financial statement, references, and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current financial condition. Bidder's Signature 9 Each bidder shall possess a valid Contractor's License issued by the Contractor's State License Board at the time his/her bid is submitted. The class of license shall be applicable to the work specified in the contract. Each bidder shall also have no less than five (5) years of experience in the magnitude and character of the work bid. Bidder Qualifications called for to be submitted at time of bid include, but are not necessarily limited to: The Contractor shall have been in business under the same name and California Contractors License for a minimum of five (5) continuous years prior to the bid opening date for this Project. The license used to satisfy this requirement shall be of same type required by the contract. License classification shall be as required by the contract specifications. The Contractor shall have five (5) years of experience in the construction of street improvements The Contractor shall perform at least 51% of contract with its own forces. LISTING SUBCONTRACTORS: Each bidder shall submit a list of the proposed subcontractors on this project as required by the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Government Code Section 4100 and following). Forms for this purpose are furnished with the contract documents. The name and location of business of any subcontractor who will perform work exceeding 1/2 of 1% of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00), whichever is greater, must be submitted with the bid. Any other information regarding the foregoing subcontractors that is required by City to be submitted may be submitted with the bid, or may be submitted to City up to 24 hours after the deadline established herein for receipt of bids. The additional information must be submitted by the bidder to the same address and in the same form applicable to the initial submission of bid. WORKER'S COMPENSATION: In accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, the Contractor shall secure the payment of compensation to his employees. The Contractor shall sign and file with the City the following certificate prior to performing the work under this contract: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." The form of such certificate is included as part of the contract documents. BID DEPOSIT RETURN: Deposits of three or more low bidders, the number being at the discretion of the City, will be held for ninety (90) days or until posting by the successful bidder of the Bonds required and return of executed copies of the Agreement, whichever first occurs, at which time the deposits will be returned after consideration of the bids. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: The bidder to whom award is made shall execute a written contract with the City on the agreement form provided, and shall secure all insurance and bonds as herein provided within ten (10) days from the date of written notice of the award. Failure or refusal to enter into a contract as herein provided, or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guarantee. 10 If the successful bidder refuses or fails to execute the Contract, the City may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible bidder or re-advertise. On the failure or refusal of the lowest responsible bidder or next lowest responsible bidder to execute the Contract, such bidder's guarantees shall be likewise forfeited to the City. "OR EQUAL": Pursuant to Division 5, Chapter 4, Article 4 (commencing at #4380) Government Code, all specifications shall be deemed to include the words "or equal", provided however that permissible exceptions hereto shall be specifically noted in the specifications. EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES: The Contractor, and all subcontractors, shall comply with the provisions in Sections 1777.5, (Chapter 1411, Statutes of 1968), and 1777.6 of the California Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices. The Contractor and any subcontractor under him shall comply with the requirements of said sections in the employment of apprentices; however, the Contractor shall have full responsibility for compliance with said Labor Code section, for all apprenticeable occupations, regar dless of any other contractual or employment relationships alleged to exist. In addition to the above State Labor Code Requirements regarding the employment of apprentices and trainees, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 5 a. 3, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (29CFR). EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY: Upon the request of the City, a bidder whose bid is under consideration for the award of the Contract shall submit promptly to the City satisfactory evidence showing the bidder's financial resources, his construction experience, and his organization and plant facilities available for the performance of the contract. WAGE RATES: The Contractor and/or subcontractor shall pay wages as indicated in the "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" section of these specifications. The Contractor shall forfeit as penalty to the City of Diamond Bar, two hundred dollars ($200.00) for laborers, workmen, or mechanics employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, if such laborer, workman or mechanic employed is paid less than the general prevailing rate of wages herein referred to and stipulated for any work done under the proposed contract, by him, or by any subcontractor under him, in violation of the provisions of Labor Code, and in particular, Sections 1770 to 1781 inclusive. Copies of all collective bargaining agreements relating to the work as set forth in the aforementioned Labor Code are on file with the Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Labor Statistics and Research. PERMITS, FEES AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall possess a valid business license prior to the issuance of the first payment made under this Contract. Any work required within Caltrans right-of-way will require a separate permit to be obtained by the Contractor. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Bidder must agree to commence work on or before the date of written "Notice to Proceed" of the City and to fully complete the project within two hundred (240) working days thereafter. Bidder must agree also to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) for each calendar day thereafter. CLAIMS FILING AND PROCESSING: The City and Bidder agree to attempt to orally resolve any disputes which may give rise to a claim (hereafter, "Claim") that falls within the definition of Public Contract Code section 9204 (hereafter, "Section 9204"). If these efforts are unsuccessful, 11 the City and Bidder shall process the Claim in accordance with Section 9204. In summary, if the Bidder decides to submit a Claim to the City, it shall be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, together with reasonable documentation to support the Claim. A Claim may include a Claim by a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor meeting the requirements of Section 9204(d)(5). Within 45 days of receipt of the Claim, or any extension thereof agreed upon by the City and the Bidder, the City will conduct a reasonable review of the Claim and provide the Bidder with a written statement identifying what portion of the Claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Payment of any undisputed portion of the Claim shall be made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. If the City does not provide a written statement within the time specified, the Claim shall be deemed rejected. If the Bidder disputes the City's written statement or if the C laim is deemed rejected, the Bidder may demand in writing by registered or certified mail to the City, return receipt requested, an informal conference to meet and confer in an effort to settle the disputed portion of any Claim. Within 30 days of receipt of such written demand, the City shall schedule a meet and confer conference. If any portion of the Claim remains in dispute after the conference, the City shall, within 10 City business days of the conclusion of the conference, provide the Bidder with a written statement identifying any portion that remains in dispute and any portion that is undisputed. Payment of any undisputed portion shall be made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. Any remaining disputed portion shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation in accordance with Section 9204(c)(2)(B), unless the Bidder and City waive the mediation upon mutual written agreement. CONFLICT OF INTEREST: In the procurement of supplies, equipment, construction and services by sub-recipients, the conflict-of-interest provisions in (State LCA-24 CFR 85.36 and Non-Profit Organizations – 24 CFR 84.4), OMB Circular A-110, and 24 CFR 570.611, respectively, shall apply. No employee, officer or agent of the sub -recipient shall participate in selection or in award of administration of a contract supported by Federal funds if a conflict of interest, real or apparent, would be involved. 12 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL CITY OF DIAMOND BAR DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 Date , 20 To the City Council of the City of Diamond Bar: The Undersigned hereby declares: (a) That the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are the following: (If the bidder is a corporation, give the name of the corporation and the name of its president, secretary, treasurer, and manager. If a co -partnership, give the name, under which the co - partnership does business, and the names and addresses of all co -partners. If an individual, state the name under which the contract is to be drawn.) (b) That this proposal is made without collusion with any person, firm, or corporation. (c) That he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work and has familiarized himself with all of the physical and climatic conditions, and makes this bid solely upon his own knowledge. (d) That by submitting this Bidder's Proposal, he acknowledges receipt and knowledge of the contents of those communications sent by the City of Diamond Bar to him at the address furnished by him to the City of Diamond Bar when this proposal form was obtained. (e) That he has carefully examined the specifications, both general and detail, and the drawings attached hereto, and communications sent to him as aforesaid, and makes this proposal in accordance therewith. (f) That a representative of the undersigned attended the mandatory pre-bid meeting. Name of representative Title (g) That, if this bid is accepted, he will enter into a written contract for the performance of the proposed work with the City of Diamond Bar. (h) That he proposes to enter into such Contract and to accept in full payment for the work actually done thereunder the prices shown in the attached schedule. It is understood and agreed 13 that the quantities set forth are estimates and that the unit prices will apply to the actual quantities whatever they may be. Accompanying this proposal is a certified or cashier's check or bidder's bond, payable to the order of the City of Diamond Bar in the sum of DOLLARS ($ ). Said bidder's bond has been duly executed by the undersigned bidder and by a financially sound surety company authorized to transact business in this state. It is understood and agreed that should the bidder fail within ten (10) days after award of contract to enter into the contract and furnish acceptable surety bonds, then the proceeds of said check, or bidder's bond, shall become the property of the City o f Diamond Bar; but if this Contract is entered into and said bonds are furnished, or if the bid is not accepted then said check shall be returned to the undersigned, or the bidder will be released from the bidder's bond. Address of Bidder Telephone of Bidder City Zip Code Signature of Bidder 14 BID SCHEDULE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION WRITTEN IN WORDS UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 1 Mobilization and Demobilization LS 1 2 Traffic Control LS 1 3 Stormwater Pollution Control LS 1 4 Signing and Striping LS 1 5 Clearing and Grubbing LS 1 6 Replace Private Landscaping and Irrigation LS 1 7 Remove Existing Tree EA 19 8 Monument Preservation LS 1 9 Remove Existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement SF 62,270 10 Remove Existing Concrete Facility SF 45,630 11 Remove Existing Stairs & Handrail SF 90 12 Remove Existing Street Light and Foundation EA 17 13 Remove Existing Catch Basin EA 2 14 Adjust to Grade Existing Storm Drain Manhole EA 2 15 Adjust to Grade Existing Sewer Manhole EA 6 15 16 Watertight Sewer Manhole Cover EA 1 17 Relocate Existing Bus Shelter EA 5 18 Relocate Existing Backflow Prevention Assembly EA 10 19 Cold Mill (2" Thick) SF 68,130 20 Unclassified Excavation CY 790 22 Asphalt Concrete TN 1,340 22 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix TN 1,240 23 Concrete Bus Pad SF 3,080 24 Curb and Gutter (Type A2) LF 2,930 25 Curb and Gutter (Type A3-6) LF 2,250 26 Curb (Type A1) LF 310 27 Concrete Flatwork (Pathway) SF 24,340 28 Concrete Flatwork (Colored; Median) SF 860 29 Concrete Flatwork (Colored; Bus Stops, Ramps, Curb Returns) SF 5,120 30 Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement Driveway SF 1,230 31 Concrete Driveway Approach (Uncolored) SF 4,000 32 Concrete Driveway Approach (Colored) SF 5,940 33 Crosswalk (Colored Concrete Band) LF 1,140 16 34 Crosswalk (Colored Concrete Flatwork) SF 2,720 35 Crosswalk (Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement Base) SF 6,820 36 Concrete Paver Pathway SF 11,570 37 Crosswalk (Concrete Pavers, 8cm) SF 150 38 Crosswalk (Concrete Pavers, 10cm) SF 6,820 39 Detectable Warning Surface SF 620 40 Tactile Directional Indicator LF 290 41 Curb Drain LF 550 42 Drop Inlet Catch Basin for Curb Drain EA 5 43 Parkway Drain SF 308 44 Concrete Slough Wall LF 300 45 Wall Underdrain LF 90 46 Concrete Reinforced Stairs SF 90 47 Metal Handrailing LF 28 48 Catch Basin (W=7') EA 2 49 Reinforced Concrete Pipe (15") LF 10 50 Parkway Bioretention SF 2,760 51 Tree Grate and Frame EA 33 17 52 Lighted Bollard EA 177 53 Traffic Signal Improvements - Diamond Bar Blvd. and Golden Springs Dr. LS 1 54 Traffic Signal Improvements - Diamond Bar Blvd. and Palomino Dr. LS 1 55 Traffic Signal Improvements - Diamond Bar Blvd. at Commercial Driveways LS 1 56 Relocate Existing Electrical Controller and Meters LS 1 57 Street Light (Single Mast Arm) EA 13 58 Street Light (Dual Mast Arm) EA 2 59 Bollard Light Fixture EA 177 60 Hardscape Uplighting LS 1 61 Lighting Conduit, Wiring, and Appurtenances (Street Lighting) LS 1 62 Lighting Conduit, Wiring, and Appurtenances (Bollard, Hardscape Lighting) LS 1 63 Decorative Post and Rail SF 6,730 64 Decorative Post and Rail with Steel Panel EA 9 65 Topsoil CY 450 66 Soil Preparation & Fine Grading SF 13,125 67 Irrigation System LS 1 68 Deeproot Barrier (24”x24”) EA 336 18 69 36" Box Tree EA 6 70 24" Box Tree EA 33 71 5 Gallon Shrub/Groundcover EA 453 72 1 Gallon Shrub/Groundcover EA 3,014 73 Mulch CY 45 74 Rock Cobble (3" to 8" Angular) SF 995 75 Rock Cobble (2" to 8" Round) SF 6,730 76 18" Dia. Boulder (1.5' x 1.5' x 2') EA 9 77 24" Dia. Boulder (2' x 2' x 3') EA 36 78 24" Dia. Boulder (3' x 2' x 2') EA 16 79 36" Dia. Boulder (4' x 3' x 3') EA 19 80 90 Day Landscape and Irrigation Maintenance Period LS 1 MANDATORY BID SCHEDULE ITEMS: TOTAL AMOUNT BID (IN FIGURES) TOTAL AMOUNT BID, SCHEDULE (WRITTEN IN WORDS): Bid Schedule Note: Bid Price indicated refers to all items illustrated on the plans and details, and delineated within the specifications installed and completely in place with all applicable portions of the construction documents and include all costs connected with such items including, but to necessarily limited to, materials, transportation, taxes, insurance, labor, overhead, and profit, for General Contractor and Subcontractors. 19 All work called for on the construction documents are to provide a completed project with all systems operating properly and ready for use. Award will be based on the items of Bid Schedule. Therefore, Contractor shall completely fill out Bid Schedule. Accompanying this proposal is (Insert "$ cash", "cashier's check", "certified check", or "bidder's bond" as the case may be) in the amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total bid. The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the required contract, with necessary bond, within ten (10) days, not including Sundays and legal holidays, after having received notice that the Contract has been awarded and ready for si gnature, the proceeds of the security accompanying his bid shall become the property of the City of Diamond Bar, and this proposal and the acceptance thereof may be considered null and void. NAME OF BIDDER (PRINT) SIGNATURE DATE ADDRESS CITY ZIP CODE TELEPHONE STATE CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. AND CLASSIFICATION I declare under penalty of Perjury of the laws of the State of California that the representations made herein are true and correct in accordance with the requirements of California Business and Professional Code Section 7028.15. CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OR AUTHORIZED OFFICER 20 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS * BID OPENING DATE PROJECT DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 LOCATION CLIENT CONTRACTOR Name Under Which Subcontractor is Licensed License No. & DIR No. Address of Office, Mail, or Shop Percent of Total Contract Specific Description Of Subcontract * In compliance with the provisions of the Public Contract Code Section 4104, the undersigned bidder herewith sets forth the name, location of the place of business, and California 21 contractor license of each Subcontractor – who will perform work or labor or render service to the Prime Contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement necessary to complete construction contained in the plans and specif ications, in an amount in excess of one-half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the General Contractor’s total base bid amount or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges in excess of one-half of 1 percent (0.5%)of the Prime Contractor’s total base bid or ten thousand ($10,000.00), whichever is greater, and the portion of the work which will be done by each Subcontractor. 22 DECLARATION OF ELIGIBILITY TO CONTRACT [Labor Code Section 1777.1; Public Contract Code Section 6109] The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of the contractor, certifies and declares that: 1. The contractor is aware of Sections 1777.1 and 1777.7 of the California Labor Code, which prohibit a contractor or subcontractor who has been found by the Labor Commissioner or the Director of Industrial Relations to be in violation of certain provisions of the Labor Code, from bidding on, being awarded, or performing work as a subcontractor on a public works project for specified periods of time. 2. The contractor is not ineligible to bid on, be awarded or perform work as a subcontractor on a public works project by virtue of the foregoing provisions of Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the California Labor Code or another provision of law. 3. The contractor is aware of California Public Contract Code Section 6109, which states: a. A public entity, as defined in Section 1100 [of the Public Contract Code], may not permit a contractor or subcontractor who is ineligible to bid or work on, or be awarded, a public works project pursuant to Section 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code to bid on, be awarded, or perform work as a subcontractor on, a public works project. Every public works project shall contain a provision prohibiting a contractor from performing work on a public works project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on the public works project pursuant to Section 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code. b. Any contract on a public works project entered into between a contractor and a debarred subcontractor is void as a matter of law. A debarred subcontractor may not receive any public money for performing work as a subcontractor on a public works contract, and any public money that may have been paid to a debarred subcontractor by a contractor on the project shall be returned to the awarding body. The contractor shall be responsible for the payment of wages to workers of a debarred subcontractor who has been allowed to work on the project. 4. The contractor has investigated the eligibility of each and every subcontractor the contractor intends to use on this public works project and determined that none of them is ineligible to perform work as a subcontractor on a public works project by virtue of the foregoing provisions of the Public Contract Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code, or any other provision of law. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed this day of ________________, 20__, at ___________________ (place of execution). Signature Name: Title: Name of Contractor: 23 BIDDER'S VIOLATION OF LAW/SAFETY QUESTIONNAIRE In accordance with Government Code Section 14310.5 and in conformance with Public Contract Code Section 10162, the Bidder shall complete, under penalty of perjury, the following questionnaire: QUESTIONNAIRE Has the Bidder, any officer, principal or employee of the Bidder who has a proprietary interest in the business of the Bidder, ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on or completing a federal, state or local government project because of violation of law or a safety regulation? YES NO If the answer is yes, explain the circumstances in the following space: STATEMENT In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 10232, the Contractor, hereby states under penalty of perjury, that no more than on final unappealable finding of contempt of court by a federal court has been issued against the Contractor within the immediately preceding two -year period because of the Contractor’s failure to comply with an order of a federal court which orders the Contractor to comply with an order of the National Labor Relations Board. NOTE: The above Statement and Questionnaire are part of the Proposal. Signing this Proposal on the signature portion thereof shall also constitute signature of this Statement and Questionnaire. Bidders are cautioned that making a false certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution. 24 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD Project Identification Bid Date This information must include all construction work undertaken in the State of California by the bidder and any partnership, joint venture or corporation that any principal of the bidder participated in as a principal or owner for the last five calendar ye ars and the current calendar year prior to the date of bid submittal. Separate information shall be submitted for each particular partnership, joint venture, corporation or individual bidder. The bidder may attach any additional information or explanation of data, which he would like, taken into consideration in evaluating the safety record. An explanation must be attached of the circumstances surrounding any and all fatalities. ITEM 5 CALENDAR YEARS PRIOR TO CURRENT YEAR CURRENT YEAR 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 TOTAL 2025 No. of Contracts Total dollar amount of contracts (in 1,000’s) No. of lost workday cases No. of lost work day cases involving permanent transfer to another job or termination of employment No. of lost workdays *The information required for this item is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary - Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of these records. ______________________________ ________________________________ Name of Bidder (Print Signature ______________________________ ________________________________ Address State Contractor’s Lic. No. & Class ______________________________ ________________________________ City Zip Code Telephone 25 AFFIDAVIT FOR CO-PARTNERSHIP FIRM STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) )SS COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is a member of the co-partnership firm designated as: which is the party making the foregoing proposal or bid; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other bidder or person to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding; and has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure any advantage against the City of Diamond Bar or any person interested in the proposed contract, for himself or for any other person. That he has been and is duly vested with authority to make and sign instruments for the co - partnership by who constitute the other members of the co-partnership. Signature Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 Signature of Officer Administering Oath (Notary Public) 26 AFFIDAVIT FOR CORPORATION BIDDER STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) )SS COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is of, , a corporation which is the party making the foregoing proposal or bid; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other bidder or person to put in a sham bid or that such oth er person shall refrain from bidding; and has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure any advantage against the City of Diamond Bar or any person interested in the proposed contract, for himself or for any other person. Signature Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 Signature of Officer Administering Oath (Notary Public) 27 AFFIDAVIT FOR INDIVIDUAL BIDDER STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) )SS COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the party making the foregoing proposal or bid; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other bidder or person to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding; and has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure any advantage against the City of Diamond Bar or any person interested in the proposed contract, for himself or for any other person. Signature Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 Signature of Officer Administering Oath (Notary Public) 28 AFFIDAVIT FOR JOINT VENTURE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) )SS COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is of, , one of the parties submitting the foregoing bid as a joint venture and that he has been and is duly vested with the authority to make and sign instruments for and on behalf of the parties making said bid who are: ; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other bidder or person to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding; and has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure any advantage against the City of Diamond Bar or any person interested in the proposed contract, for himself or for any other person. Signature Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 Signature of Officer Administering Oath (Notary Public) BOND No.________________ 29 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that, WHEREAS the City of Diamond Bar ("City"), has awarded to: (Name and address of Contractor) ("Principal"), a contract (the "Contract") for the work described as follows: WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and: (Name and address of Surety) ("Surety") a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City in the penal sum of Dollars ($______________), this amount being not less than the total contract price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her, or its, heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract a nd any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on the Principal's part to be kept and performed, all within the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and hold harm less City, its officers, agents, and others as therein 30 provided, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. In case suit is brought upon this bond, Surety further agrees to pay all court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees in an amount fixed by the court. FURTHER, the Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, addition or modification to the terms of the Contract, or of the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications for the same, shall in any way affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications thereunder. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code §§ 2845 and 2849. The City is the principal beneficiary of this bond and has rights of a party hereto. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being h ereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated:__________________ "Principal" "Surety" ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ By:___________________________ By:____________________________ Its Its By:___________________________ By:____________________________ Its Its Note: This bond must be dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. (Seal) (Seal) APPROVED AS TO SURETY AND PRINCIPAL AMOUNT By:___________________________ Insurance Administrator BOND No.________________ 31 PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIAL) KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that, WHEREAS the City of Diamond Bar ("City"), has awarded to (Name and address of Contractor) ("Principal"), a contract (the "Contract") for the work described as follows: WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the Contract and the California Civil Code to secure the payment of claims of laborers, mechanics, materialmen, and other persons as provided by law. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and (Name and address of Surety) ("Surety") a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City in the penal sum of Dollars ($________________), this amount being not less than one hundred (100%) of the total contract price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, or subcontractors shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Section 3181 of the California Civil Code, or any amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under the Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code, with respect to work or labor performed under the Contract, the Surety will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the penal sum specified in this bond; otherwise, this obligation shall become null and void. This bond shall insure to the benefit of any of their persons named in Section 3181 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit 32 brought upon the bond. In case suit is brought upon this bond, Surety further agrees to pay all court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees in an amount fixed by the court. FURTHER, the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract or of the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications for the same, shall in any way affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications thereunder. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code §§ 2845 and 2849. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being h ereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated:__________________ "Principal" "Surety" ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ By:___________________________ By:____________________________ Its Its By:___________________________ By:____________________________ Its Its Notary Note: This bond must be dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. (Seal) (Seal) APPROVED AS TO SURETY AND PRINCIPAL AMOUNT By:___________________________ Insurance Administrator BOND No.________________ 33 BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that, WHEREAS the City of Diamond Bar (“City”), has issued an invitation for bids for the work described as follows: DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT, CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 WHEREAS (Name and address of Bidder) ("Principal"), desires to submit a bid to Public Agency for the work. WHEREAS, bidders are required under the provisions of the California Public Contract Code to furnish a form of bidder's security with their bid. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and (Name and address of Surety) ("Surety") a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Public Agency in the penal sum of Dollars ($______________), being not less than ten percent (10%) of the total bid price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal is awarded a contract for the work by City and within the time and in the manner required by the bidding specifications, entered into the written form of contract included with bidding specifications, furnishes the required bonds, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, and furnishes the required insurance coverages, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. In case suit is brought upon this bond, Surety further agrees to pay all court costs incurred by City in the suit and reasonable attorneys' fees in an amount fixed by the court. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code § 2845. 34 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated:__________________ "Principal" "Surety" ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ By:___________________________ By:____________________________ Its Its By:___________________________ By:____________________________ Its Its Note: This bond must be dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. 35 CERTIFICATION OF NON-DISCRIMINATION AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION As suppliers of goods or services to the City of Diamond Bar, the firm listed below certifies that it does not discriminate in its employment with regards to race, religion, sex, or national origin; that it is in compliance with all federal, state, and local directives and executive orders regarding non-discrimination in employment; and that it will pursue an affirmative course of action as required by the affirmative action guidelines. We agree specifically: 1. To establish or observe employment policies which affirmatively promote opportunities for minority persons at all job levels. 2. To communicate this policy to all persons concerned including all company employees, outside recruiting services, especially those serving minority communities, and to the minority communities at large. 3. To take affirmative steps to hire minority employees within the company. FIRM TITLE OF OFFICER SIGNING SIGNATURE DATE Please include any additional information available regarding equal opportunity employment programs now in effect within your company: 36 CERTIFICATION WITH REGARD TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PREVIOUS CONTRACTS OR SUBCONTRACTS SUBJECT TO THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE AND THE FILING OF REQUIRED REPORTS The bidder , proposed subcontractor , hereby certifies that he has , has not , participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause, as required by Executive Orders 10925, 11114, or 11246, and that he has , has not , filed with the Joint Reporting Committee, the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, a Federal Government contracting or administering agency, or the former President's Committee on Equal Employment Opportunity, all reports due under the applicable filing requirements. (COMPANY) BY: (TITLE) DATE: , 20 . NOTE: The above certification is required by the Equal Employment Opportunity Regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1.7 (b) (1), and must be submitted by bidders and proposed subcontractors only in connection with contracts and subcontracts which are subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause. Contracts and subcontracts which are exempt from the Equal Opportunity Clause are set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.5. (Generally only contracts or subcontracts of $10,000 or under are exempt). Currently, Standard Form 100 (EEO-1) is the only report required by the Executive Orders or their implementing regulations. Proposed prime contractors and subcontractors who have participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Executive Orders and have not filed the required reports should note that 41 CFR 60-1.7 (b) (1) prevents the award of contracts and subcontracts unless such contractor submits a report covering the delinquent period of such other period specified by the Federal Highway Administration or by the Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance, U.S. Department of Labor. 37 NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) )SS COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is of, , the party making the foregoing bid, that the bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited another bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contact or anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Signature of Bidder STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) )SS COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this ______ day of ________________, 20____. Notary Public in and for the County of , State of California 38 Bidder Agrees to Execute Agreement In Substantially This Form AGREEMENT The following agreement ("AGREEMENT") is made and entered into, in duplicate, as of the date executed by the Mayor and attested to by the City Clerk, by and between ____________________ hereinafter referred to as the "CONTRACTOR" and the City of Diamond Bar, California, hereinafter referred to as "CITY." WHEREAS, pursuant to Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, bids were received, publicly opened, and declared on the date specified in the notice; and WHEREAS, CITY accepted the bid of CONTRACTOR __________________________ and; WHEREAS, CITY has authorized the Mayor to execute a written contract with CONTRACTOR for furnishing labor, equipment and material for the ___________________________ Project in the City of Diamond Bar. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed: 1. GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK: CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary labor, tools, materials, appliances, and equipment for and do the work for the _________________________Project in the City of Diamond Bar. The work to be performed in accordance with the plans and specifications, dated (The Plans and Specifications) on file in the office of the City Clerk and in accordance with bid prices hereinafter mentioned and in accordance with the instructions of the City Engineer. 2. INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS TO BE CONSIDERED COMPLEMENTARY: The Plans and Specifications are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof with like force and effect as if set forth in full herein. The Plans and Specifications, CONTRACTOR'S Bid dated , together with this AGREEMENT, shall constitute the contract between the parties. This AGREEMENT is intended to require a complete and finished piece of work and anything necessary to complete the work properly and in accordance with the law and lawful governmental regulations shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR whether set out specifically in the contract or not. Should it be ascertained that any inconsistency exists between the aforesaid documents and this AGREEMENT, the following order of precedence shall apply: (1) This AGREEMENT; (2) The Plans and Specifications; and (3) Contractor's bid . 3. COMPENSATION: CONTRACTOR agrees to receive and accept the prices set forth in its Bid Proposal as full compensation for furnishing all materials, performing all work, and fulfilling all obligations hereunder. Said compensation shall cover all expenses, losses, damages, and consequences arising out of the nature of the work during its progress or prior to its acceptance including those for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof in the manner and time specified in the aforesaid contract documents; and also including those arising from actions of the elements, unforeseen difficulties or obstructions encountered in the prosecution of the work, suspension or discontinuance of the work, and all other unknowns or 39 risks of any description connected with the work. Final payment to Contractor shall be withheld for at least 30 days after the time in which Contractor has verified, to the City's satisfaction, that it has submitted all information to the Department of Industrial Relations required by Labor Code §1773.3. 4. TERM OF CONTRACT: CONTRACTOR agrees to complete the work within ______ (__) working days from the date of the notice to proceed. CONTRACTOR agrees further to the assessment of liquidated damages in the amount of ____________ dollars ($_____) for each calendar day the work remains incomplete beyond the expiration of the completion date. CITY may deduct the amount thereof from any monies due or that may become due the CONTRACTOR under this AGREEMENT. Progress payments made after the scheduled date of completion shall not constitute a waiver of liquidated damages. 5. INSURANCE: CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required hereunder in a company or companies acceptable to CITY nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and maintain at all times during the life of this contract the following policies of insurance: a. Workers' Compensation Insurance: Before beginning work, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the CITY a certificate of insurance as proof that he has taken out full workers' compensation insurance for all persons whom he may employ directly or through subcontractors in carrying out the work specified herein, in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Such insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the period covered by this contract. In accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code, every CONTRACTOR shall secure the payment of compensation to his employees. The CONTRACTOR, prior to commencing work, shall sign and file with the CITY a certification as follows: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of work of this contract." b. For all operations of the CONTRACTOR or any sub-contractor in performing the work provided for herein, insurance with the following minimum limits and coverage: 1) General Liability - $5,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If Commercial General Liability insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this AGREEMENT or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. 40 2) Automobile - $5,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. 3) Employer's Liability - $5,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease. c. Each such policy of insurance provided for in paragraph b. shall: 1) Be issued by an insurance company approved in writing by CITY, which is authorized to do business in the State of California. 2) Name as additional insured the City of Diamond Bar, its officers, agents and employees, and any other parties specified in the bid documents to be so included; 3) Specify it acts as primary insurance and that no insurance held or owned by the designated additional insured shall be called upon to cover a loss under the policy; 4) Contain a clause substantially in the following words: "It is hereby understood and agreed that this policy may not be canceled nor the amount of the coverage thereof reduced until thirty (30) days after receipt by CITY of a written notice of such cancellation or reduction of coverage." 5) Otherwise be in form satisfactory to the CITY. d. The policy of insurance provided for in subparagraph a. shall contain an endorsement which: 1) Waives all right of subrogation against all persons and entities specified in subparagraph 4.c.(2) hereof to be listed as additional insured in the policy of insurance provided for in paragraph b. by reason of any claim arising out of or connected with the operations of CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor in performing the work provided for herein; 2) Provides it shall not be canceled or altered without thirty (30) days' written notice thereof given to CITY. e. The CONTRACTOR shall, prior to performing any work under this AGREEMENT, deliver to the City Manager or his designee the original policies of insurance required in paragraphs a. and b. hereof, or deliver to the City Manager or his designee a certifica te of the insurance company, showing the issuance of such insurance, and the additional insured and other provisions required herein. f. Self Insured Retention/Deductibles. All policies required by this AGREEMENT shall allow CITY, as additional insured, to satisfy the self- insured retention (“SIR”) and/or deductible of the policy in lieu of the Owner (as the named insured) should CONTRACTOR fail to pay the SIR or deductible requirements. The amount of the SIR or deductible shall be 41 subject to the approval of the City Attorney and the Finance Director. CONTRACTOR understands and agrees that satisfaction of this requirement is an express condition precedent to the effectiveness of this AGREEMENT. Failure by CONTRACTOR as primary insured to pay its SIR or deductible constitutes a material breach of this AGREEMENT. Should CITY pay the SIR or deductible on CONTRACTOR’s behalf upon the CONTRACTOR’s failure or refusal to do so in order to secure defense and indemnification as an additional insured under the policy, CITY may include such amounts as damages in any action against CONTRACTOR for breach of this AGREEMENT in addition to any other damages incurred by CITY due to the breach. 6. PREVAILING WAGE: Notice is hereby given that in accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code, Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Articles 1 and 2, the CONTRACTOR is required to pay not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the public works is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work. In that regard, the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the State of California is required to and has determined such general prevailing rates of per diem wages. Copies of such prevailing rates of per diem wages are on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Diamond Bar, 21825 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, California, and are available to any interested party on request. CITY also shall cause a copy of such determinations to be posted at the job site. CONTRACTOR shall forfeit, as penalty to CITY, not more than two hundred dollars ($200.00) for each laborer, workman or mechanic employed for each calendar day or portion thereof, if such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the general prevailin g rate of wages hereinbefore stipulated for any work done under this AGREEMENT, by him or by any subcontractor under him. CONTRACTOR and any of its subcontractors must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5, which precludes the award of a contract for a public work on any public works project awarded after April 1, 201 5. This Agreement is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. 7. APPRENTICESHIP EMPLOYMENT: In accordance with the provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code, and in accordance with the regulations of the California Apprenticeship Council, properly indentured apprentices may be employed in the performance of the work. CONTRACTOR is required to make contribution to funds established for the administrative of apprenticeship programs if he employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeship trade on such contracts and if other CONTRACTOR'S on the public works site are making such contributions. CONTRACTOR and subcontractor under him shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1777.5 and 1777.6 in the employment of apprentices. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices. 42 8. LEGAL HOURS OF WORK: Eight (8) hours of labor shall constitute a legal day's work for all workmen employed in the execution of this contract, and the CONTRACTOR and any sub-contractor under him shall comply with and be governed by the laws of the State of California having to do with working hours set forth in Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code of the State of California as amended. CONTRACTOR shall forfeit, as a penalty to City, twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each laborer, workman or mechanic employed in the execution of the contract, by him or any sub- CONTRACTOR under him, upon any of the work hereinbefore mentioned, for each calendar day during which the laborer, workman or mechanic is required or permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in violation of the Labor Code. 9. TRAVEL AND SUBSISTENCE PAY: CONTRACTOR agrees to pay travel and subsistence pay to each workman needed to execute the work required by this contract as such travel and subsistence payments are defined in the applicable collective bargaining agreements filed in accordance with Labor Code Section 1773.8. 10. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY: The CITY and its officers, agents and employees ("Indemnitees") shall not be answerable or accountable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part thereof, or for any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the work; or for injury or damage to any person or persons, either workers or employees of CONTRACTOR, of its subcontractors or the public, or for damage to adjoining or other property from any cause whatsoever arisin g out of or in connection with the performance of the work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage or injury to any person or property resulting from defects or obstructions or from any cause whatsoever. CONTRACTOR will indemnify Indemnities against and will hold and save Indemnitees harmless from any and all actions, claims, damages to persons or property, penalties, obligations or liabilities that may be asserted or claimed by any person, firm, entity, c orporation, political subdivision, or other organization arising out of or in connection with the work, operation, or activities of CONTRACTOR, its agents, employees, subcontractors or invitees provided for herein, whether or not there is concurrent passive negligence on the part of CITY. In connection therewith: a. CONTRACTOR will defend any action or actions filed in connection with any such claims, damages, penalties, obligations or liabilities and will pay all costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, expert fees and costs incurred in connection therewith. b. CONTRACTOR will promptly pay any judgment rendered against CONTRACTOR or Indemnitees covering such claims, damages, penalties, obligations and liabilities arising out of or in connection with such work, operations or activities of CONTRACTOR hereunder, and CONTRACTOR agrees to save and hold the Indemnitees harmless therefrom. c. In the event Indemnitees are made a party to any action or proceeding filed or prosecuted against CONTRACTOR for damages or other claims arising out of or in connection with the work, operation or activities hereunder, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay to Indemnitees and any all costs and expenses incurred by Indemnitees in such action or proceeding tog ether with reasonable attorneys' fees. Contractor's obligations under this section apply regardless of whether or not such claim, charge, damage, demand, action, proceeding, loss, stop notice, cost, expense, judgment, civil fine or penalty, or liability was caused in part or contributed to by an Indemnitee. However, 43 without affecting the rights of CITY under any provision of this AGREEMENT, Contractor shall not be required to indemnify and hold harmless CITY for liability attributable to the active negligence of CITY, provided such active negligence is determined by a greement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent jurisdiction. In instances where CITY is shown to have been actively negligent and where CITY active negligence accounts for only a percentage of the liability involved, the obligation of Contractor will be for that entire portion or percentage of liability not attributable to the active negligence of CITY. So much of the money due to CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of the contract as shall be considered necessary by CITY may be retained by CITY until disposition has been made of such actions or claims for damages as aforesaid. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State of California. This indemnity provision shall survive the termination of the AGREEMENT and is in addition to any other rights or remedies which Indemnitees may have under the law. This indemnity is effective without reference to the existence or applicability of any insurance coverage which may have been required under this AGREEMENT or any additional insured endorsements which may extend to Indemnitees. CONTRACTOR, on behalf of itself and all parties claiming under or through it, hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Indemnitees, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising o ut of or incident to activities or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent passive negligence by the Indemnitees. 11. NON-DISCRIMINATION: Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1735, no discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons in the work contemplated by this AGREEMENT because of the race, color or religion of such person. A violation of this section exposes the CONTRACTOR to the penalties provided for in Labor Code Section 1735. 12. PAYMENT FUND: A City Council resolution established a Project Payment Account, encumbered money in the current budget, and assigned that money to the Project Payment Account, which is the sole source of funds available for payment of the contract sum set forth in Section 3 of this AGREEMENT. CONTRACTOR understands and agrees that CONTRACTOR will be paid only from this special fund and if for any reason this fund is not sufficient to pay CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR will not be entitled to payment. The availability of money in this fund, and CITY's ability to draw from this fund, are conditions precedent to CITY's obligation to make payments to CONTRACTOR. 13. PRESENTATION OF CLAIMS: Any claim, as that term is defined in Public Contract Code §9204, shall be submitted in accordance with Section 9204 and shall contain a sufficient description of the claim, the basis therefore and documentation in support of the claim. The claim shall be processed as more fully set forth in the Plans and Specifications. 14. TERMINATION: This AGREEMENT may be terminated by the CITY, without cause, upon the giving of a written "Notice of Termination" to CONTRACTOR at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of termination specified in the notice. Upon receipt of such notice, Contractor shall immediately cease work, unless otherwise directed by the Notice of Termination. In the event of such termination, Contractor shall be paid for services satisfactorily rendered and expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred prior to the effective date of termination, unless the Notice of Termination is issued for cause, in which event the City may withhold any disputed compensation. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim for lost profits. State of California 44 "CONTRACTOR'S" License No. ________________________ CONTRACTOR'S Business Phone: CONTRACTOR'S emergency phone which can be reached at any time: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AGREEMENT with all the formalities required by law on the respective dates set forth opposite their signatures. By: ______________________________________ Title: _________________________________ Date: By: Title: Date: CITY OF DIAMOND BAR, CALIFORNIA By: _____________________________________ CHIA YU TENG, MAYOR ATTEST: By: _____________________________________ KRISTINA SANTANA, CITY CLERK APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________________ OMAR SANDOVAL, CITY ATTORNEY *NOTE: If Contractor is a corporation, the City requires the following signature(s): -- The Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice-President, AND (2) the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. If only one corporate officer exists or one corporate officer holds more than one corporate office, please so indicate. OR -- The corporate officer named in a corporate resolution as authorized to enter into this Agreement. A copy of the corporate resolution, certified by the Secretary close in time to the execution of the Agreement, must be provided to the City. __________________________ Date __________________________ Date __________________________ Date GP-1 PART II GENERAL PROVISIONS GP-2 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SI256 All work shall be done in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2021 Edition and all subsequent supplements), hereinafter referred to as Standard Specifications; the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications (2021 Edition and all subsequent supplements), hereinafter referred to as Caltrans Standard Specifications; Plans, Standard Construction Drawings; and these Special Provisions. MODIFICATIONS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Section 1. General. Section 1-7. Award and Execution of Contract (a) (b) (c) Examination of Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and Site of Work: The bidder is required to examine carefully the site and the proposal, plans, specifications and contract forms for the work contemplated, and it will be assumed that the bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, including all installations and utilities, whether underground, surface or overhead, as to the character, quality and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the specifications, the special provisions and the Contract. It is mutually agreed that submission of a proposal shall be considered prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination. Proposal Form: All proposals must be made upon blank forms to be obtained from the City Clerk at City Hall, 21810 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, California. All proposals must give the prices proposed, both in writing and figures, and must be signed by the bidder, and his address shown. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the firm or partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the proposal must show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the names, titles, and business addresses of the president, secretary, and treasurer. Rejection of Proposals Containing Alterations, Erasures or Irregularities: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alterations or form additions not called for, conditional or alternative proposals, incomplete proposals, erasures, or irregularities of any kind. GP-3 (d) (e) Bidder's Guarantee: All proposals shall be presented under sealed cover and shall be accompanied by cash, cashier's check or certified check payable to, or bidder's bond in favor of the City of Diamond Bar in an amount of not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount named in said proposal, and no proposal shall be considered unless such cash, cashier's check, certified check or bidder's bond is enclosed therewith. Return of Bidder's Guarantees: Proposal guarantees will be held until the Contract has been finally executed, after which they will be returned to the respective bidders whose proposals they accompany. The Notice to Bidders, Proposal, bonds, Instructions to bidders, General Provisions and Detail Specifications, shall be deemed incorporated in the Contract by reference. A Corporation to which an award is made will be required, before the Contract is finally executed, to furnish evidence of its corporate existence and evidence that the officer signing the Contract and bonds for the corporation is duly authorized to do so. Subsection 1-7.3. Plans and Specifications An addendum to these specifications may be issued by the Engineer at any time prior to the bid opening. Section 2. Scope of the Work Section 2-2. Permits Add the following paragraph: The Contractor and all subcontractors shall obtain and maintain a valid City business license. The Contractor shall also obtain a no -fee Encroachment Permit from the City’s Public Works Department. Both the permit and the license shall be valid for the entire construction period and shall be kept at the job site at all times. All provisions of the permit shall apply and shall have authority over any conditions contained herein these Special Provisions. Any costs incurred due to compliance with the permit or in obtaining a city business license or any other required permit or license shall be included in the contract cost for the work item involved and no additional payment will be made. Failure to comply with these specific licensing and permit requirements will result in withholding of any progress payment(s) to the Contractor. Section 2-11. Marking Removal GP-4 All markings placed by the Contractor, City, and Underground Service Alert (USA) during construction shall be removed at the completion of the work. These markings shall include, but not limited to, paint, stakes, and metal tags. Section 3. Control of the Work Section 3-5. Inspection The Contractor shall notify the City Engineer a minimum of five working days in advance when a final inspection of the work is desired. If the City Engineer agrees that the work is complete and ready for inspection, he will, as soon thereafter as possible, make the necessary examinations. No final acceptance of the work shall be allowed until all check (punch) list items to be rectified have been corrected and any subsequent final inspections have been performed. Section 3-12. Work Site Maintenance Subsection 3-12.4.1 General All costs associated with the disposal of all excavated or demolition materials, including any gate fees, shall be paid by the Contractor. These costs shall be included in the bid price for the applicable bid items. Prior to any excavated or demolition material being removed from the construction site the Contractor shall notify the City as to the hauling route and destination for disposal. If the location for disposal is other than a county landfill then the Contractor shall provide the City with written permission and release of liability for the City from the owner of the property where the material will be deposited. Subsection 3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets Construction equipment shall not be stored at the construction site, any public street or publicly owned facilities without approval of the City. Contractor shall store equipment at a contractor’s rental yard. All excavated material that is to be hauled to and disposed of at a County landfill site by the Contractor is subject to a County gate fee based on tonnage. Subsection 3-12.5.4 Any facilities, structures, water lines, landscaping, surfaces, signs, pavement markings, painted curbs, house numbers, etc., which are damaged during construction shall be restored to the satisfaction of the City. Damaged water lines shall be repaired immediately at no additional cost to the city. GP-5 Subsection 3-12.5.5 Access to Private Property The Contractor shall be aware that business and residential access must be maintained at all times. The Contractor shall schedule operations to minimize interference with access to private property. The main access way to any business or home shall not be completely blocked for more than one four-hour period a day except blockage shall be limited to one twenty-four (24) hour period when concrete is poured. Temporary access ways shall be provided from the street to the main access way of all businesses and homes by use of traffic rated steel plates or any other method approved by the City Engineer. Payment for this item shall be included in the applicable contract work item. Section 3-12.7. NPDES Requirements The contractor shall conform to the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit for Construction Activities, Municipal NPDES Permit. The Contractor shall protect by any means all construction related materials from being discharged from the site by the forces of wind or water. Contractor and/or any subcontractors shall implement erosion control measures, such as the placement of gravel bags and fabric around all storm drain inlets and the job site, as directed by the City Engineer, to protect polluted water from running into the storm drain systems. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed. Section 3-12.8. Environmental Provisions In the event the Contractor is required to dig any trench or excavation that extends deeper than 4 feet below the surface in order to perform the work authorized under this contract, Contractor agrees to promptly notify the City Engineer in writing and before further disturbing the site, if any, of the conditions set forth below are discovered: 1. Materials that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code that is required to be removed to GP-6 a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with the provisions of existing law. 2. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. 3. Unknown physical condition at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work of the character provided for in this Contract. Section 4. Control of Materials Section 4-1. General The Contractor and all subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors, shall guarantee that the entire work will meet all requirements of this contract as to the quality of materials, equipment, and workmanship. The Contractor, at no cost to the City, shall make any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in materials, equipment, or workmanship that become evident within 1 year after the date of acceptance of work. Within this 1-year period, the Contractor shall also restore to full compliance with requirements of this contract any portion of the work which is found to not meet those requirements. The Contractor shall hold the City harmless from claims of any kind arising from damages due to said defects or noncompliance. The Contractor shall make all repairs, replacements, and restorations within 30 days after the date of the City Engineer's written notice. Section 4-4. Testing Except as elsewhere specified, the City will bear the cost of materials testing and independent acceptance testing. The cost of all other tests, including the retesting of materials and independent acceptance testing that fails to pass the first test, shall be borne by the Contractor. Section 5. Legal Relations and Responsibilities Section 5-8. Public Notification Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County and City requirements and any additional public safety requirements which may arise in notifying the Police, Fire, Traffic and Engineering Departments, Schools and Public Transit at least 48 hours in advance of any closures, partial closures or reopening, and detours. GP-7 At least ten (10) calendar days prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall submit a detailed schedule to the City Engineer for approval. Based on the schedule, the Contractor will notify businesses, bus companies, trash and street sweeping companies, and emergency services of the proposed work. The Contractor shall prepare and distribute two (2) “Public Notices” to each business and residence affected by the program. The first notice shall be distributed to each business and residence ten (10) calendar days prior to the start of any work. The second notice shall be distributed at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the start of work. Said notice shall be provided by the Contractor to the City Engineer for review and approval prior to distribution by the Contractor. Four (4) Portable Changeable Message Boards (PCMSs) shall be placed near the project limits as directed by the City Engineer. The PCMSs shall be placed at least ten (10) business days prior to the start of construction notifying motorists of the upcoming construction. The City may require the Contractor to conduct an information meeting with affected businesses and residents to explain the phasing of construction and work hours. All complaints received by the City associated with the construction alleging damage to private property and vehicles shall be responded to by the Contractor within twenty-four (24) hours of notification. Failure to comply with this provision may result in a penalty of fifty dollars ($50.00) per occurrence. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintain notification signage in a serviceable manner. Signs shall indicate the date and hours of restriction. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the price paid for various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed. Section 6. Prosecution and Progress of the Work Section 6-1. Construction Schedule and Commencement of the Work Subsection 6-1.3. Utilities Subsection 6-1.3.1. Location Utility Owner and Public Agency Identifications. Utility owners and Public Agencies who may have facilities or interests, which may affect the work, are as follows: GP-8 Verizon Telephone 1400 E. Phillips Boulevard Pomona, California 91766 (800) 227-2600 (DigAlert) (909) 469-6354 (Office) Waste Management 13940 East Live Oak Avenue Baldwin Park, California 91706 (800) 266-7551 Valley Vista Services 16000 Temple Avenue La Puente, California 91744 (800) 442-6454 Southern California Edison Co. 800 West Cienega Avenue San Dimas, California 91773 (800) 227-2600 (DigAlert) (800) 684-8123 (Office) Southern California Gas Company 1919 South State College Boulevard Anaheim, California 92803 (800) 227-2600 (DigAlert) (800) 427-2200 (Office) Walnut Valley Water District 271 South Brea Canyon Road Walnut, California 91789 (909) 595-7554 Pomona Unified School District 800 South Garey Avenue Pomona, California 91766 (909) 397-4800 Walnut Valley Unified School District 880 S. Lemon Ave. Walnut, CA 91789 (909) 595-1261 Charter Communications (Spectrum) 3430 E Miraloma Avenue GP-9 Anaheim, CA 92806 (844) 780-6054 Los Angeles County Department of Public Works 900 S. Fremont Ave. Alhambra, CA 91803-1331 Operation Services (626) 445-7630 Sewer Maintenance (800) 675-4357 Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department 21695 E. Valley Blvd. Walnut, California 91789 (909) 595-2264 Los Angeles County Fire Department Station 119 20480 Pathfinder Road Diamond Bar, California 91765 (909) 861-5995 Los Angeles County Fire Department Station 121 346 Armitos Place Diamond Bar, California 91765 (909) 396-0164 Metropolitan Water – La Verne Substructures Team P.O. Box 54153 Terminal Annex Los Angeles, CA 90054 (213) 217-6679 Los Angeles County Fire Department Station 120 1051 S Grand Ave Diamond Bar, CA 91765 (323) 881-2411 (non-emergencies) 911 (emergencies) The Contractor shall notify each of the above listed utility companies and agencies in writing (copy to City) of the project. They shall be invited to a pre - construction meeting and provided a work schedule. Subsection 6-1.3.2. Protection GP-10 The Contractor is hereby alerted to the existence of utility lines. The Contractor shall carefully protect all lines during the course of construction. Subsection 6-1.4. Work Hours and Sound Control Daytime work hours shall be 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday - Friday. Saturday work hours, if permitted at least one week (7 Calendar Days) in advance by the City Engineer, shall be 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Nighttime work hours shall be 10:00 p.m. to 5:00 a.m. Monday – Friday. Nighttime work hours are not required but will be permitted at the request of the Contractor with the City Engineer’s authorization. Contractor shall request nighttime work hours at least 1 week (7 calendar days) prior to beginning the proposed nighttime work operations. The Contractor shall comply with all County and local sound control and noise level rules, regulations, and ordinances which apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract, and shall make every effort to control any undue noise resulting from the construction operation. Each internal combustion engine used for any purpose on the job or related to the job shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler. The City Engineer reserves the right to stop work if he determines that these conditions are being violated. Section 6-2. Prosecution of the Work Subsection 6-2.1. Order of Work The order of work, except where otherwise specifically required by the Plans and Specifications, shall be determined by the Contractor who shall be solely responsible for coordinating all subcontract and prime contract work to minimize delays during construction. The Contractor shall schedule his work in order to be as least disruptive as possible to adjacent businesses and residents. Subsection 6-2.2. Responsibilities of the Contractor in Conduct of His Work Subsection 6-2.2.1. Labor is amended by the addition of the following: GP-11 Labor Discrimination. No discrimination shall be made in the employment of such persons upon public works because of the race, color, or religion of such persons and every contractor for public works violating this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of Chapter 11 or Part VII, Division 2 of the Labor Code in accordance with the provisions of Section 1735 thereof. Subsection 6-2.2.2. Contractor's Responsibility for Work Reference is made to Section 6 - 8 of the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions. Except as provided above, until the formal acceptance of the work by the City Council, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other case, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except such injuries or damages occasioned by acts of the Federal Government or the public enemy. Subsection 6-2.3. Public Convenience and Safety Subsection 6-2.3.1. Traffic and Access The Contractor shall furnish all flagmen and guards and supply and install all signs, lights, flares, barricade delineators, and other facilities which are necessary to expedite the passage of public traffic through or around the work or to prevent accidents or damage or injury to the public or to give adequate warning to the public of any dangerous conditions to be encountered. The California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), latest edition and Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH), latest edition shall be used for all traffic control on this project. Subsection 6-2.3.2. Street Closures Barricades, Detours At a minimum the contractor shall maintain one (1) dedicated left turn and one (1) thru/right turn lane at all times in all directions as deemed necessary. The Contractor shall prepare any traffic control or detour plans as directed in Part IV - Technical Provisions of these specifications. Lane transitions shall conform to the California MUTCD, Part 6, “Temporary Traffic Control.” Temporary traffic channelization shall be accomplished by the use of temporary striping when channelization is required for more than 3 days. The Contractor shall provide any plans that may be required for temporary striping prepared and signed by a California licensed traffic engineer to the City GP-12 Engineer for approval. In no event will temporary striping be allowed on newly finished pavement surfaces which are to remain. Temporary traffic channelization needed on a daily basis shall be accomplished with delineators. The Contractor shall schedule an employee to police the temporary delineators within the travel way during weekday, nonworking hours and over Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays. Subsection 6-2.3.3. Protection of the Public It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor shall use foresight and shall take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of the public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the work which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss, or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract. Whenever, in the opinion of the City Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property which may be damaged by the Contractor's operations in the opinion of the City Engineer, immediate action shall be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor's operations under this contract, the City Engineer will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation within a reasonable time period, the City Engineer may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the City Engineer, may seem reasonable and necessary. The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. However, if the City does not take such remedial measures, the Contractor is not relieved of the full responsibility for public safety. Subsection 6-2.4. Recycling of Material Subsection 6-2.4.1. Recycle of Asphalt Concrete, Portland Cement Concrete The City is committed to recycling program. It is the obligation of the contractor, under this contract, to recycle the waste material through an approved recycling plant. Records and report of waste material will be submitted to the City of Diamond Bar on a regular monthly basis. The construction and demolition GP-13 requirements of the City has been provided as an appendix for further information. Section 6-9 Liquidated Damages The amount of liquidated damages is hereby amended to $5,000 for each consecutive calendar day. Section 7. Measurement and Payment Section 7-3. Payment Subsection 7-3.1. General Payment for the various items of the Bid Schedule, as further specified herein, shall include all compensation to be received by the Contractor for furnishing all tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals appurtenant to the items of work being described, as necessary to complete the various items of work, all in accordance with the provisions for Measurement and Payment in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, and as shown on the Drawings, Exhibits, and spreadsheets including all appurtenances thereto, and including all costs of compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including the Safety and Health Requirements of the California Division of Industrial Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA). No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Schedule, and all costs therefore shall be included in the prices named in the Bid Schedule for the various appurtenant items of work. The Contractor agrees that the payment of the amount under the Contract, and the adjustment and payment for any work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the City of Diamond Bar, the City Council, the City Manager, and the City Engineer of any and all claims or liability on account of work performed under the Contract or any alterations thereof. Guarantee. The Contractor agrees for a period of one year, commencing with the Final Notice of Completion, to correct without additional charge to the City, any defects in the work performed, or in the materials furnished, by the Contractor and/or manufacturer, jointly. Subsection 7-3.2. Partial and Final Payment Progress Payments. The Contractor shall be entitled each month to a monthly progress payment in an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the estimated percentage of actual work completed by the end of the preceding calendar month, based on the contract price less all previous payments. Subject to the provisions of Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code, a five percent (5%) retention will be withheld from each payment. All invoices and detailed pay requests shall be approved by the City Engineer before GP- 14 submittal to the City for payment. All billings shall be directed to the City Engineer. In all events, the City shall withhold no less than five percent (5%) of the contract price until final completion and acceptance of the work. This payment on account shall in no way be considered as an acceptance of any part of the work or material of the Contract, nor shall it in any way govern the final estimate. Acceptance of any progress payment accompanying any estimate without written protest shall be an acknowledgment by the Contractor that the number of accumulated contract days shown on the associated statement of working days is correct. Progress payments made by the City to the Contractor after the completion date of the Contract shall not constitute a waiver of liquidated damages. The Contractor shall submit with its invoice the Contractor's conditional waiver of lien for the entire amount covered by such invoice; valid unconditional waivers of lien from the Contractor and all subcontractors and material-men for all work and materials included in any prior invoices; Waivers of lien shall be in the forms prescribed by California Civil Code Section 3262. Prior to final payment by the City, the Contractor shall submit a final waiver of lien for the Contractor's work, together with releases of lien from any subcontractor or material-men. Final Payments. After the completion of the Contract, the City Engineer shall make a final inspection of the work done thereunder, and if entirely satisfactory and complete, the City shall pay to the Contractor an amount which, when added to the payments previously made and deductions allowable to the City, will equal ninety-five percent (95%) of the contract price. Thereafter the balance of the contract price remaining unpaid shall be paid thirty-five (35) calendar days after the recording of a Notice of Completion by the City. The payment of the final amount due under the Contract and the adjustment and payment for any work done in accordance with any alterations of the same shall release the City from any and all claims on account of the work performed under the Con tract or any alterations thereof. Final payment to Contractor shall be withheld for at least 30 days after the time in which Contractor has verified, to the City's satisfaction, that it has submitted all information to the Department of Industrial Relations required by Labor Code §1773.3. Subsection 7-3.5. Contract Unit Prices Subsection 7-3.5.1. General All pay items will be paid for at the unit prices named in the Bid Schedule for the respective items of work. The quantities of work or material stated as unit price items on the Bid Schedule are stated only to give an indication of the general scope of the work. The City does not expressly, nor by implication, agree that the actual amount of work or material will correspond therewith, and reserves the right after the award of Contract to increase or decrease the quantity of any unit price item of work, and shall have the right to delete any Bid Item in its entirety, or to add additional Bid Items. GP- 15 Section 7-6. Final Cleanup and Closeout Upon completion of the work, and before acceptance and final payment is made by the City, the Contractor shall clean the project site and areas occupied by him in connection with the work. All rubbish, excess materials, falsework, temporary structures, an d equipment shall be removed; and all parts of the work shall be left in a neat and presentable condition. Prior to final closeout, the Contractor shall submit the following: A. A complete set of as-built/record plans showing constructed conditions, materials, revisions, finishes, etc. for the Project. B. A complete file of operation and maintenance manuals for equipment and materials used in the work. Such file shall be bound in hardcover, three -ring binders and shall be labeled. C. Required written guarantees. D. Complete list of subcontractors and principal vendors engaged in the execution of the work, including addresses and telephone numbers. E. Complete and updated Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan/Water Pollution Control Plan and Contractor certification that construction activities were in compliance with applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System regulations. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section shall be considered as included in the contract bid price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Failure to conform to these requireme nts may result in the City withholding the full retention payment. Section 7-7. Payment for Bid Items See “Technical Provisions” section of these Specifications. Section 303-5.5.5. Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways Add the following: The Contractor shall verify, with a “smart level”, that maximum ramp and sidewalk grades do not exceed maximum grades indicated on the project plans, when marking the required saw cut removal limits and when setting the concrete forms, prior to pouring any curb access ramp locations. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to supervise and utilize the proper experienced personnel to ensure that the proper saw cut limits are established for all access ramp locations and the City Engineer shall not be res ponsible to direct the Contractor’s crews or otherwise serve in this management capacity. The GP- 16 City Engineer shall be present to verify the concrete forms, prior to the Contractor pouring any PCC construction improvements for the curb access ramp. The Contractor shall be responsible to layout the proposed access ramp to comply with the maximum grades indicated on the project plans. Limits of the new access ramp shall be reviewed and approved by the City Engineer prior to saw cutting. Typical constru ction tolerances to construct the new access ramp shall not apply and maximum grades indicated on the project plans shall not be exceeded. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and reconstructing access ramps at his own cost if ramps are deemed non- compliant with the project plans and these Specifications. Where the type of access ramp includes a retaining curb at the back of access ramp to make up for a difference in elevation between the existing grade and access ramp grade, the construction of said retaining curb shall be considered as part of the access ramp work. The access ramp construction work shall include all related adjustments of pull boxes, pull box covers, and protection of traffic signal poles and signs that fall within the proposed access ramp construction limits. Special Note To Contractor: Prior to constructing a curb ramp where physical site constraints do not allow the access ramp construction to fully meet the requirements/standard plans as indicated on the project plans, the Contractor shall so notify the City Engineer for direction in a dvance of construction. SP-1 PART III SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 SPECIFICATIONS The work to be done shall be performed or executed in accordance with these Special Provisions and the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction", Latest Edition and all subsequent supplements, hereinafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. The Standard Specifications are published by Building News, Inc. 10801 National Boulevard, Suite 100, Los Angeles, California 90034 and are included by reference only. LOCATION OF WORK The work to be done is located on Diamond Bar Boulevard from 100’ south of Golden Springs Road to 100’ north of Palomino Drive. ADDENDA The City Engineer may, without City Council approval, issue addenda to the Contract Documents during the period of advertising for bids for the purpose of: (a) revising prevailing wage scales or (b) clarifying or correcting Special Provisions, Plans or Bid Proposal; provided that any such addenda does not change the original scope and intent of the project. Purchasers of contract documents will be notified and furnished copies of such addenda, either by certified mail or personal delivery, during the period of advertising. TIME LIMIT AND NOTICE TO PROCEED All work shall be completed within two hundred forty (240) working days. A move-in period of seven (7) calendar days will be allowed starting on the date in the Notice to Proceed. The counting of working days shall start on the date the Contractor elects to start work or the last day of the move-in period, whichever occurs first. The Contractor shall utilize the move-in period to ensure that all materials required for the project will be available for the scheduled work. No additional working days will be allowed for material delay once the Contractor commences work. The contractor shall begin construction eight (8) calendar weeks from the date of project award by City. The Notice to Proceed will be issued immediately after the project award and working days will be counted starting on the first date of construction start. Upon exhaustion of stipulated working days, liquidate d damages will be assessed per each calendar day of delay. Nothing in this section will relieve the Contractor of its obligations relative to starting work as required elsewhere in these specifications. CHANGES IN THE WORK Subsection 2-7.1 of the Standard Specifications is supplemented by the following: Notwithstanding the limitation imposed by this Subsection, the City Engineer may, with City Council approval, order changes in the work which increase the contract cost by not more than ten percent (10%) of the original contract amount. SP-3 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD All bidders will be required to submit information as to their industrial safety record on the form provided in the Bid Proposal. A review of this safety record will be made prior to a determination of the lowest responsible bidder, and any adverse finding as to the bidder's safety record or any bid submitted which does not contain the Contractor's Industrial Safety Record, filled out and signed by the Contractor, may be sufficient cause for rejection of the bid. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE In accordance with Subsection 6-1 of the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall submit a written proposed construction schedule to the City Engineer ten (10) calendar days prior to the start of work. Such schedule shall be subject to the review and approval by the City Engineer. No work shall be done until the City Engineer and the Contractor have agreed to the schedule to be followed by the Contractor. ORDER OF WORK As first order of work, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for long lead items and order said items promptly. Long lead items include traffic signal standard and appurtenances, lighting, pavers, and hardscape elements. WITHHELD CONTRACT FUNDS Pursuant to Section 4590 of the Government Code, the Contractor at its own expense may deposit securities pledged in favor of the Agency with a state or federally chartered bank as the escrow agent. The acceptable securities are those listed in Section 16430 of the Government Code or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit. The amount of securities to be deposited shall be equivalent to the maximum amount permitted to be withheld as specified in Subsection 9 -3.2 of the Standard Specifications. Formal acceptance of the project by the Agency terminates the Agency's interest in the securities. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY In addition to the requirement of Subsection 7 -10 of the Standard Specifications and the Standard Special Provisions, the Contractor shall maintain access to all adjacent properties. Furthermore, this subsection is amended and supplemented by the followin g paragraphs: DETOUR In no case shall traffic be diverted from the existing traveled way without prior approval of the City Engineer. TRAFFIC FLOW In order to facilitate the flow of traffic during the contractual period, the Agency reserves the right to extend the limits of the project to include any areas where signing and delineating is deemed necessary by the Engineer. Sequencing Requirements At no time shall more than two corners of intersections be inaccessible to pedestrians. SP-4 Bus Stops Contractor shall provide temporary bus stops where work impact. Contractor shall coordinate temporary bus stop locations with Foothill Transit. Private Property Coordination Contractor shall comply with requirements set forth in temporary construction easements (TCEs) and permits to enter and construct (PECs) for work on private property. These documents are included in Appendix B.. Full compensation for complying with the above requirements shall be considered as included in the various items of work unless otherwise specified above. CONSTRUCTION WATER Construction water is available from the Walnut Valley Water District (WVWD) by applying for a temporary meter, which will be installed and chained to a hydrant by WVWD. Contact WVWD at telephone (909) 595-7554 to apply for construction water. Contractor to verify current charges. SANITARY CONVENIENCE Necessary sanitary facilities for the use of workman on the job shall be provided and maintained in an approved manner by the Contractor, properly secluded from public observation and in compliance with health ordinances and laws, and their use shall be st rictly enforced by the Contractor. STORAGE SITE It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate any storage sites for materials and equipment needed and such sites either located on public or private property must be approved in advance by the City Engineer. No equipment or materials shall be stored in the public roadway right -of-way without prior written approval from the City Engineer. UTILITY WORK BY OTHERS The Walnut Valley Water District (WVWD) will be performing installation and upgrades to their facilities concurrently with this project. The Contractor shall coordinate directly with the WVWD contractor and inspector to avoid conflicts and ensure smooth ex ecution of overlapping work. The Contractor shall allow WVWD reasonable access to perform their work, and shall schedule operations to minimize interference. ADJACENT PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS The SR-57/SR-60 Interchange Improvement Project is currently under construction and is anticipated to continue through June 2027. This ongoing project may include periodic closures of on- and off-ramps, as well as other lane restrictions, which may impact access and local traffic. The Contractor shall monitor traffic advisories and coordinate with relevant agencies to plan construction activities accordingly and minimize disruptions. CALIFORNIA COMMUNITY CONSERVATION CORPS (CCC) PARTICIPATION As part of the project’s funding requirements, certain work items may be performed by the Local Community Conservation Corps (CCC). Potential CCC work may include, but is not SP-5 limited to: clearing, grubbing, installation of crosswalk pavers, and landscaping elements (including trees and other plantings). The City is in communication with the CCC regarding their interest and availability to perform this work in 2026. The scope of CCC participation is anticipated to be finalized prior to the project’s pre -construction meeting, expected in November/December 2025. Any work performed by the CCC will be addressed through a deductive Contract Change Order (CCO) with the Contractor. SPECIAL INSPECTION FEES If the Contractor elects to work under this contract more than 8 hours/day or more than 40 hours/week, Saturday, Sunday, or CITY holidays, the Contractor shall arrange with the Engineer for the required inspection service and pay the Special Inspection Fees which will be charged at the following rates: Monday through Fridays - $159.00 per hour Saturday - $1,512.00 per day (8 hours) Sunday, Holidays - $2,008.00 per day (8 hours) Fees may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. PROJECT COORDINATION AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Notification to the agencies listed below and those agencies named in Subsection 5 -1 (Utility Owner and Public Agency Identifications) of the General Provisions must be in writing with proof of letter given to the City. Pomona Unified School District 800 S. Garey Ave Pomona, CA 91766 (909) 397-4800 Walnut Valley Unified School District 880 South Lemon Avenue Walnut, California 91789 (909) 595-1261 Foothill Transit Agency (626) 931-7225 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING The City shall arrange a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor and representatives from utility companies, which shall be held a minimum of ten (10) calendar days prior to commencement of any work. TRASH COLLECTION SCHEDULE No streets will be closed or have work done on day of trash collection. Questions regarding trash collection can be directed to: SP-6 Waste Management (626) 856-1285 (818) 960-7551 Valley Vista Services (800)442-6454 STREET SWEEPER ROUTE SCHEDULE All overlays shall be applied at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to sweeping of any street in the project area. Questions regarding street sweeping can be directed to: Valley Vista Services (626) 855-5555 REMOVAL OF MATERIALS Materials, which are to be disposed of, include, but are not limited to: saw-cut asphalt pavement and concrete removed for curb and gutter shall not be stored at the site but shall be removed immediately. No overnight storage of materials or debris will be allowed in the street area or surrounding areas. COMPETENCY OF BIDDER The bidder shall be licensed under the provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California to do the type of work contemplated in the Contract and shall be skilled and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work called for under this Contract. Contractor's License Class A, or C12 is required for this project. BID QUANTITIES The quantities given in the Proposal and Contract form are approximate, being given as a basis for the comparison of bids only, and the city does not, expressly or by implication, agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work, or to omit any portion of the work, as may be deemed advisable or necessary by the City Engineer. CITY EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EEO) PROVISIONS 1. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN FOR EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY The following provisions pertaining to equal employment opportunity are incorporated into this Contract. In connection with performance of work under this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: a. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, sex, religion, ancestry or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and the employees are treated during employment, without regard to race, color, sex, religion, ancestry or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion SP-7 or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship where applicable. b. In all advertisements for labor or other personnel, or requests for employment of any nature, the Contractor shall state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment of any nature, the Contractor shall state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, sex, religion, ancestry or national origin. c. In all hiring, the Contractor shall make every effort to hire qualified workers from all races and ethnic groups. d. The Contractor shall be responsible for the compilation of records of the ethnic distribution of the entire project work force on forms furnished by the Agency. Said forms, indicating the ethnic distribution of man-hours of work within the various crafts and trades, shall be filed by the Contractor with the Agency every thirty (30) days. e. The Contractor shall send to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the Agency, advising the said labor union or worker's representative of the Contractor's commitments under this section. f. The Contractor shall maintain and permit access by the Agency to records of employment, employment advertisements, application forms and other pertinent data and records of the Contractor's own work force and that of the various subcontractors on the project for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this EEO section. g. Within ten (10) days after execution of the Contract by the Agency, the Contractor shall meet the following standards for affirmative compliance and shall ensure that each subcontractor on the project will meet these requirements within ten (10) days after receiving a Notice to Proceed from the Contractor, unless the Agency provides for a greater time period: i. File with the Agency an Affirmative Action Plan indicating the steps it will take to encourage and assist qualified members of minority groups. Such affirmative action will include statements regarding recruitment, employment, compensation, promotion or demotion, and selection for training. ii. Provide evidence as required by the Agency that it has notified in writing all subcontractors, the Contractor's supervisors and other personnel officers of the content of this EEO section and their responsibilities under it. SP-8 iii. Provide evidence, as required by the Agency that it has notified in writing all sources of employee referrals (including, but not limited to, unions, employment agencies and the State Department of Employment Development) of the content of this EEO section. iv. Notify the Agency in writing of any opposition to this EEO section by individuals, firms, unions or organizations. h. If the Agency has reason to believe that the Contractor or a subcontractor may have committed a violation of the EEO section of this Contract or of the California Fair Employment Practice Act or of any applicable Federal law concerning equal employment practices on this project, the Agency will cause written notice to be served on the Contractor or its representative, and to any subcontractor involved in such violation. The notice shall set forth the nature of the violation. Upon the Agency's request, the Contractor shall meet with representatives of the Agency in order to determine the means of correcting the violation and the time period within which the violation shall be corrected. If, within ten (10) days, the Contractor or subcontractor has failed or refused to remedy the violation, the Agency may notify the Fair Employment Practices Commission and pursue any other remedies which may be available under the law. i. The Contractor shall include the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs 1a through 1h in every first-tier subcontract and require each subcontractor to bind each further subcontractor with whom it has a contract to such provisions, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor who performs any of the work required by the Contract. 2. ANTI-DISCRIMINATION a. The Contractor certifies and agrees that all persons employed by the Contractor, its affiliates, subsidiaries or holding companies are and will be treated equally by the Contractor without regard to or because of race, color, sex, religion, ancestry or national origin and in compliance with State and Federal anti-discrimination laws. The Contractor further certifies and agrees that it will deal with its subcontractors, bidders and vendors without regard to or because of race, color, sex, religion, ancestry or national origin. The Contractor agrees to allow access to its employment records during regular business hours to verify compliance with the foregoing provisions when so requested by the City. b. The Contractor specifically recognizes and agrees that if the City finds that any of the foregoing provisions have been violated, the same shall constitute a material breach of Contract upon which the City may determine to cancel, terminate or suspend the Contract. While the City reserves the right to determine individually that the anti-discrimination provisions of the Contract have been violated, in addition a determination by the California Fair Employment Practices Commission or the Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission that the Contractor has violated State or Federal anti - SP-9 discrimination laws shall constitute a finding by the City that the Contractor has violated the anti-discrimination provisions of the Contract. c. At its option, and in lieu of canceling, terminating or suspending the Contract, the City may impose damages for any violation of the anti -discrimination provisions of this section, in the amount of two hundred ($200.00) for each violation found and determined. The City and the Contractor specifically agree that the aforesaid amount shall be imposed as liquidated damages, and not as a forfeiture or penalty. It is further specifically agreed that the aforesaid amount is presumed to be the amount of damages sustained by reason of any such violation, because, from the circumstances and the nature of the violation, it is impracticable and extremely difficult to fix actual damages. 1293492.1 PART IV TECHNICAL PROVISIONS TP-2 TECHNICAL PROVISIONS FOR DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. SI256 BID ITEMS Each respective bid item as shown on the proposal form shall comply with the respective section of the 2024 edition of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, its supplements, and any other publication as specified or listed in the General Conditions. If there is a conflict between these Technical Provisions and the Standard Specifications, these Technical Provisions shall have precedence. Incidental Work - All work and materials required by the plans and specifications, and not specifically listed in the bid schedule items of work, shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made therefore. TP-3 Mobilization and Demobilization Bid Item No. 1 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Work specified in this section consists of preparatory work and operations at the start of the Contract Work and removal of those items at Contract completion. 1. Mobilization: Mobilization includes but is not limited to, operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Worksite; for the establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for work on the project; and for all other work and operations which must be performed or are incidental to beginning work on the various contract items. Mobilization also includes preparation of the applicable items included in Subsection 7 of the General Provisions under “Measurement and Payment”. 2. Demobilization: Demobilization includes, but is not limited to, operations necessary for the removal of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals from the Worksite, Contractor-owned structures, facilities, materials, and debris; and for all other work and operations which must be performed or are incidental to the completion of work of the various contract items. 1.02 DELIVERY Delivery to the Worksite of construction tools, equipment, materials, and supplies shall be accomplished in conformance with local governing regulations. Part 2 Products 2.01 MATERIALS The Contractor shall provide construction tools, equipment, materials, and supplies of the type and quantities, which will facilitate the timely execution of the Work. Part 3 Execution 3.01 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL The Contractor shall provide personnel, products, construction materials, equipment, tools, and supplies at the Worksite at the time they are scheduled to be installed or utilized. TP-4 The Contractor shall locate plant or plants appropriately close to the portion of the Work for which it will be used. Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove construction tools, apparatus, equipment, unused materials and supplies, plant, and personnel from the jobsite. 3.02 CLEANUP During progress of work, keep premises reasonably free of debris and waste materials. Upon completion of work, remove all debris, rubbish, leftover material, tools and equipment from project site. Part 4 Payment Measurement for payment for Mobilization and Demobilization will be based upon completion of such work as a lump sum, non -proratable pay item, and shall require completion of all of the listed mobilization items during the first 25 days following the Notice to Proceed. Payment for Mobilization and Demobilization may be made, at the Contractor’s option, in one payment or two payments (one for mobilization at the beginning of the project and one for demobilization at the end of the project, the total of which shall equal 100% of the mobilization and demobilization pay item), at the unit price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 1, which total price shall constitute full compensation for all such work, no part of which will be approved for payment under the Contract until all mobilization items listed herein have been completed as specified. The scope of the work included under Pay Item No. 1 shall include obtaining of all bonds, insurance, and permits, moving onto the site of all plant and equipment, and the furnishing and erecting of plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities, all as may be required for the proper performance and completion of the Work. Payment for demobilization will be made as described above for Mobilization in one full or partial payment at the unit price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 1, which price shall constitute full compensation for removal and cleanup of said facilities under Mobilization. Any whole or partial payment remaining for demobilization will be made after cleanup is completed on all work within the contract. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, the following principal items: 1. Moving onto the site of all Contractors’ plant and equipment required for the first month's operations. 2. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. TP-5 3. Developing and installing construction water supply. 4. Providing field office trailers for the contractor, if needed. 5. Providing all on-site communication facilities. 6. Providing all on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities for workers. 7. Furnishing, installing, erecting, and maintaining all storage buildings or sheds required for the temporary storage of any products, equipment, or materials that have not yet been incorporated into the Work. All such storage facilities shall meet or exceed the material manufacturer's published storage requirements and these Special Provisions, including any ambient temperature and humidity controls, if recommended by the material manufacturer, and for all security and safety on and about the site of the Work. 8. Arranging for, and erection of, the Contractor's construction and storage yard per Section 7-10, "Public Convenience and Safety," of the Standard Specifications. 9. Obtaining and paying for all required bonds, insurance, and permits. 10. Posting all OSHA-required notices, and establishment of OSHA-approved safety programs. 11. Providing a full-time Contractor's superintendent. 12. Submitting of the required Construction Schedule, as specified in Section 6-1, "Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work," of the Standard Specifications. 13. Submittal of Initial Construction Schedule, embodying all corrections required by the Engineer, within 25 days of date of Notice to Proceed. No payment for Mobilization can be made until this has been approved and submitted. 14. Fencing of storage & laydown areas, which is to be removed and disposed of upon project completion. In addition to the requirements specified above, all submittals shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 2 -5.3, "Shop Drawings and Submittals" of the Standard Specifications. No payment for any of the listed initial mobilization work items will be made until all of the listed items have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. TP-6 The aforementioned amount will be retained by the City as the agreed, estimated value of completing all of the mobilization items listed. Any such retention of money for failure to complete all such mobilization items as a lump-sum item shall be in addition to the retention of any payment pursuant to the provisions of Public Contract Code 22300. TP-7 Traffic Control Bid Item No. 3 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION The work specified in this section includes providing all materials, manpower, equipment, and performing all operations to control traffic through the project site during construction, as shown on the drawings, and as specified in these Technical Provisions. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS The following specifications and standards listed in this paragraph form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto: A. State of California, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS). a. 2024 Standard Plans b. 2024 Standard Specifications c. 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) Revision 8 (Effective 1/11/24) B. American Public Works Association (APWA) a. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (W.A.T.C.H.) Part 2 Products Contractor shall provide and furnish all materials necessary for traffic control during construction, and as directed by the Engineer. Part 3 Execution 3.01 GENERAL Traffic control equipment shall conform to City of Diamond Bar Requirements; Section 12 of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications, CALTRANS Standard Plans, CA MUTCD; APWA WATCH Manual; and as required by the Engineer. Contractor shall furnish, construct, maintain, and remove detours, road closures, lights, signs, pavement markings and striping, barricades, fences, flares, miscellaneous traffic devices, flagmen, drainage facilities, paving, and such other items and services as are necessary to adequately safeguard the public from hazard and inconvenience. All such work shall comply with the ordinances, TP-8 directives, and regulations of the local authorities with jurisdiction over the public roads in which the construction takes place and over which detoured traffic is routed by the Contractor. Prior to the start of construction operations on any public street, Contractor shall notify the City of Diamond Bar law enforcement, traffic enforcement, and fire department, giving the expected starting date, completion date, and the name and telephone number of a responsible person who may be contacted at any hour on any day in the event of a condition requiring immediate correction. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION SIGNING The Contractor shall maintain a 24-hour emergency service to remove, install, relocate, and maintain warning devices and furnish to the Engineer names and telephone numbers of three persons responsible for this emergency service. In the event these persons do not promptly respond, or the local authorities or district deem it necessary to call out other forces to accomplish emergency service, the Contractor will be held responsible for the cost of any such emergency service. Signs shall be illuminated or reflectorized when they are used during hours of darkness. Cones, delineators or barricades used in the diversion of traffic shall be equipped with flashers or other illumination if in place during hours of darkness. 3.03 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC CONTROL General Contractor shall be responsible for adequate barricading of the work area and controlling of traffic in the vicinity of the project as specified in Subsection 5-7 of the General Provisions. Traffic control plans are the responsibility of the contractor. As a minimum, the contractor shall use the Typical Application Diagrams included in the latest CA MUTCD, or the latest APWA W.A.T.C.H. Manual. The Contractor shall submit his plans for traffic control a minimum of 14 calendar days in advance of implementation for approval by the Engineer. The Traffic Control shall be signed and stamped by a registered engineer in the St ate of California. If a difference in excess of 0.15 foot exists between the elevation of the existing pavement and the elevation of an excavation within 5 feet of the left edge or within 8 feet of the right edge of the traveled way at the end of each working day, place and compact material against the vertical cut adjacent to the traveled way. During the excavation, you may use native material for this purpose except you must use structural material once you start placing the structural section. Place the material to the top of the existing pavement and taper at a slope of 10:1 (horizontal:vertical) or flatter to the bottom of the excavation. Do not use treated base for the taper. Contractor shall keep two lanes open in each direction on Diamond Bar Boulevard at all times except during the construction of paver crosswalks. TP-9 Paver Crosswalk Construction The paver crosswalks shall be constructed on weekends and/or as night work. Contractor shall install temporary facilities to protect unfinished crosswalk and open roadway up to vehicle traffic during non-construction hours. Driveway Construction The Contractor can close driveways for up to 5 calendar days; the Contractor shall provide detour signage for each driveway closure. Alternatively, the Contractor may close half of the driveway width for one 5 -day duration and then close the other half of the driveway width for another 5-day duration. Do not concurrently close or restrict access to adjacent driveways that serve the same parcel or lot at any one time. If a property owner permission or a temporary easement is required to re-build a driveway, the contractor will obtain such permission or easement directly from the individual private property owners. 3.04 DETOUR ROUTING Detours shall be Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 14 calendar days in advance and provide complete coordination prior to detouring of traffic. Contractor shall post detour routes to provide clear guidance to traffic. 3.05 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS Pedestrian facilities shall be provided through construction areas within the right - of-way as specified herein. Contractor shall maintain and safely delineate a minimum of one four-foot-wide pedestrian walkway along each public street at all times during construction. Maintain access to bus stops at all times. 3.06 ACCESS TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES Contractor shall maintain reasonable access from public streets to all adjacent properties at all times during construction. Forty -eight hours prior to restricting normal access from public streets to adjacent properties, Contractor shall notify the Engineer, informing occupants of the nature of the access restriction, the approximate duration of the restriction, and the best alternate access route for that particular property. 3.07 PERMANENT TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Existing permanent traffic control signs, barricades, and devices shall remain in effective operation unless a substitute operation is arranged for and accepted as a portion of the vehicular traffic control as noted above. TP-10 3.08 TEMPORARY STRIPING Whenever the work causes obliteration of striping, temporary or permanent striping shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Where lane line or centerline striping existed prior to the work, such striping shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary striping shall be performed by the Contractor. Surfaces to receive temporary striping shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary striping shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary striping. Temporary striping shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with a new pattern of temporary striping or permanent striping. Temporary pavement markers which are applied to the final layer of surfacing or existing pavement to remain in place or which conflict with a subsequent or new traffic pattern for the area shall be removed when no longer required for the direction of public traffic, as determined by the Engineer. Whenever lane lines or centerlines are obliterated and temporary striping to replace the lines is not shown on the plans, the minimum lane line and centerline delineation to be provided for that area shall be temporary reflective pavement markers placed at longitudinal intervals of not more than 24 feet. The temporary reflective pavement markers shall be the same color as the lane line or centerline the pavement markers replace. Temporary reflective pavement markers shall be, at the option of the Contractor, one of the temporary pavement markers listed for short term day/night use (14 days or less) or long term day/night use (6 months or less) in the CALTRANS list of "Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials." Temporary reflective pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary pavement markers in areas where removal of the pavement markers will be required. Temporary striping consisting entirely of temporary reflective pavement markers placed on longitudinal intervals of not more than 24 feet shall be used on lanes opened to public traffic for a maximum of 14 calendar days. Prior to the end of the 14 days the permanent striping shall be placed. If the permanent striping is not placed within the 14 days, the Contractor shall provide additional temporary striping and the cost thereof shall be borne by the Contractor. The additional temporary striping to be provided shall be equivalent to the pattern specified for the permanent striping for the area, as determined by the Engineer. TP-11 Part 4 Payment Full compensation for preparing a temporary traffic control plan, furnishing, placing, maintaining and removing the temporary reflective pavement markers, used for temporary striping for those areas where temporary striping is not shown on the plans and for providing equivalent patterns of permanent traffic lines for those areas when required, shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price bid for Traffic Control and no separate payment will be made therefore. TP-12 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Bid Item No. 2 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section describes work necessary by the Contractor to allow the Owner to comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order WQ 2022-0057-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (General Permit). Specifically, this includes the implementation of a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). The work shall reflect the Contractor's experience, resources, and capabilities in determining and meeting the requirements of the General Permit. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility from the City and implement the SWPPP. This item shall consist of preventing, controlling, and abating discharges of pollutants from the construction site as specified in the SWPPP as well as preparing site inspection, monthly status and notice of discharge reports and rain event action plans, monitoring, sampling, analyzing and reporting to State NPDES Clearinghouse. Stormwater pollution prevention of the project shall conform to the provisions of Section 3-12.6 of the Standard Specifications and to the following Special Provisions. 1.02 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). 1. The project is anticipated to be a Risk Level 2. 2. Once the SWPPP is approved by the City, the City will issue the Notice of Intent (NOI). 3. The Contractor shall prepare Annual Reports. Allow ten (10) working days for review by the City. Submit a revised report within 5 days of receiving City comments. Part 2 Materials Refer to the SWPPP and hazardous materials plan for materials to be used. Sediment and erosion control materials shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications Subsections 13-4 through 13-10. TP-13 Part 3 Execution 3.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall comply with the conditions identified in the General Permit and the SWPPP that apply to the work under this contract. Land disturbance activities shall not begin until the City authorizes the SWPPP and a Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) number is issued. The Contractor shall be responsible for the Construction Site Monitoring Program, including visual inspections and water quality monitoring and reporting. The Contractor shall retain a QSD. The Contractor’s QSD shall: 1. Revise and amend the SWPPP 2. Perform inspections as required by the General Permit The Contractor shall retain a QSP. A QSD may perform the responsibilities of a QSP. The Contractor’s QSD and the Contractor’s QSP may be the same person. The Contractor’s QSP shall: 1. Perform inspections as required by the General Permit 2. Oversee implementation of BMPs as required by the General Permit 3. Oversee water quality monitoring and reporting 4. Train Contractor crews as required by the SWPPP The City retains the right to assign a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) to the project. The City’s QSP is not a substitute for the Contractor retaining their own QSP. The City’s QSP shall have the authority to: 1. Mobilize the Contractor’s crews to make immediate repairs to water pollution control practices 2. Stop construction activities damaging water pollution control practices 3. Stop construction activities causing water pollution 4. Collect water quality samples independent of the Contractor’s Construction Site Monitoring Plan. The City shall report its independent water quality sample analytical results to the Contractor’s QSP. TP-14 3.02 COMPLIANCE If compliance with any of the General Permit and SWPPP requirements cannot be certified, notify the City in writing immediately. The notification shall identify the type of noncompliance, describe the actions necessary to achieve compliance, and include a time schedule when compliance will be achieved. Submit each noncompliance notification to the City within 15 days of identification of the event. Nonadherence with the conditions specified in the General Permit may constitute a violation of the Clean Water Act and the Porter -Cologne Water Quality Control Act and may be grounds for enforcement action by the Regional Water Quality Control Board. Part 4 PAYMENT Payment for Preparation Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Document shall be included in the contract lump sum bid price for Stormwater Pollution Control and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals to complete all work described above for a City-approved SWPPP document. Payment for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Implementation shall be included in the contract lump sum bid price for Stormwater Pollution Control and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals to complete all work described above. TP-15 Clearing and Grubbing Bid Item No. 5 Clearing and Grubbing Bid Item No. 6 Replace Existing Private Landscaping and Irrigation Bid Item No. 7 Remove Existing Tree Part 1 General Work specified in this section shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipment and performing labor as required to execute this work as indicated in these specifications, including, but not limited to this major item: Clearing and grubbing of the project shall conform to the provisions of Section 300- 1 of the Standard Specifications and to the following Special Provisions. In addition to the work outlined in Section 300-1 of the Standard Specifications, work shall include the following items: 1. Furnishing, applying, and providing watering equipment for the entire project where separate payment for water would otherwise be required. 2. Protection of all curb and gutter, chain link fences, concrete slabs, planters, and other public and/or private improvements, as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall replace these items if damaged or had to be removed as needed for construction with new materials equal to or better than the original, as required by the Engineer. 3. This item shall be interpreted to include the removal and disposal of any additional items not specifically mentioned herein, or included in a specific bid item, found within the work limits or as noted on the plans. 4. Saw-cutting (including shiner cuts) and removing existing Portland Cement Concrete improvements as called for on the project plans and adjacent asphalt along removal areas, and when required by the Engineer, including but not limited to access ramps, sidewalk, curb and gutter, cross gutters, valley gutters and alley returns/approaches. 5. Hand digging around existing manhole, poles, structures, walls, and other improvements as necessary to protect existing improvements in place. 6. Any restriping not shown on plans that is removed or obliterated due to construction activities, trenching or paving. 7. Clearing for and providing temporary graded driveway access as may be required. 8. Root pruning and removing and disposing of any interfering tree roots and branches. TP-16 9. Replacement and reconstruction of any private landscaping or irrigation damaged during construction, including those areas where concrete improvements (curb, sidewalk, etc.) are constructed or reconstructed. Replacement and reconstruction shall conform to Part 8 of the Standard Specifications. 10. Street pavement shall be left clean and free of dirt, sand, debris, and trash at the end of each day. Should the Engineer determine that a street sweeper is necessary to properly clean the street the Contractor shall provide such service at no additional cost. 11. Minor grading associated with new concrete or asphalt work. Part 2 Payment Payment for Clearing and Grubbing shall be at the contract lump sum bid price and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals to complete all work described above. Progress payment for this item shall be based on the percentage of completed work of project, at the time of billing. Payment for Replace Private Landscaping and Irrigation shall be at the contract lump sum bid price and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals to complete all work described above. Progress payment for this item shall be based on the percentage of completed work o f project, at the time of billing. Measurement and Payment for Remove Existing Tree shall be at the contract price per unit named in the Bid Schedule including removal of stump and all roots. TP-17 Existing Improvements Bid Item No. 8 Monument Preservation Bid Item No. 9 Remove Existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement Bid Item No. 10 Remove Existing Concrete Facility Bid Item No. 11 Remove Existing Stairs & Handrail Bid Item No. 12 Remove Existing Street Light and Foundation Bid Item No. 13 Remove Existing Catch Basin Bid Item No. 14 Adjust to Grade Existing Storm Drain Manhole Bid Item No. 15 Adjust to Grade Existing Sewer Manhole Bid Item No. 16 Water Tight Sewer Manhole Cover Bid Item No. 17 Relocate Existing Bus Shelter Bid Item No. 18 Relocate Existing Backflow Prevention Assembly Bid Item No. 19 Cold Mill (2" Thick) Part 1 General Protection of, adjustment, and removal of existing improvements shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Section 400 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, except as amended or modified herein. Part 2 Removal 2.01 SCOPE OF WORK Removal items will become property of the Contractor and shall be transported to an approved disposal site. The Contractor shall obtain weight tickets from the disposal site or material plant and submit all the tickets to the City with the monthly progress payment request. The Contractor shall remove and replace only those improvements within the designated removal sections. Any areas removed by the Contractor not approved by the City shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Any damaged improvements, utilities or landscape shall be replaced in kind at the contractor’s expense. 2.02 SAWCUT The slurry created by sawcutting shall be removed by vacuum during the sawcutting operation. 2.03 CONCRETE REMOVAL Concrete shall be sawcut along all removal lines. TP-18 Part 3 Adjust to Grade Existing Facilities 3.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall raise or adjust down storm drain and sewer frames and covers, utility meters and valves and utility vaults to finished grade by the use of either grade rings, or in accordance with Section 302-5.8 and 301.1.6 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall protect all metal covers within the asphalt street work areas in order that the asphaltic materials will not adhere to the covers. The methods of protection shall be approved in advance by the City’s Project Representative's Field Representative. The Contractor shall take care not to allow the emulsion to run onto the manhole frame and cover and into water valve stack covers. Diesel fuel application to the manhole frames and covers will not be allowed. These covers shall be cleaned no later than 24 hours or the following day after the asphalt placement work is completed. The Contractor shall inventory and tie down the location of all metal utility covers within the streets that are to be resurfaced by placing a reference mark on a location that will not be disturbed. The Contractor shall provide a detailed report with the count of covers per street block and per utility. No payment for utility cover adjustment will be made until this report is provided to the City’s Project Representative. Paving around covers shall be placed prior to each weekend. No open spaces around covers shall be allowed during weekends. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect all existing utility facilities and shall be held responsible for any damage caused by its construction operation. Any damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. 3.02 WALNUT VALLEY WATER DISTRICT (WVWD) FACILITIES The Contractor shall coordinate with WVWD for fire hydrant and water meter relocations. Do not operate equipment over water lines where excavation is less than 2 feet of cover over existing water mains. 3.03 SOCALGAS FACILITIES Notify the Engineer if proposed facilities encroach within a 2 foot horizontal and 1 foot vertical clearance envelope from gas mains. TP-19 Part 4 Cold Milling 4.01 GENERAL Cold milling asphalt concrete pavement shall conform to Section 404 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, as modified below. Unless otherwise noted, all modifications shall be in addition to the provisions of that subsection. The following is hereby added to Section 404-1 General: Straight edge grade along the edge of the cold plane area shall not deviate more than 3/8-inch below nor 3/8-inch above the grade specified in the Plans or Specifications. Removal of undulations in the existing paved surface shall be included in this item of work. Cold milling for streets to be overlaid shall not be performed more than two (2) working days ahead of paving. IN NO CASE SHALL COLD MILLED AREAS BE LEFT OPEN TO TRAFFIC OVER A WEEKEND. All cold milled streets must be accepted by the Engineer as clean after cold milling, at least the day before paving. Sweepers used for cold milling shall not enter on streets approved as clean after cold milling. 4.02 COLD MILLING EQUIPMENT The following is hereby added to Section 302-1.2 Milling Machine: The size of the asphalt concrete milling machine shall be of a size suitable for milling the asphalt concrete without causing damage to the surrounding structures. Concrete curbs, gutters or other structures should not be chipped, broken or damaged. Damage including chipping of the concrete curbs, gutters or surrounding structures shall be the responsibility of the Contractor for repairs, replacement and/or stopping work until repairs or corrections are completed. Part 5 Watertight Sewer Manhole Manhole frame and covers shall be watertight and conform to Subsection 403 of the Standard Specifications. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate with utility owners, if necessary for manhole frame and cover replacement. TP-20 Part 6 Preserve Survey Monuments Part 7 The Contractor shall protect existing survey monuments and ties within the work limits during the entire project in accordance with Section 400-2 of the Standard Specifications. Asphalt overlaying of existing survey monuments in the roadway will not be permitted. In the event a surveyed monument lies within an area to be cold milled, removed, or reconstructed, the Contractor shall tie out, reset, and file corner records per the Los Angeles County Surveyor’s office requirements for re-establishing survey monuments. The Contractor shall re- establish survey monuments at the Contractors’ expenses.Relocate Existing Bus Shelter Relocate existing bus shelter to the locations shown on plan. Locations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning reinstallation. Relocate bus shelter amenities, including benches and trash receptacles. Replace all anchorage hardware. Contractor shall obtain hardware specifications from Tolar Manufacturing, Patrick Merrick, 951-547-8209, pmerrick@tolarmfg.com . Reference bus shelter procurement under Quote No. 21102PMR2. Any damage to existing equipment shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Part 8 The Contractor’s attention is directed to the existing bus shelter cut sheets, provided in Appendix C. .Relocate Water Appurtenances Relocation of water appurtenances on the customer side of meters shall conform to Section 209, 212, and 306 of the Standard Specifications, including backflow prevention appurtenances. Replace all backflow cages and hardware. Backflow cages shall be painted green. Relocation of backflow prevention shall conform to Walnut Valley Water District Standard Drawing 4, “Backflow Prevention Device Installation”. The Contractor shall inventory existing backflow systems, including appurtenances and sizes, and submit a relocation plan for approval by the Engineer. Part 9 Expanded Polystyrene Where specified on the plans, install expanded polystyrene over existing utilities. Expanded polystyrene shall conform to the provisions of Section 201 -3.3 of the Standard Specifications. TP-21 Part 10 Payment Payment for Remove Existing Concrete Facilities and Existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement will be made at the contract unit price per square foot to the various depths and thicknesses of the concrete or asphalt concrete . The contractor unit price shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals, including excavation, backfill, disposal, removal of curb drains, removal of parkway drains, removal of handrailing, removal of cobble, removal of abandoned water meters, and for doing all the work involved in removal of these facilities, complete in place, as specified in these Special Provisions. Payment for Remove Existing Catch Basin will be made at the contract unit price per each. The contractor unit price shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals, including excavation, any required shoring and bracing, any required protection of existing utilities, removal of interfering pipe portions for planned work, backfill, disposal, complete in place, as specified in these Special Provisions. Payment for Remove Existing Street Light and Foundation will be made at the contract unit price per each. The contractor unit price shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation , and incidentals, including excavation, backfill, disposal, and for doing all the work involved in removal of these facilities, complete in place, as specified in these Special Provisions. Payment for the various Adjust to Grade Existing Manhole items will be made at the contract unit price per each, measured as units determined from actual count. The unit price bid for raising manholes to grade shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation , and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in raising manholes to finished grade, complete in place, as specified in these Special Provisions. Payment for Cold Mill (2” Thick) shall be at the unit bid price per square foot and shall include full compensation for removal and disposal of cold milled asphalt pavement to the specified depth and residues including any pavement reinforcing fabric encountered; shaping or grading; furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals for doing all work involved. Payment for Watertight Sewer Manhole Cover will be made at the contract unit price per each, measured as units determined from actual count. The unit price bid for replacing the manhole frame and cover shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in replacing the manhole frame and cover, complete in place, as specified in these Special Provisions. TP-22 Payment for Monument Preservation shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and incidentals, and for doing all the work with preserving survey monuments, including researching, locating and tying out existing monuments pre-construction and replacing monument and replacing monuments, preparing corner records, paying plan check and filing fees, filing records with the Los Angeles County Surveyor’s Office, complete in place, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Payment for Relocate Existing Bus Shelter shall be made at the contract unit price per each, measured as units determined from actual count , and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and incidentals, and for doing all the work with relocating bus shelters, including removal of foundation, excavation, backfill, construction of new foundation, complete in place with equivalent functional capacity as its existing condition, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Payment for Relocate Existing Backflow Prevention Assembly will be made at the contract unit price per each, measured as units determined from actual count. The unit price bid for relocating existing backflow prevention assembly of the various diameters shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in relocating the backflow prevention assembly, including piping, excavation, trenching, backfill, connection to relocated water meter, connection to existing private water line, disinfection and commissioning testing, replacement of existing pad and cage, complete in place, as specified in these Special Provisions. TP-23 Earthwork Bid Item No. 20 – Unclassified Excavation Part 1 General Earthwork shall be done as shown on the Plans, in accordance with the provisions of Section 300 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, and in accordance with Section 5 (Conclusions and Recommendations) of the project geotechnical report, as provided in Appendix D. , except as amended or modified herein. To the extent possible, unclassified excavation material suitable for the use in the construction of fills shall be placed in the fill sections within the limits shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. The legal disposure of excess material shal l be the Contractors responsibility. Structural backfill is material that is to be placed adjacent to and around piping and structures. Material shall be free from deleterious material and conform to Sections 217 and 300-3 of Standard Specifications. Excavated onsite material may be used for structural backfill provided it conforms to the above specifications for structural backfill material. Part 2 Payment Payment for excavating, removing, hauling, and disposing of existing aggregate base, sub-base and/or subgrade materials shall be on a cubic yard basis for bid item Unclassified Excavation. This payment item shall include full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment, and incidentals for doing all the work in preparing and compacting the subgrade or existing aggregate base. TP-24 Subgrade Preparation and Placement of Base Material Part 1 General Subgrade Preparation shall be done as shown on the Plans, in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, except as amended or modified herein. Crushed Miscellaneous Base shall be constructed as shown on the Plans, in accordance with the provisions of Section 301 -2 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, and as modified in these Special Provisions. Part 2 Materials 2.01 AGGREGATE BASE Aggregate base shall be 3/4-inch maximum Class 2 Aggregate Base as per Section 26-1.02B of the State of California Standard Specifications. No change from one gradation to another shall be made during the progress of the work unless permitted in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall test aggregate base for R-value, sand equivalent, and sieve analysis at a minimum of every 500 yards or at least once every 1,000 tons at the jobsite and not at the plant. Aggregate base shall be delivered to the project as a uniform mixture. Segregation shall be avoided, and the base shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material. The use of motor graders will be permitted during depositing, spreading and compacting operations, except when self-propelled spreaders are specified. Tailgate spreading of aggregate base from dump trucks will not be permitted, except for spot dumping or in areas not readily accessible to approved spreading devices as approved by the Engineer. 2.02 GEOTEXTILE Geotextile shall be Nonwoven Geotextile Type 90 N (unless otherwise noted on the plans) and conform to the provisions of Section 213 of the Standard Specifications. Part 3 Payment Payment for aggregate base and geotextile shall be incidental to the bid prices for other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. TP-25 Asphalt Surfacing Bid Item No. 21 Asphalt Concrete Bid Item No. 22 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of all asphalt paving construction to be performed as shown on the plans, and shall conform to the provisions of Sections 203, 301 -1, 301-2 and 302-5 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, except as amended or modified herein. 1.02 PAVEMENT CLEANING Diesel fuel shall not be used for cleaning purposes within any of the streets within the project. Linseed oil shall be used. Part 2 Asphalt Concrete 2.01 GENERAL Asphalt concrete shall conform to the provisions of Sections 203 and 302 -5 of the Standard Specifications. Base surface course shall be Class B-PG 64-10. Driveway conform construction shall be Class C2-PG 64-10. Leveling courses under 1 inch shall be Class D-PG 64-10. 2.02 DISTRIBUTION AND SPREADING Unless approved otherwise, ski type devices, with a minimum length of 30 feet, shall be used to provide a reference for the grade sensor. Skis shall be constructed and installed in such a manner that a reference to the average elevation of the existing pavement, along the length of ski, is maintained at the sensor point. When placing surfacing adjacent to surfacing previously placed in conformance with these provisions, a joint matching shoe, of adequate size and type to properly sense the grade of the previously placed mat, may be used in lieu of the 30 -foot ski. 2.03 TACK COAT Tack coat shall be a SS-1 emulsified asphalt product applied at the approximate rate of 0.10 gallons per square yard. In any case where emulsified material is used, the tack coat shall be allowed to completely break, that is turn completely black (not dark brown), prior to paving. TP-26 Tack coat shall be High Performance Seal (No-Track). 2.04 ASPHALT RUBBERIZED HOT MIX General ARHM shall be Class GG-C. Asphalt rubber binder shall be PG 64-16 and shall be modified with an asphalt modifier. Aggregate and binder for Asphalt-Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) shall be proportioned by weight and volume by weighing and pulsing utilizing automatic batch mixing as required by Section “Automatic Proportioning”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Testing Subsection 203-11.6, paragraph one, Mix Designs and Certifications, of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The optimum binder content shall be determined by plant inspection. The amount of each material in each batch shall be weighed by a State Certified calibrated scale and the percentage of binder shall be determined mathematically, verified, and documented at the plant before the material is sent to the project site. If the material does not meet the requirements on Table 203-11.3 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, the material will be replaced at no cost to the City. Compaction shall be in accordance with California Test Method 304 except for the following: Mixing Temperatures: Asphalt-rubber = 340-360 degrees (F) Aggregate = 290-310 degrees (F) Compaction Temperature = 290-300 degrees (F) Compaction testing shall be performed in a randomized pattern in the travel lane and on longitudinal joints at a frequency to be determined by the Engineer. Distribution And Spreading Section 302-9.3 “Distribution and Spreading” of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS be replaced with the following: The temperature of the mixture directly behind the paving machine, before the breakdown roller, shall not be lower than 270 degrees (F) or higher than 320 degrees (F), the lower limit to be approached in warm weather and the higher in cold weather. The ARHM material must be used within 1.5 hours of mixing. Loads travelling long distances or batched for night work shall be covered with a tarp to preserve temperatures. TP-27 Contractor shall provide surface temperature readings with an infrared heat measurement device when requested by the Engineer. The ARHM pavement shall be placed with spreading equipment equipped with fully automatic screed and grade sensing controls which shall control the longitudinal grade of the screed. Automatic controls shall conform to and be operated in accordance with the following provisions. Heat the paving machine, especially the hopper and pavement area which will be paved immediately. Unless approved otherwise, ski type devices, with a minimum length of 30 feet, shall be used to provide a reference for the grade sensor. Skis shall be constructed and installed in such a manner that a reference to the average elevation of the existing pavement, along the length of ski, is maintained at the sensor point. When placing surfacing adjacent to surfacing previously placed in conformance with these provisions, a joint matching shoe, of adequate size and type to properly sense the grade of the previously placed mat, may be used in lieu of the 30 -foot ski. The ski shall be mounted at a location that will provide an accurate reference for the surfacing being placed. This may require the ski to be mounted ahead of, and inside the outer limits of the screed. Automatic cross slope control may be accomplished by use of a ski and grade sensor on each side of the paving machine. Automatic screed controls shall be installed in such a manner that the occasional manual adjustments necessary to maintain the attitude of the screed parallel to the underlying pavement are readily accomplished. Automatic screed controls shall be installed so that with little or no delay, use of the automatic controls can be discontinued and the screed controlled by manual methods. Should the automatic screed controls fail to operate properly during and day's work, the Contractor may use manual control of the spreading equipment for the remainder of that day, provided the quality conforms to the requirements of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, latest edition. Should the methods and equipment used for automatic control fail to result in the quality of work required by STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, the paving operation will be temporarily discontinued and the Contractor shall make the necessary changes to the equipment, or furnish other equipment conforming to the requirements herein, before paving is resumed. The Contractor shall provide smooth transition at the beginning and end of the new overlay as shown on the plans. Minor failures such as potholes, large cracks, etc., shall be repaired in advance of the paving operation in accordance with these specifications. TP-28 Joints Longitudinal joints between parallel pavement runs shall occur within one foot of lane lines or the center of the line. Longitudinal joints on wheel tracks will not be permitted. The Engineer shall approve the placement of longitudinal joints prior to resurfacing. One longitudinal joint shall be constructed on streets (down the center of the street) where the pavement width is 40 feet or less. Cold joints shall be saw-cut prior to the placement of new material. Pavement shall be removed to clean, straight lines by saw-cutting in straight lines either parallel to the curb or at right angles to the alignment of the sidewalk. Compaction Testing Nuclear gage compaction test shall be taken every 200 feet to ensure the 95% compaction. Core density/nuclear gauge shall be done per CTM 375, “Determining the In -Place Density and Relative Compaction of Asphalt Concrete Pavement”. If compaction fails by nuclear methods, then core density/nuclear gauge correlation and/or core densities shall be used to establish compaction. When core density is used to determine compaction, cores that meet or exceed the minimum specified density of 95.0 percent shall be paid for by the City. Failing cores shall be paid for by the Contractor. If the core density testing produces both passing and failing cores, the cost will be prorated between the City and Contractor. Compaction failing to meet the above criteria shall be subject to the following payment reduction and the payment shall apply to each 500-ton lot: Compaction Range Payment Percentage 95.0% and above 100% 94.0% to 94.99% 95% 93.0% to 93.99% 90% 92.0% to 92.99% 85% 91.99% and below Remove and Replace The Contractor shall have hand-compaction equipment immediately available for compacting all areas inaccessible to rollers. Hand-compaction shall be performed concurrently with breakdown rolling. If for any reason hand-compaction falls behind breakdown rolling, further replacement of asphalt concrete shall be suspended until hand-compaction is caught up. Hand-compaction includes vibraplates and hand tampers. Hand torches shall be available for rework of areas which have cooled. TP-29 After compaction, the surface texture of all hand work areas shall match the surface texture of the machine placed mat. Any course of segregated areas shall be corrected immediately upon discovery. Failure to immediately address these areas shall cause suspension of asphalt concrete placement until the areas are satisfactory addressed, unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, and free from ruts, humps, depressions, or irregularities. Any ridges, indentations, or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the asphalt concrete by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other means. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations, or other objectionable marks in the asphalt concrete shall be discontinued, and acceptable equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. Part 3 Payment Payment for Asphalt Concrete shall be at the contract unit price per ton and shall include full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete all work. Final quantities shall be measured in the field and based upon a legible copy of a Weighmaster's certificate showing gross, tare and net weight of each truckload of asphalt concrete mixture. This payment shall also be full compensation for furnishing and placing all liquid asphalt used for tack coat. Payment is for asphalt concrete used for permanent trench resurfacing and for asphalt concrete outside of the trench areas. Payment for asphalt concrete used for temporary trench resurfacing shall be included in the bid items for catch basin improvements. Payment for liquid asphalt and asphalt emulsion will be included with asphalt concrete and no separate payment shall be made. Payment for Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be at the contract unit price per ton and shall include full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete all work. Final quantities shall be measured in the field and based upon a legible copy of a Weighmaster's certificate showing gross, tare and net weight of each truckload of asphalt rubber hot mix mixture. This payment shall also be full compensation for furnishing and placing all liquid asphalt used for tack coat. Payment is for asphalt rubber hot mix used for permanent trench resurfacing and for asphalt rubber hot mix outside of the trench areas. Payment for asphalt rubber hot mix used for temporary trench resurfacing shall be included in the bid items for storm drain improvement. TP-30 Concrete Surfacing and Flatwork Bid Item No. 23 Concrete Bus Pad Bid Item No. 24 Curb and Gutter (Type A2) Bid Item No. 25 Curb and Gutter (Type A3-6) Bid Item No. 26 Curb (Type A1) Bid Item No. 27 Concrete Flatwork (Pathway) Bid Item No. 28 Concrete Flatwork (Colored; Median) Bid Item No. 29 Concrete Flatwork (Colored; Bus Stops, Ramps, Curb Returns) Bid Item No. 30 Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement Driveway Approach Bid Item No. 31 Concrete Driveway Approach (Uncolored) Bid Item No. 32 Concrete Driveway Approach (Colored) Bid Item No. 33 Crosswalk (Colored Concrete Band) Bid Item No. 34 Crosswalk (Colored Concrete Flatwork) Bid Item No. 35 Crosswalk (Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement Base) Bid Item No. 36 Concrete Paver Pathway Bid Item No. 37 Crosswalk (Concrete Pavers, 8cm) Bid Item No. 38 Crosswalk (Concrete Pavers, 10cm) Bid Item No. 39 Detectable Warning Surface Bid Item No. 40 Tactile Directional Indicator Bid Item No. 41 Curb Drain Bid Item No. 42 Drop Inlet Catch Basin for Curb Drain Bid Item No. 43 Parkway Drain Bid Item No. 44 Concrete Slough Wall Bid Item No. 45 Wall Underdrain Bid Item No. 46 Concrete Reinforced Stairs Bid Item No. 47 Metal Handrailing Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Work specified in this section shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipment and performing labor as required to execute this work as indicated in these specifications, including, but not limited to this major item: This work shall consist of all concrete paving, surfacing, and slough walls to be performed as shown on the plans, and shall conform to the provisions of Sections 203, 301, and 302-5 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, except as amended or modified herein. Work shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on the plans, the City’s 2016 Streetscape Design Guideline s, and these specifications. Remove and replace defective concrete work with new materials. Permission to patch any defective areas shall not be a waiver of the Engineer's right to require complete removal of defective work if patching does not restore quality and appearance of work. TP-31 No advertising impression, stamp, or mark of any description will be permitted on the surface of any concrete or cement finish. The Contractor shall be responsible to oversee the curing of all concrete improvements to prevent graffiti damage or other unauthorized markings or disturbances in new concrete surfaces. Any concrete surface deemed unacceptable to the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the city. The certified tickets accompanying each batch of ready -mix concrete delivered to the job site shall clearly show the “class designation” of the specified concrete mix. The Contractor shall ensure that the street is swept clean upon vacating the stockpile site. No excavated or removed dirt or concrete shall be stockpiled. The Contractor shall notify the fronting resident/business 24 hours prior to stockpiling as approved. The Contractor shall remove all debris and perform all cleanup work to the satisfaction of the Engineer within 3 working days after forms have been removed at any location. 1.02 COLORED CONCRETE Colored concrete shall be Method B (Integral Color). 1.03 INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall call for inspections during all form work prior to pouring. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer one working day prior to pouring any concrete. Any work covered prior to inspection shall be opened to view by the Contractor at his/her expense. Part 2 Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement 2.01 CONCRETE COLLAR FOR MANHOLE OR VALVE Concrete collar for manhole or valve shall be jointed plain concrete pavement. Part 3 Minor Concrete 3.01 CONCRETE FLATWORK (PATHWAY) Pathway shall be constructed in accordance with APWA Standard Plan No. 112 - 2, project plans, and these Special Provisions. Concrete shall be sawcut along all removal lines. TP-32 Concrete pathway shall be constructed of color, pattern, and material indicated on the plans and these Specifications. Construct weakened plane joints for pathway in accordance with Subsection 303- 5.4.3(b), "Control Joint", of the Standard Specifications, and as shown on the Plans. Construct scoring lines in accordance with Subsection 303-5.5.3. “Walk”, and as shown on the Plans. 3.02 CURB RAMP Curb and gutter adjacent to curb ramps shall not be constructed monolithically with the ramp. Maximum grade of ramp shall be 7.5% unless shown otherwise on the plans. The Contractor shall verify with a “smart level” that the ADA required maximum ramp and sidewalk grades are not exceeded both when marking the required sawcut removal limits and when setting the concrete forms, prior to pouring any curb ramp locations. 3.03 SIDEWALK CURB DRAIN Sidewalk drainpipe shall be solid PVC solid pipe, Schedule 80 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conforming to the requirements of ASTM D1785. Fittings for drainpipe shall be Schedule 80 Type II PVC solvent weld type conforming to ASTM D2467. Outlet curb drains to bioretention where applicable. 3.04 PARKWAY DRAIN Miscellaneous metals shall conform to the requirements of Section 206 of the Standard Specifications. 3.05 UNDERDRAIN Underdrain shall be slotted and solid PVC SDR 35 in conformance with Section 207-17 of the Standard Specifications. The slotted pipe shall have two to four rows of slots cut perpendicular to the axis of the pipe or at right angles to the pitch of corrugations. Slots shall be 0.04 to 0.1 inches wide with a length of 1 to 1.25 inches. Slots shall be longitudinally-spaced such that the pipe has a minimum of one square inch opening per lineal foot and should face down. Permeable material shall conform to the requirements of Section 217 of the Standard Specifications. TP-33 3.06 SLOUGH WALL Concrete slough wall shall be per Los Angeles County Standard Plan 6203-1, and as modified on the Plans. Anti-Graffiti Coating Install anti-graffiti coating on all exposed surfaces in conformance with Subsection 78-4.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Stake Deterrent Skate deterrent shall be The Park Catalog Item # 161-1074, “Skate Stopper For Walls With 1/2" Radius Edge” or approved equal. The Contractor’s attention is directed to the following link: https://www.theparkcatalog.com/skate-stopper-for-walls-with-1-2-radius- edge Install skate deterrents on the edge of the top-of-wall/face-of-wall corner of slough walls and retaining walls at 36 inches on -center. Place skate deterrents at 12 inches max from ends of walls. Chamfer/radius wall edge uniformly to install skate deterrents. Do not place skate deterrents on wall joints. Install per manufacturer's directions. 3.07 HANDRAILING Join handrailing to existing handrailing. Finished handrailing shall be painted to match the color of the existing railing to which is it being joined. Paint shall conform to Sections 210 and 310 of the Standard Specifications. 3.08 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE Install a cast-in-place (i.e. embedded) detectable warning surface on a curb ramp under the manufacturer’s instructions. Detectable warning surface shall conform to the provisions of Section 73-1.02B “Detectable Warning Surfaces”, 73-3.01C “Submittals”, and 73-3.01D(2) “Warranties” of the State Standard Specifications. The color of the detectable warning surface shall be black, Federal Color # 17038. The Contractor shall provide a color and material sample for approval by the Engineer prior to purchase and installation. The finished surfaces of the detectable warning surface shall be free from blemishes. TP-34 The manufacturer shall provide a written 5 year warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the dome shape, color fastness, sound on cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment. The warranty period shall begin upon acceptance of the contract. 3.09 TACTILE DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR Tactile Directional Indicator shall be cast-in-place type 6-inch-wide tiles consisting of two parallel bars in longitudinally succession. Color shall be black. Tactile Directional Indicator must be compliant with ADAAG, PROWAG, and California Title 24 requirements. “Cast-In-Place Replaceable Directional Bar Tile” by ADA Solutions or approved equal. Install per manufacturer’s directions. To the maximum extent possible, the Directional Bar Tiles shall be oriented in a straight, aligned row at locations indicated on the Plans. The manufacturer shall provide a written 5-year warranty for tactile directional indicators, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the bar shape, color fastness, sound on cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment. The warranty period shall begin upon acceptance of the contract. Part 4 Concrete Pavers 4.01 GENERAL Work shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on the plans, the City’s 2016 Streetscape Design Guidelines, and these specifications. Pavers shall meet the minimum material and physical properties set forth in ASTM C 936: 1. Measured length or width of test specimens shall not differ by more than +/- 0.063 in, while measured thickness shall not differ by more than +/- 0.125 in. 2. Average compressive strength of not less than 8,000 psi with no individual unit under 7,200 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C140. 3. Average absorption of 5% or less with no unit greater than 7% when tested in accordance with ASTM C140. 4. Efflorescence shall not be a cause for rejection. 5. Pigment in Concrete Pavers shall conform to ASTM C979. TP-35 Paver selection shall conform to the paver selection schedule as specified on the Plans or approved equal. Substitutions To be considered as a substitute product, the bidder must submit to the City for review, the products data sheets and ten (10) actual samples, including dimensions, color and texture, two (2) weeks and/or ten (10) working days prior to the bid opening. Failure to submit the product without data sheets and actual samples will be rejected. Extra Materials Provide additional paver materials for use by owner for maintenance and repair. Supply the owner with an additional 50 pavers of each type and color specified. Pavers shall be from the same production run as installed materials. 4.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Furnish ten representative full-size samples of each paver type, thickness, color, finish that indicate the range of color variation and texture expected in the finished installation. Accepted samples become the standard of acceptance for the work. Pavers shall meet the minimum material and physical properties set forth in ASTM C 936: 1. Measured length or width of test specimens shall not differ by more than +/- 0.063 in, while measured thickness shall not differ by more than +/- 0.125 in. 2. Average compressive strength of not less than 8,000 psi with no individual unit under 7,200 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C140. 3. Average absorption of 5% or less with no unit greater than 7% when tested in accordance with ASTM C140. 4. Efflorescence shall not be a cause for rejection. 5. Pigment in Concrete Pavers shall conform to ASTM C979. The Contractor’s (or Subcontactor’s) site foreman shall hold a Certified Concrete Paver Installer Designation from the Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute (ICPI). The site foreman shall be onsite for the entire installation. Test Panel Construct test panel for PAVER CROSSWALK in conformance with Section 51 - 1.01D(2)(c) of State Standard Specifications. Construct one test panel for CONCRETE PAVER WALKWAY in conformance with Section 51-1.01D(2)(c) of State Standard Specifications. TP-36 Construct test panels at an authorized location, at least 10-foot by 10-foot area. Subject to acceptance by the owner, mock-up may be retained as part of finished work. If mock-up is not retained, remove and properly dispose of mock-up. 4.03 MATERIALS Sands for Paver Installation Sands for paver installation shall conform to the quality requirements of Sections 200-1.5.1 and 200-1.5.3 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Bedding sand shall conform to the gradation for “Sand for Portland Cement Concrete” in Section 200-1.5.5 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Joint filling sand shall conform to the gradation for “Sand for Mortar” in Section 200-1.5.5 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Pea gravel shall be 3/8” crushed rock conforming to the provisions of Section 200- 1.2.1 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Sand-Asphalt Bedding Sand-asphalt bedding shall be heated to 300°F, composed of 7% asphalt mixed with 93% sand in batches 145 lbs asphalt to 1855 lbs sand. Exact proportions to be determined by the contractor. Neoprene modified asphalt adhesive shall be brush/squeegee grade containing oxidizing asphalt combined with 2 percent neoprene, 10 percent long fibered mineral fibers, and 88 percent asphalt, and that has a softening point of 155 degrees F. An example of an approved neoprene modified asphalt adhesive is Karnak 237 2% neo-asphalt paving block adhesive. Joint Stabilizing Sealer Joint stabilizing sealer shall be water-based and formulated for use on interlocking concrete pavers. 4.04 CONSTRUCTION The Contractor’s site foreman shall hold a Certified Concrete Paver Installer Designation from the Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute (ICPI). The site foreman shall be onsite for the entire installation. Concrete base and transverse curb construction shall conform to the requirements of Section 302-6 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Concrete curing compound shall comply with the requirements as set forth by section 201 -4 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Fill any crack under 3/16 inch wide with mortar. Sweep the concrete base clean. TP-37 For sand asphalt bedding: The contractor shall inspect, accept, and certify in writing to the Engineer that site conditions meet specifications for the following items prior to installation of bedding sand and interlocking concrete pavers: 1. Verify that concrete base materials, thickness, surface tolerances and elevations conform to specified requirements. 2. Verify location of weep holes at lowest elevations against curbs, walls, or other permanent structures. Verify holes filled with washed pea gravel. Provide temporary plugs for holes to prevent ingress of sand-asphalt setting bed or neoprene adhesive during construction. Remove plugs when paving adjacent to drain holes. Cover holes with a 12-inch by 12-inch geotextile to prevent ingress of the sand- bitumen layer. 3. Verify that concrete surfaces to receive the bitumen bedding material are free of dust, oil, grease, paint, wax, curing compounds, primer, sealers, form release agents, from cracks over 3/16 inch in width, or any deleterious substances and debris which may prevent or reduce bonding. 4. Conduct moisture tests to verify that concrete surfaces are cured, free from hydrostatic pressure and having a moisture content of less than 5%. 5. Verify location, type, and elevations of edge restraints, concrete collars around utility structures, and drainage inlets. 6. Do not proceed with installation of bedding sand and interlocking concrete pavers until base conditions are corrected. Tack coat shall be applied to the concrete base per the requirements of Section 302-5.4 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Once applied, the tack coat should not be distributed and should be allowed to cure before covering with the setting bed material. This may take a few hours depending on weather conditions. Place sand-asphalt bedding in panels between 1-inch high screed rails spaced approximately 12 feet. Rake and screed smooth with strike board. Use screed rails to achieve a level setting bed conforming to elevations and slope shown on the drawings. After one panel is complete, advance screed rails to the next position in readiness for screeding adjacent panels with strike board. Fill depressions left from removed screed rails and smooth to height consistent with panel. Place an area in size that will remain at least 270°F during compaction. Compact the setting bed with a with a powered roller compactor to an even, nominal thickness of 1 -inch after compaction. Re-heat, fill, and compact low areas with setting bed materials to conform TP-38 to slope and elevation shown on the drawings. Re-heat, remove, level, and compact setting bed in high areas to conform to slope and elevation shown on the drawings. Irregularities or evenness in the grade of the concrete base surface may be corrected with setting bed materials only with approval by the Engineer. Apply neoprene modified asphalt adhesive to cold sand -asphalt setting bed with a brush or squeegee at the rate of 1.5 to 2 gallons per 100 square feet (0.6 to 0.8 liters per square meter) or as recommended by the manufacturer. Do not exceed this application rate. Do not apply pavers to adhesive until dry skin forms on surface of adhesive. This typically takes an hour. Firmly place all edge units on adhesive. After pavers have been installed in an area, sweep clean and seat then into the adhesive with a static hand - operated water-filled drum roller. Make at least two passes, the second pass perpendicular to the first. All pavers should be seated into the adhesive at the end of each day and joints filled with sand. Extend control and structural joints through full depth of paving units. Do not extend joints through bituminous bedding materials from joints in concrete base that control shrinkage cracking. Install joints at all building facades or other vertical surfaces. Install pre-molded pavement joint filler as units are set in bituminous bed. Maintain top of filler 3/8 inch below exposed faces of paving units for insertion of sealant. For mortar bedding: Examination Inspect areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Verify that concrete base is sloped for drainage and is free of standing water, dust, oil, grease, paint, wax, curing compounds, primer, sealers, form release agents, or any deleterious substances and debris which may prevent or reduce bonding. Verify that jointing materials can be cleaned from pavers or provide coating to pavers to facilitate removal of jointing materials. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected by the General Contractor or designated subcontractor to the satisfaction of the installer. Preparation Completely remove loose particles and debris from surface of concrete base. This may require mechanical grinding and scarifying of the surface. TP-39 Neutralize any trace of strong acid or alkali from the substrate prior to mortar application. If leveling of the concrete surface is necessary, apply latex Portland cement mortar surface leveling materials to the surface of the substrate to bring the surface to a true, even plane. Allow mortar-leveling materials to set prior to installation. Surface to receive mortar shall have a tolerance of ±1/4 in. (6 mm) over 10 ft (3 m) for normal mortar setting bed applications and ±1/8 in. (3 mm) over 10 ft (3 m) for thin set mortar setting bed applications. Installation Moisten concrete base and apply slurry bond coat to concrete base per manufacturer’s directions. Mix and apply mortar setting bed material in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Spread mortar in quantities that will remain plastic and workable during installation of pavers. Note: Finishing the surface of a mortar bed or thin-set mortar typically involves placing a skim coat with a flat trowel on one pass and returning with a pass of the notched side of the trowel. Pavers are placed with a slight twisting motion to help ensure adhesion of the mortar to the bottom of the paver. Each paver is tapped with a rubber mallet to further bed each into the mortar. An occasional paver should be lifted after this process to be sure there is full coverage of the mortar against the bottom of the paver. Larger pavers may require buttering with a skim coat of mortar to help ensure complete adhesion to the mortar bedding. Moisten the bottoms of the pavers prior to placing on mortar or thin -set materials. Concrete pavers shall be free from dust, dirt, and stains. Do not use soiled, cracked, or broken units. Place paving units firmly onto adhesive with joints not to exceed 1/8 inch, or as recommended in manufacturer’s literature. Lay pavers in patterns as shown on the plans. Maintain straight pattern lines, joint lines and coursing per the drawings. Cut pavers to fit edges with a masonry saw. No cut paver shall be smaller than 1/3 of a whole unit if exposed to vehicular traffic , otherwise no less than 1/4 of a whole unit. Cover the laying face or any incomplete areas with plastic sheets overnight if not closed with cut and compacted pavers with joint sand to prevent exposed bedding sand from becoming saturated from rainfall. TP-40 The final surface tolerance from grade elevations shall not deviate more than ±3/8 in. under a 10 ft straightedge. Lippage: No greater than 1/8 inch difference in height between adjacent pavers. The surface elevation of pavers shall be 1/8 inch above adjacent concrete. Allow excess joint sand to remain on surface to protect pavers from damage from other trades. Remove excess sand when directed by inspector. Surface shall be broom clean after removal of excess joint sand. Remove excess sand from surface when installation is complete. Apply liquid joint sand stabilization materials between concrete pavers in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations. Apply “Seal’n Lock Systems” sealer with natural luster or approved equal to paving stone. Apply sealer at a rate and method specified by the manufacturer. After work in this section is complete, the Contractor shall be responsible for protecting work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site. Do not allow construction-related foot traffic for at least 24 hours after completion of the installation and general foot traffic for at least 72 hours after installation and per the mortar and grout manufacturer’s recommendations. Environmental Requirements 1. Minimum ambient temperature of 40°F and rising. 2. Do not install bitumen setting bed or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. 3. Do not install bitumen setting bed and pavers over frozen base materials. 4. Do not install frozen bitumen setting bed materials. 5. Do not install concrete pavers on frozen bitumen setting bed materials. Part 5 Payment Payment for Crosswalk (Color Concrete Band) shall be at the contract unit price per linear foot in crosswalk measured in place. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Crosswalk (Color Concrete Flatwork) shall be at the contract unit price per square foot. Payment includes the construction of concrete collars for existing manhole and valve covers within crosswalk and shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Crosswalk (Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement Base) shall be at the contract unit price per square foot. Payment includes geotextile installation and TP-41 shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Crosswalk (Concrete Pavers) of the size shown on the bid schedule shall be at the contract unit price per square foot. Payment includes the setting bed, sealant, and aggregate base, and shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Concrete Paver Pathway shall be at the contract unit price per square foot. Payment includes concrete base, mortar setting bed, and sealant, and shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for the various Curb and Curb and Gutter items shall be at the contract unit price per linear foot measured in place, including all curb height and depth variations for driveway, curb ramp, retaining, and bioretention. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Concrete Flatwork (Colored; Bus Stops, Ramps, Curb Returns) shall be at the contract unit price per each in place. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete all work including retaining curb as shown on plans. Payment also includes coloring and detectable warning surface. Payment for Concrete Flatwork (Pathway and Colored Median), Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement Driveway, Concrete Driveway Approach (Uncolored and Colored), Concrete Bus Pad, and Reinforced Concrete Stairs shall be at the contract unit price per square foot measured in place. Payment includes coloring, sealant and reinforcement and shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Concrete Slough Wall shall be at the contract unit price per linear foot measured in place. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work including structure excavation, backfill, minor grading up to 3 feet behind face of wall, anti-graffiti coating, and skate deterrents. Payment of Metal Handrailing shall be at the contract unit price per linear foot measured in place. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work including painting, and connection to existing handrailing, as shown on plans and these specifications, and therefore no separate compensation will be allowed. Payment for Curb Drain and Wall Underdrain shall be at the contract unit price per linear feet installed. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work TP-42 including connection to existing curb drains, excavation, backfill, nonwoven geotextile, and installation of drop inlets and grates. Payment for Drop Inlet Catch Basin for Curb Drain shall be at the contract unit price per each installed. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work including connection to existing and proposed curb drains. Payment for Parkway Drain shall be at the contract unit price per square foot. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Detectable Warning Surface shall be at the contract unit price per square foot. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for Tactile Directional Indicator shall be at the contract unit price per linear foot. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment of above items includes subgrade preparation; therefore, no separate compensation will be allowed. Payment for test panel construction and disposal shall be incidental to the bid prices for other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. TP-43 Drainage Bid Item No. 48 Catch Basin (W=7’) Bid Item No. 49 Reinforced Concrete Pipe (15” RCP) Bid Item No. 50 Parkway Bioretention Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Work specified in this section shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipment and performing labor as required to execute this work as indicated in these specifications, including, but not limited to this major item. Work shall conform to the following Subsections of the Standard Specifications: a. 200-1 “Rock Products” b. 201-1 “Portland Cement Concrete” c. 201-2 “Reinforcement for Concrete” d. 206 “Miscellaneous Metal Items,” e. 207-2 “Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP)” f. 213-5 “Geotextiles and Geogrids” g. 300 “Earthwork,” 301 “Subgrade Preparation, Treated Materials and Placement of Base Materials” h. 303 “Concrete and Masonry Construction” i. 304 “Metal Fabrication and Construction” j. 306 “Open Trench Conduit Construction” Work shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on the plans, these specifications, and the Los Angeles County Flood Control District catch basin relocation permit. Pipe Bedding Pipe bedding shall conform to the requirements of Los Angeles County Department of Public Works Standard Plan 3080-2. Shop Drawings Detailed shop drawings for the ARS and CPS units shall be submitted to the District. No ARS and/or CPS unit fabrication shall start until the shop drawings are TP-44 approved by the District. The Shop Drawings must clearly describe the details and mechanical operation of the ARS and CPS Units, and, at a minimum, must contain: Drawings descriptions and details of the units a. Materials used b. Connection details c. Assembly details d. Mounting details e. Dimensions of all parts f. Any other information needed to manufacture, install, and use the units g. Correct title of the City Project h. Names of the City and Permit Number(s). 1.02 AUTOMATIC RETRACTABLE SCREEN Automatic Retractable Screen shall be an approved product as listed on the Los Angeles County Public Works Department’s “Automatic Retractable Catch Basin Screens Accepted for Minimum Reduction in Catch Basin Hydraulic Capacity”. An example of an acceptable product would be United Storm Water, Inc. Wing-Gate. Install per manufacturer's directions. The exposed ends of the CB protection bar, when removed, must be drilled out to a minimum depth of 1/4 inch and refilled with neat "Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod" or Agency approved equal. When CB protection bars are removed, each ARS unit shall be fitted with a permanent, fixed horizontal, 3/4 inch diameter solid stainless steel bar located at the same distance above the flow line as the existing protection bar. Butt welding of the protection bar will not be allowed. The new protection bar shall remain fixed when the ARS unit opens and shall not protrude beyond the projected curb face. However, the protection bar replacement will be waived when both of the following conditions are met: 1. The CB curb face height is 12 inches or less. 2. The CB curb opening between the flow line and the ARS unit in the fully open position is such that a 4 inch diameter sphere cannot pass through. Field Test Each ARS unit shall be manually operated upon completion of the installation to ensure that the screen and all moving parts move freely and the screen locks TP-45 securely in the closed position. Units that are determined by the Engineer to be malfunctioning shall be repaired or replaced at the sole expense of the Contractor. All of the CBs in which ARS units were installed will be tested using water supplied from a fire hydrant or water truck. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the source of water, including written approval from the water agency if a hydrant is used. Sufficient water shall be provided to cause the ARS units to open with no other assistance as follows: Flowing Water Test 1. Sandbags shall be placed around the CB’s curb opening to allow the water to pond in front of the CB to a depth of 3 inches, measured from the flow line of the CB curb opening local depression. The sandbags shall be located 5 feet upstream and downstream of the end of the local depression. Sandbags shall also be placed 7 feet from and parallel to the CB curb face . 2. An impermeable rigid membrane/barrier shall be placed covering the CB curb opening to allow the water to pond in front of the CB. The membrane/barrier shall be capable of sealing the CB curb opening without leakage so that the water ponds to the depth required. 3. Once the water reaches the depth described herein, the impermeable membrane shall be removed in one quick and continuous motion to allow the ponded water to instantaneously enter the CB and cause the ARS unit to open. A continuous flow of water shall be provided for at least two minutes after the initial opening of the ARS unit in sufficient quantity to maintain the device open. At the end of the two minutes, the flow of the water shall be stopped and the device shall fully close automatically prior to or immediately after the flow into the CB stops. 4. This process shall be successfully completed at least two consecutive times without adjustments and/or calibration between trials. 5. Any ARS unit that do not open, close, and lock closed automatically under the test conditions, described herein, shall be repaired or replaced at the sole expense of the Contractor and retested. This process shall be repeated until the failed device passes the test at the sole expense of the Contractor. 1.03 CONNECTOR PIPE SCREEN General Connector Pipe Screen (CPS) shall be an approved product as listed on the California State Water Resource Control Board’s latest “Certified Full Capture System Trash Treatment Control Devices”. The contractor’s attention is directed to: TP-46 https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/docs/t rash_implementation/certified_fcsdevicelist_16Feb2021.pdf The CPS unit shall be designed to retain all trash larger than 5 mm (0.197 inch). Materials The CPS shall be sized, fabricated, and installed conforming to the configurations shown in the CPS Sizing Table 1, Appendices A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-4 as shown in Los Angeles County Department of Public Works’ Connector Pipe Screen requirements. The Contractor’s attention is directed to: https://pw.lacounty.gov/ldd/lib/forms/Guidelines/ARS%20&%20CPS%20R equirements.pdf The CPS shall not interfere with the operation of an existing or proposed ARS. The CPS unit shall have a sufficient structural integrity to withstand a lateral force of standing water (62.4 lb/ft3 ) within the CB area when the screen becomes 100% clogged. CPS units shall be bolted to the CB walls. CPS units shall be configured with deflector plates or screens preventing trash from falling between the screen and connector pipe. The deflector plate shall be designed to withstand a vertical load of 10 lbs per square foot. The CPS frame shall be fabricated from S-304 stainless steel, or an Agency approved equal stainless steel alloy. The Structural members shall have a minimum thickness of 3/16 inches. The CPS screen shall be fabricated from perforated metal of Type S-304 stainless steel, or an Agency approved equal stainless steel alloy. The screen shall have a minimum thickness of fourteen (14) gauge (0.0781 inch) The geometrical opening shape shall have a diameter of 5 mm (0.197 inch). The screen material used shall have at least 45% open area. The assembly bolts, screws, nuts, and washers shall be fabricated entirely from S - 316 stainless steel. The concrete anchor bolts shall use a Red Head Multi-Set II drop-in anchor, SSRM-38, with Type S-316 stainless steel threaded rods, nuts and washers, or Agency approved equal. Installation Install CPS unit per manufacturer’s directions. The gap at the bottom, sides, and joints of CPS units shall not exceed 5 mm (0.197 inch). TP-47 The perimeter of CPS units shall include a structural frame for stiffness, a bolting surface for fastening to the CB wall, and support for the opening referred to as the "bypass (Hb)". The CPS unit may encroach into the manhole opening no more than 4 inches. Any edge of the CPS that is not flush with the wall or floor of the CB shall be smooth with no prongs or jagged edges. The Contractor shall make detailed measurements of each CB’s location, dimension, configuration, and operational condition, including the size and location of the connector pipe, for the proper fabrication of the devices. The Contractor shall submit written records of this information to the District for review and approval prior to fabrication of the CPS units. Improper fabrication of devices due to errors in the measurements shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor to cleanout (i.e. remove and dispose of all debris from within and around) all CBs in which CPS units will be installed under this Contract to the maintenance standards specified. Cleanout shall also include the CB connector pipe openings and the first 6 feet thereof. The CB shall be clean at the time of the CPS installation. Any trash and debris that accumulates between the dates the CB is cleaned and the date the device is installed shall be removed prior to installation of the device at the Contractor's expense. Painted Gauge The Contractor shall paint a gauge such that it is visible from the CB curb opening or manhole. Paint shall conform to Sections 210 and 310 of the Standard Specifications. 1.04 DRAINAGE INLET MARKER Drainage inlet marker shall be prefabricated thermoplastic per Caltrans Standard Plan D71. Drainage inlet marker shall read “No dumping, drains to ocean.” Submit drainage inlet marker to City for approval. Install drainage inlet marker on tops of all catch basins, and on parkway bioretention cells as shown on plans. 1.05 PARKWAY BIORETENTION ASTM No.4 Aggregate Permeable aggregate shall be No.4 aggregate per ASTM D448 and must consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone and must be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. TP-48 Permeable aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements: a. Percentage wear (ASTM C131) shall be as follows: a. 100 revolutions – 15% max b. 500 revolutions – 45% max. b. Soundness percentage (California Test Method 214) shall be 14% max. c. Coefficient of uniformity of the D60 to D10 particle size ratio shall be greater than 4. Mulch Mulch shall be Type 1 mulch and conform to Section 800-1.2 of the Standard Specifications. Sand Sand shall be “Sand for Portland Cement Concrete” and conform to Section 200- 1.5.3 of the Standard Specifications. Compost The compost producer shall be fully permitted in accordance with requirements of the California Integrated Waste Management Board (CIWMB), Local Enforcement Agencies (LEA) and any other State and Local Agencies that regulate Solid Waste Facilities. If exempt from State permitting requirements, the composting facility shall certify that it follows all guidelines and procedures for production of compost meeting the environmental health standards of Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Article 7. The compost producer shall be a participant in United States Composting Council’s (“USCC”) Seal of Testing Assurance (“STA”) program. At Contractor's option, compost shall be derived from any single, or mixture of the following feedstock materials: a. Green material consisting of chipped, shredded, or ground vegetation; or clean processed recycled wood products. b. Class A, exceptional quality biosolids composts. c. Manure. d. Mixed food waste. Feedstock materials shall be composted to reduce weed seeds, pathogens, and deleterious materials in conformance with Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Article 7, Section 17868.3 TP-49 Compost shall not be derived from mixed municipal solid waste. Compost shall not contain paint, petroleum products, herbicides, fungicides, or other chemical residues harmful to animal life or plant growth. Compost shall possess no objectionable odors. Metal concentrations in compost shall not exceed the maximum metal concentrations listed in Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Division 7, Chapter 3.1, Section 17868.2. Compost shall conform to the following: Quality characteristic Test method Requirement: Fine Requirement: Medium/ Coarse pH TMECC 04.11-A 6-8.5 6-8.5 Soluble salts (dS/m) TMECC 04.10-A 0-10 0-10 Moisture Content (% dry weight) TMECC 03.09-A 25-60 25-60 Organic matter content (% dry weight) TMECC 05.07-A 30-70 30-100 Maturity (seed emergence) (% relative to positive control) TMECC 05.05-A 80 or above 80 or above Maturity (seedling vigor) (% relative to positive control) TMECC 05.05-A 80 or above 80 or above Stability (mg CO2-C/g OM per day) TMECC 05.08-B 5 or below 8 or below Pathogen: Salmonella (most probable number per 4 grams dry weight basis) TMECC 07.01-B < 3 < 3 Pathogen: Fecal coliform (most probable number per gram dry weight basis) TMECC 07.01-B < 1,000 < 1,000 Physical contaminants (% dry weight) Plastic, glass, and metal TMECC 02.02-C Combined Total:< 0.5 Combined Total:< 1.0 Film plastic (% dry weight) TMECC 02.02-C Combined Total:< 0.1% Combined Total:< 0.1% TMECC refers to Test Methods for the Examination of Composting and Compost, published by the United States Department of Agriculture and the United States Compost Council (USCC). The particle size (test method TMECC 02.02-B) must comply with the requirements shown in the following table: TP-50 Percentage Passing Sieve Sieve Size Coarse Medium Fine 3-inch 100 - - 2-inch - 100 - 1-inch - - 100 3/8-inch 25-35 40-55 95 Small-Rock Slope Protection Small-rock slope protection (S-RSP) shall conform to the provisions of Section 72- 4 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Impermeable Liner Impermeable liner shall be new single-ply 30 mil polyethylene sheeting without seems or overlapping joints. Liner shall be free of holes, punctures, tears, or other defects. Part 2 PAYMENT Payment for Catch Basin of the size shown on the Bid Schedule shall be at the contract unit price per each. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work including excavation, any required shoring and bracing, any required protection of existing utilities, subgrade preparation, backfill, monolithic catch basin connection, automatic retractable screen, and connector pipe screen. Payment for Reinforced Concrete Pipe shall be at the contract unit price per linear foot. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work including any required shoring and bracing, any required protection of existing utilities, subgrade preparation, pipe bedding, excavation, backfill, concrete collar, and drainage inlet marker. Payment for Parkway Bioretention shall be at the contract unit price per square foot. Payment shall include full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work including subgrade preparation, backfill, curb wall and brace wall / check dam, planting media, geotextile, impermeable liner, grouted cobble, and drainage inlet marker. TP-51 Traffic Striping and Signage Bid Item No. 4 Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Work specified in this section shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipment and performing labor as required to execute this work as indicated in these specifications, including, but not limited to this major item: Work specified in this section consists of providing and installing thermoplastic pavement markings and striping, curb markings and signage for the roadway as shown on the drawings and as specified in these Technical Provisions. Pavement markings and striping on all roadways shall be thermoplastic. All striping shall include raised pavement markers. Yellow raised pavement markers shall also be installed around the medians per plans. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS The following specifications and standards listed in this paragraph form a part of these Specifications to the extent required by the reference thereto. A. State of California, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS) a. 2024 Standard Specifications b. 2024 Standard Plans c. 2014 California MUTCD (Revision 8) B. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2021 Edition, referred to hereinafter as Standard Specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Prior to delivery of paint and thermoplastic material, the contractor shall deliver to the Engineer certified copies of manufacturer’s test report conforming to Section 210-1.7 of the Standard Specifications. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Thermoplastic Material shall conform to Section 214-5 of the Standard Specifications. TP-52 Reflective material in Thermoplastic Paint shall conform to Section 21 4-6.4 of the Standard Specifications. Paint for striping and pavement markings shall be double coated and beaded, conforming to the Standard Specifications and all subsequent supplements. Paint type shall conform to Section 214-4 Rapid Dry Traffic Line Paint. All stencils and templates shall be identical with those used by the City of Diamond Bar. Signage shall be constructed in accordance with Section 82, “Signs and Markers,” of the State Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, sign posts shall be perforated steel square tube posts. Decorative Sign Post Decorative Sign Post shall be South Coast Lighting Catalog #BCNHQ1126- 600120144-4SF or approved equal. See Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings. All material shall be finished with a 2 part epoxy polyurethane, color shall be RAL# 7011, Smooth, EisenGrau Iron Grey. Paint shall be TNEMEC ENDURA SHIELD SERIES 71 or equal. Prior to finish coat a primer shall be applied -2-4 mils DFT shall be achieved. Finish coat shall be TNEMEC Epoxy polyurethane shall be applied and achieve a 2-4 mils DFT. 2.02 EQUIPMENT Striping, marking and marker equipment shall conform to Section 314-4 of the Standard Specifications. Preheaters with vertical mixers having 360-degree rotation shall be used to preheat granular form material. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WEATHER CONDITIONS Painting shall be performed when weather conditions comply with Section 314-4.3 of the Standard Specifications. 3.02 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACES Shall comply with Section 314-4 of the Standard Specifications. All existing conflicting traffic markings and lines shall be removed as required. TP-53 All striping limit lines left illegible by paving or operations must be temporarily replaced on the same day of paving. The method of temporary striping must have prior approval by the City Engineer. New pavement and seal coats shall be allowed to cure at least 72 hours before any paint is applied. Surfaces of new Portland cement concrete pavement shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all laitance and curing compound. The Contractor shall completely remove by sandblasting any existing striping that could render new striping and pavement markings unclear or create conflicts. Blackout by painting will not be allowed. 3.03 LAYOUT All existing striping shall be documented and replaced by the Contractor, as part of the contract. Layout shall comply with Section 314-4.2 of the Standard Specifications. Stencils shall be used when applying thermoplastic material for pavement markings and for short radius curves in striping. 3.04 APPLICATION Shall comply with Section 314-4.3.5 of the Standard Specifications. A minimum of seven (7) days shall be provided between first and second work coatings. A primer, of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the thermoplastic material shall be applied to all asphalt surfaces over 6 months old and to all Portland cement concrete surfaces. The primer shall be applied immediately in advance of, but concurrent with, the application of thermoplastic material. The primer shall be applied at the application rate recommended by the manufacturer and shall not be thinned. The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled. Striping and pavement markings, other than those called for on the plans to be painted, which are damaged or darkened as a result of cleaning and/or construction, including wheel markings by public traffic and the construction equipment, shall be repainted by the Contractor at his/her expense. TP-54 3.05 SIGN INSTALLATION Signage shall be installed in accordance with Section 82, “Signs and Markers,” of the State Standard Specifications. Mast arm signs shall be located immediately to the right of the outermost signal head using the strap and saddle method. Signs to be relocated shall be installed on new posts. Existing signs at locations shown on the plans to be removed shall be removed, salvaged and delivered to the City of Diamond Bar yard. Existing signs shall not be removed until replacement signs have been installed or until the existing signs are no longer required for the direction of public traffic, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3.06 STREET LIGHT BANNERS Relocate banners, include strap and saddle hardware from existing street lights to new street lights. Banners shall be mounted at least 17’ above the finished grade. Street light banners shall be inactive during relocation for no longer than 14 days. Part 4 PAYMENT Measurement and payment for Signing and Striping will be made on a lump sum basis at the contract lump sum price for Signage and Striping. Such payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, equipment, and all incidentals required to install signage, thermoplastic st riping and pavement markings and pavement markers, and to relocate street light banners. TP-55 Traffic Signal Bid Item No. 53 Traffic Signal Improvements - Diamond Bar Blvd. and GoldenSprings Dr. Bid Item No. 54 Traffic Signal Improvements - Diamond Bar Blvd. and Palomino Dr. Bid Item No. 55 Traffic Signal Improvements - Diamond Bar Blvd. at Driveways Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Furnishing and installing traffic signal and lighting and payment therefor shall conform to the provisions in Section 86, "Signals and Lighting," of the 2015 California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications (hereinafter called State Standard Specifications) 2015 Standard Special Provisions (SSPs), and updates for use with 2015 Standard Plans and these special provisions. Traffic signal work is to be constructed at the following locations: 1. Diamond Bar Boulevard and Golden Springs Drive a. Remove existing signal poles and equipment; b. furnish and install new decorative signal poles, mast arm, signal heads and back plates; c. install and furnish pedestrian and push buttons housings and mounting equipment to match with the decorative signal pole color, and equipment; relocate and remount painted IISNS; d. re-install signs to new poles; e. relocate existing video detection system and install advance loop detectors. Traffic control plans will be required for said work. The plans shall follow the requirements in the latest version of the CA MUTCD and WATCH manual. 2. Diamond Bar Boulevard and Diamond Bar Ranch Center/Commercial Center a. Remove existing signal poles and equipment; b. furnish and install new decorative signal poles, mast arm, signal heads and back plates; c. install and furnish pedestrian and push buttons housings and mounting equipment to match with the decorative signal pole color, and equipment; relocate and remount painted IISNS; d. re-install signs to new poles; e. install video detection system and install advance loop detectors. Traffic control plans will be required for said work. The plans shall follow the requirements in the latest version of the CA MUTCD and WATCH manual. 3. Diamond Bar Boulevard and Gentle Springs Lane/Palomino Drive TP-56 a. Remove existing signal poles and equipment; b. furnish and install new decorative signal poles, mast arm, signal heads and back plates; c. install and furnish pedestrian and push buttons housings and mounting equipment to match with the decorative signal pole color, and equipment; relocate and remount painted IISNS; d. re-install signs to new poles; e. install video detection system and install advance loop detectors). Traffic control plans will be required for said work. The plans shall follow the requirements in the latest version of the CA MUTCD and WATCH manual. 1.02 TEMPORARY SIGNAL OPERATION The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any traffic signal shut down or "flashing red" operation. The Contractor shall provide trained traffic control personnel to direct traffic when required, as directed by the Engineer. During shutdown, the Contractor shall adhere to the requirements of 86 -1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, except that two stop signs, not one, shall be required per approach. The traffic control plan(s) required in Section 8 -1.03 shall include strategies for the safe movement of traffic through the shutdown intersection. 1.03 REMOVING AND REPLACING IMPROVEMENTS Removal and replacement of improvements shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.02, "Removing and Replacing Improvements," of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Verify field dimensions prior to ordering material. See Civil Plans for striping, sidewalk, median and/or pavement improvements. 1.04 EQUIPMENT LIST Prior to the commencement of work, and within 15 days following the signing of the contract by the City and the Contractor, the Contractor shall submit 2 copies of a complete list and all supporting submittal data for equipment and materials to be furnished, including all substitutions proposed to the Engineer for approval, in accordance with Section 86-1.03. Partial or incomplete submittals will not be considered. No substitutions will be considered thereafter. If the Contractor desires to make a substitution, he/she shall submit complete product information to document the equipment or material being offered as being equal to that specified. No substitutions shall be allowed until requested and approved in writing. The TP-57 Engineer reserves the right to require the originally specified equipment and/ or materials. Installation of an approved substitution shall be the Contractor's responsibility, and any revisions necessary for the installation of approved substituted materials and/or equipment shall be made without additional expense to the City. Submit two complete sets of the equipment list and submittal data fully contained in 3-ring binders to the City, along with an itemized and dated transmittal sheet. The submittal data shall contain sufficient information and details to permit full evaluation of each item for adherence to the requirements of the contract documents. When appropriate, carefully address the functional and technical interrelationships among the various items. Include appropriate catalog cut sheets and specifications for all standard, off-the-shelf items. For custom-made items, include shop drawings and other necessary data. When reprinted literature such as catalog cut sheets are used to satisfy some or all of the submittal data requirements, ensure that there are no statements on the literature that conflict with the requirements of the contract documents. Cross off and initial any conflicting statements. Provide written explanation of how the item will be changed from the literature. Following review, one complete set of submittal information and transmittal sheet, with date-stamp, will be returned with comments and disposition of acceptance or rejection. Work may proceed with equipment marked "no exception taken". In order to proceed with groups marked "exceptions as noted," it is necessary to provide written concurrence to the Engineer that all noted exceptions are agreed to; in which case; re-submittal of submittal data is not required. For items marked "corrections required - resubmit"; make noted corrections or provide additional information and resubmit for review. Identify or redesign items marked "rejected - resubmit" and resubmit for review. Submittals that, in the judgment of the Engineer, are insufficient to permit proper evaluation will not be reviewed. Following approval of submittals and the submittal package is in its complete and final form; submit two more complete and final submittal packages. Submit test procedures for review in the same manner described for submittal, except that submittal need not occur within the first 15 days. 1.05 AS-BUILT INFORMATION: The Contractor shall maintain a current record of "As -Built" information that shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval upon request. The Contractor is required to submit to the Engineer "As-built" prints prior to the City accepting the TP-58 installations. The prints shall indicate in red all deviations from the contract plans, such as: location of, pull boxes and runs; depths of conduit; number of conductors and other appurtenant work. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in the City not accepting the project as complete. The Contractor shall furnish two maintenance and operations manuals for all new controller units, auxiliary equipment, and vehicle detector sensor units, control units, and amplifiers. The maintenance manual and operations manual may be combined into one manual. One maintenance manual or combined maintenance and operations manual shall be submitted to the laboratory prior to the time of the controllers are delivered for testing or, if ordered by the Engineer, previous to purchase. The second maintenance and operations manual shall be delivered to the Engineer at time of testing. Any changes required as the result of the testing or other circumstance shall be supplied to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project. The maintenance manual shall include, but need not be limited to, the following items. (a) Specifications (b) Design characteristics (c) General operation theory (d) Function of all controls (e) Trouble shooting procedure (diagnostic routine) (f) Block circuit diagram (g) Geographical layout of components (h) Schematic diagrams (i) List of replaceable component parts with stock numbers 1.06 STANDARDS, STEEL PEDESTALS, AND POSTS Standards, steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in 86-2.04, "Standards, Poles, Steel Pedestals and Posts," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All signal pole assemblies shall be galvanized. The appearance of the poles shall be per conceptual drawings provided in Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings, provided by South Coast Lighting & Design. Per Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings , signal pole assemblies shall be provided by Valmont Structures, or approved equal. TP-59 Pole Shaft shall be a fluted tapered one piece steel pole. Pole shall have 4 -sharp evenly spaced flutes (per drawing & assembly) and have a light mounting height of 29’6”. Pole shaft shall meet or exceed ASTM A595 GRADE A steel. Flutes shall stop at 2” above base plate and continue the full length of the pole shaft. The pole and base shall have the 4-sharp continuous flute that transitions seamlessly from the base to the pole. Pole taper shall be .14” per foot. A reinforced handhole shall be built into pole structure. Structural calculations signed by a California civil or structural engineer shall accompany pole submittals. Calculations shall call out wind area mentioned above. City will receive 2 wet stamped copies. Calculations shall include handhole opening. Pole assemblies are to be finished per the paint & finish specifications. Traffic poles and street light poles are to be manufactured by the same manufacturer. Base Plate shall be ASTM A36 steel and welded to steel pole shaft by certified welders. Telescopic weld beads on top and bottom of base. The thickness of the base plate is to be determined by the structural engineer. Anchor Bolts to be high strength steel. Diameter and length shall be determined by structural engineer each anchor bolt shall have 2 nuts and 2 washers. Bolts to be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. Sizes are per Caltrans 2015 for traffic poles. Luminaire Arm is to be Valmont Industries Straight simplex clamp arm. The arm shall be structurally designed to meet wind load requirements as set forth. Arm is designed to accept pendant fixture. The arm will be per plans. Decorative base for the signal pole shall be cast aluminum and shall be an exact match of existing bases. Casting ingot shall be new and 1st run ASTM-A356 aluminum ingot. Minimum wall thickness is to be .200”, all welding shall be ground smooth and no detail of base to be ground away, do not use circular grinders on finished product. All casting voids and imperfections shall be filled by heli-arc weld and ground smooth. Bondo or other plastic filler shall not be acceptable. The base shall be South Coast Lighting Newhall style. Access openings & 2 doors shall be cast into base; they shall be cast into such a way where they will not be noticeable. Access doors shall be at same height and opening as pole handhole. Base dimensions and sizes shall match existing. Saw cutting of bases is not permitted. Access doors are to be interchangeable on all new bases and existing. Top of base shall be designed to have a fit tolerance of 1/8” maximum against pole. Base shall have a positive connection to secure base to pole and prevent it from being lifted or moved. The base shall have a 4-sharp flute that tapers into the pole in a seamless transition. The bases are to be finished per paint & finish specification. All hardware shall be stainless and designed to be hidden from view. The City of Diamond Bar logo is TP-60 2 tone and cast into each base half. Bases shall have part # listed on the inside of the base. Hardware shall be stainless steel on all pole components. Luminaire shall be a pendant style and be manufactured by King Luminaire Company. It shall have a flat lens and cast aluminum housing. LED is required. Fixture shall have a cast aluminum structural housing and tool less features to replace driver, photocells, and or lens. Fixture parts shall be interchangeable with each other. Contractor shall supply same fixture for entire project. Wattage and voltage shall be detailed in the plans. The fixture shall carry a UL label “SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATION” and have an IP rating of IP66. The structural fitter shall be designed for 100 mph wind and withstand vibration and seismic conditions. Fitter shall be capable of installing a NEMA twistlock photocell. Finish shall be per paint & coating specifications. Signal Mounting Arms shall be to the length and size per plans. Mounting boot shall be per Caltrans 2015. The arm shall be finished per product specifications. Saw cut units are not permitted. Steel pole assemblies and all components shall be hot dipped galvanized to ASTM A123 after complete fabrication. The galvanizing coats all exterior and internal parts and surfaces of steel poles and parts. Prior to painting the galvanized surfaces are mechanically etched by brush blasting per SSPC SP7. Parts are washed and heated cured prior to coating. Aluminum components and castings shall be chemically etched and water cleaned. Parts shall be forced heat dried prior to coating, parts to be finished within 2 hours after cleaning to prevent oxidation. All material shall be finished with a 2 part epoxy polyurethane, color shall be RAL# 7011, Smooth, EisenGrau Iron Grey. Paint shall be TNEMEC ENDURA SHIELD SERIES 71 or equal. Prior to finish coat a primer shall be applied -2-4 mils DFT shall be achieved. Finish coat shall be TNEMEC Epoxy polyurethane shall be applied and achieve a 2-4 mils DFT. All finished components shall be wrapped for maximum protection during shipment and installation. Touch up paint may be required with shipment; One gallon of finish paint per 25 poles shall be shipped with order. Contractor shall furnish paint formula and paint manufacturer to city. Pole Assembly Details: Catalog Number BCNHQ1126-1A-10, Equivalent to Type 1-A: • 4 Sharp Fluted Tapered Aluminum Pole • Custom Decorative Aluminum Clamshell Base • Standard Foundation per Caltrans Std Plans for PPBs TP-61 Catalog Number BCNHQ1126-FL4S-1A-10-FPGV, Equivalent to Type 1-A: • 4 Sharp Fluted Tapered Steel Pole • A – Tenon Mounted Traffic Signal Structure • Custom Decorative Aluminum Clamshell Base • Standard Foundation per Caltrans Std Plans for Type 1 -A Poles Catalog Number BCNHQ1735-FL4S-15TSMOD-15-K828-150W-LED, Equivalent to Type 15TS: • 4 Sharp Fluted Tapered Steel Pole • 12’ or 15’ Span Luminaire Arm • Custom Decorative Aluminum Clamshell Base • Standard Foundation per Caltrans Std Plans for Type 15 Poles Catalog Number BCNHQ2240-17-3-100-15-15-K828-150W-LED, Equivalent to Type 17: • 8-sided Tapered Steel Pole • 12’-0” Span Luminaire Arm • Custom Decorative Aluminum Clamshell Base • Custom Foundations by Manufacturer (for City Approval) Catalog Number BCNHQ2640-29-5-100-50-15-K828-150W-LED, Equivalent to Type 29: • 8-sided Tapered Steel Pole • 12’ or 15’ Span Luminaire Arm • Custom Decorative Aluminum Clamshell Base • Custom Foundations by Manufacturer (for City Approval) All custom foundations for special signal pole assemblies will be submitted for approval by the Engineer. Foundations shall conform to Section 50-3.01C(2), "Foundations," of the State Standard Specifications. Fly ash substitutes and/or admixtures shall not be permitted. All cast-in-drilled-hole foundations for traffic signal standards excluding Type 1 pole foundations, a hole the same size as the pole foundation shall be drilled and filled with one-sack slurry and re-drilled the following day for the actual pole foundation. Contractor shall be responsible for contacting Valmont Structures, or their local supplier, for complete signal pole assembly information to be approved by the Engineer prior to ordering signal pole equipment. TP-62 In addition to identifying each pole shaft as detailed on ES-7M of the State Standard Plans, the Contractor shall also identify each mast arm for all signals and luminaires. The stamped metal identification tag shall be located on the mast arm near the butt end and shall contain the same information required by Standard Plan ES-7M. Pole tags shall include name of the manufacturer and shall be visible from the road surface. Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts shall not be erected or installed until the signal faces, loop detection, push buttons, signs, luminaires, and other materials required to complete the installation in its entirety have been inspected, passed inspection, and are in the Contractor's possession and available for immediate installation. The service enclosures, controller cabinets, conduits, pull boxes (other than the pull boxes connected to the new signal poles), wiring, and other underground installation shall be protected in place. Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any damage to the equipment. The cost of installing, transportation and/or shipping of each standard, steel pedestal and posts, and anchor bolts shall be included in the Lump Sum price paid for the respective Traffic Signal Modification at the various intersections, and no additional compensation shall be allowed, therefore. 1.07 CONDUIT Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 -2.05, "Conduit," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Rigid metallic conduit shall be used at all locations, unless indicated otherwise on the plans. All conduits shall be 2" minimum, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Conduit installation shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 -2.05C, "Installation," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Conduit shall be installed in conformance with the codes and regulations listed in Section 86-1.02, “Regulations and Codes’’ and these Special Provisions. After conductors have been installed, the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes and controller cabinets shall be sealed with a type of sealing compound approved by the project Engineer. 1.08 PULL BOXES Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions of Section 86.2.06, “Pull Boxes,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications as amended below and these Special Provisions. Pull Boxes shall be placed with their tops flush with surrounding finish grade. TP-63 The pull boxes shall be size #5, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans and the amount shown on the plans are to be installed at a minimum. The Contractor may, at his expense, install additional pull boxes to facilitate his work. Grouting is required at the bottom of all pull boxes. Any pullbox with (4) or more conduits terminate shall be #6. In unimproved areas, install pull box markers and marker posts. Markers shall be Type L. Pull boxes, covers and extensions for installation in the ground or in sidewalk areas shall be of the sizes and details shown on the Plans and shall be pre -cast of reinforced Portland Cement Concrete (PCC). Plastic pull boxes shall not be used. All pull boxes shall be Christy Concrete Products, Inc. with fiberlyte lid or approved equal. Pull box lid shall be painted to match the sidewalk color. Covers shall be secured with 3/8 inch bolts, cap screws, or studs, and nuts which shall be of brass, stainless steel or other non-corroding material. Stainless steel hold-down bolts; cap screws or studs, and nuts and washers shall have a chromium content of not less than 18 percent and a nickel content of not less than (8) percent. Do not install pull boxes and handholes within concrete paver areas. Do not install pull boxes and handholes within the bikeway. All ferrous metal parts shall be galvanized in conformance with the provisions in Section 75-1.05 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Supplement and amend Subsection 86-2.06B, “Cover Marking,” as follows: A. “TRAFFIC SIGNAL”: Where pull box contains traffic signal conductors with or without street lighting conductors. B. “STREET LIGHTING”: Where pull box contains street lighting conductors only. “HIGH VOLTAGE” shall be added where street lighting voltage is above 600 volts. C. “SPRINKLER CONTROL”: For pull boxes where sprinkler control conduits enter the pull box. D. “TELEPHONE”: Where pull boxes contain telephone conductors. E. “EDISON”: Where pull boxes contain Edison Company conductors. Pull box lids shall be type lock down. TP-64 F. “COMMUNICATIONS”: Where pull boxes contain traffic signal interconnect fiber optic cable. Pull box installation shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 -2.06C, "Installation and Use", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 1.09 CONDUCTORS AND WIRING Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 -2.08, “Conductors and Cables,” and Section 86-2.09, “Wiring,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Signal cable conductors shall also conform to the provisions in Section 86 -2.08D, "Signal Cable", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Signal cable shall be installed continuously without splicing from the controller cabinet to each traffic signal pole. The Contractor shall reuse existing conductors unless otherwise shown on the Plans or provided for in these Special Provisions. Conductors with THHN and THWN installation shall not be used. All other conductors shall be THW type Cable for interconnect shall be 12 pair #19 AWG with shield. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Plastic conduits containing power circuit conductors shall have a bare No. 8 AWG solid grounding copper conductor that shall terminate at each pull box at the ends of the conduit run. 1.10 SPLICE INSULATION Splice insulation shall conform to the provision in Section 86 -2.09E, “Splice Insulation,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. No splicing shall be permitted except for signal and lighting commons. All conductors shall extend from the cabinet to the terminal compartment in each pole. Conductors No. 10 AWG or larger shall be spliced by the use of “C” shaped compression connector, and soldered. Loop splices shall be insulated per Method “B” or “Handcrafted Insulation”. 1.11 BONDING AND GROUNDING Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 -2.10, “Bonding and Grounding,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. TP-65 Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 3/16-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit, ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation. 1.12 TESTING Testing shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.14, “Testing,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The signal-monitoring unit shall be tested in the field before "turn-on". Traffic signal must be operational within (10) calendar days after erection of standards unless otherwise instructed or permitted by the City Engineer. Turn-on of the traffic signal systems shall not be made on a Friday or the day preceding a legal holiday. The traffic Engineer shall be notified (48) hours prior to the intended “turn-on”. If turn-on is to be on a Monday, notification shall be made no later than the Thursday prior to turn-on. Turn-on shall begin before noon of the approved day. Contractor shall arrange for a knowledgeable representative from the manufacturer or distributor of the traffic signal controller equipment and components, to be present for the first day of the functional test. Following notification, Contractor must complete a satisfactory “turn-on” within four hours or his representative shall determine what a reasonable time will be. When a “Turn-on” is not completed, as specified above, it shall be canceled and rescheduled with the Engineer. The insulation resistance shall not be less than 100 megohms on all interconnect and loop circuits and 50 megohms for power circuits when the megger tests are performed. Testing shall not be conducted until all control and/or sensor units and probes have been disconnected from the circuit. The sixth paragraph in Section 86-1.14C, “Functional Testing,” of the Standard Specifications is amended to read: During the test period, the City will pay the cost of electrical energy for the operation of the facilities that are undergoing testing. The cost of any maintenance necessary, except electrical energy, shall be at the Contractor’s expense and will be deducted from any monies due, or to become due to the Contractor. 1.13 VEHICLE SIGNAL FACES AND SIGNAL HEADS Signal faces and signal heads and auxiliary equipment, as shown on the plans, and the installation thereof, shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 -4.01, TP-66 "Vehicle Signal Faces", 86-4.01D, "Light Emitting Diode Signal Module", 86-4.01E, "Backplates", and 86-4.04, "Signal Mounting Assemblies", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. All optical vehicle signal indication units shall be of the light emitting diode (LED) type. The LED module units provided shall be listed on the Caltrans Authorized Materials List as of the date of the project bid opening. All certifications and warranties required under the Caltrans specification for LED signal units shall be provided. Signal section housings and backplates shall be metal and be primed and painted in the RAL# 7011 Smooth EisenGrau Iron Grey color as the decorative signal pole as illustrated in Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings. Visors shall be tunnel type and backplates shall be solid. In addition to Section 86-4.04, “Signal Mounting Assemblies,” of the Standard Specifications, these following Special Provisions shall apply whenever terminal compartment is required: The terminal block shall be mounted vertically and to the side of the cable inlet guide. Sufficient lateral spacing shall be provided to allow pulling and connecting of incoming conductors without removal of the terminal block mounting screws. A minimum of one (1) inch clearance shall be provided between the terminal block and all inside walls of the terminal compartment. With the door open, there shall be a minimum of ten-by-four-inch (10” x 4”) access to the terminal compartment for connection and inspection of the terminal block. The mounting bolt spacing and cable guide location shall be as dimensioned on drawing ES -4D of the Standard Plans. 1.14 PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS AND PUSH BUTTONS Pedestrian signals shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-4.03, "Pedestrian Signal Faces", 86-4.07, "Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Face 'Upraised Hand' Module", and 86-4.04, "Signal Mounting Assemblies", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All pedestrian signal faces shall have a pedestrian interval “countdown” display, conforming to Section 4E.07 Countdown Pedestrian Signals of the State of California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD). All optical pedestrian signal units shall be of the Light Emitting Diode (LED) type. The LED module units provided shall be listed on the Caltrans Authorized Materials List. All certifications and warranties required under the Caltrans specification for LED signal units shall be provided. All signal equipment shall be of metal type. TP-67 Pedestrian signals shall be Type A. Pedestrian signals shall be the International Symbol Type. Walk man and hand symbols shall be of the combination LED type. The pedestrian signal housing and mounting units shall be primed and painted to RAL# 7011 EisenGrau Iron Grey matching the decorative signal pole color The visors described in Section 86-4.01C, "Visors," of the Standard Specifications may be omitted with the egg-crate type screen. Pedestrian push buttons shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 -5.02, "Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be Type B, Polara Bulldog III, with Polara Option C, diameter actuator to comply with current ADA requirements and standards. Push button signs shall be porcelain enameled metal and shall have the pedestrian symbol with the respective arrow direction. The signs shall attach to and be securely supported by the framework. Fasteners will be stainless steel tamper proof screws for instruction plates only. The housing shall be primed and painted to RAL# 7011 EisenGrau Iron Grey matching the decorative signal pole color. 1.15 VIDEO DETECTION Video detection system shall consist of the following or City approved equal video detection system to include Iteris Vantage Edge 2 Processor – Single camera input, 24 VDC, Model Edge 2-1 Ch. It shall also include Iteris Edge 2 extension module, Model No. “EDGE2EM2”, standard camera mounting brackets, Model No. “CAMBRKT4”, and Iteris Turn- On support. The Iteris Vantage Camera Assembly shall be Model RZ-4 Advanced Wide Dynamic Range (AWDR), 115- 230 VAC 50/60 Hz, the power cabling shall be 16 AW G three conductor cable with a minimum outside diameter 0.325 inch and a maximum diameter of 0.490 inch., NTSC output, and Belden 8281 coaxial camera cable with EDCO Model RMCXI.05- Video Detection coaxial suppression / BNC pig-tail cable. The contractor shall also furnish and install a seventeen-inch flip-up LCD color video Iteris Monitor mounted in a 1U high Iteris 19 - inch controller cabinet rack. Contractor shall provide and install a five-foot riser pole when video detection camera is to be installed on a signal mast arm. The contractor shall furnish all coaxial cables, data cables and all other appurtenances to provide a fully functional system that provides vehicle detection. The system shall be compatible with the City’s SCOOT system software using Model 2070 traffic signal controller and McCain Model 200/233/2033 local software. The advance video detection zones shall be per plan. The video detection camera assembly shall be mounted on the traffic signal Luminaire or TP-68 signal mast-arm as shown on plan or as directed by the engineer in order to provide appropriate detection zones. The contractor shall configure and test all of the equipment necessary to provide a fully functional video detection system. The video detection manufacturer or an authorized representative shall be present at the time the video detection systems are turned on to verify proper setup, integration and operation. 1.16 DETECTOR LOOPS Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5, "Detectors", of the State Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Loop detector conductors shall be Type 2. Loop detector lead-in cables shall be Type B. Type D loops for bike detection at limit lines. Detector loop locations shall be approved by Engineer in the field prior to installation. Modified Type E detector loops, shall be six (6) feet in diameter as shown in the signal plan. The sides of the slot shall be vertical and the minimum radius of the slot entering and leaving the circular part of the loop shall be 2 inches. Slot width shall be a maximum of ¾ inch. All cuts shall be sealed with a sealant in accordance with the State of California Specification for Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant per Section 86-5.01A(4) of the State Standard Specifications. Loop wires in home runs, beginning at each loop, shall be tightly twisted together with a minimum of five (5) turns per foot. Home runs shall be cut to a sufficient width to accommodate the twisted wire. All loops shall be connected in series. Splices shall use butt-splice connectors and shall be soldered by the hot-iron. No open flame shall be used on soldered connections. Wires for each loop shall be marked with bands of colored tape to designate loop number, starting at the crosswalk in the Number 1 lane and proceeding away from the intersection, then to the crosswalk in the Number 2 lane, and so on. In testing a vacant loop, any drift that exceeds an average of more than 1 Hertz/minute shall be cause of rejection. TP-69 1.17 SLOT SEALANT Slot sealant shall be Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant and conform to the provisions in Section 86-5.01A(4). “Installation Details”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer in the field. 1.18 LED LUMINAIRES Luminaires shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-6.01, "LED Luminaires," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. LED Luminaires shall provide an equivalency of 250W HPS Sodium lighting, as approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall obtain equivalency information from LED Luminaire Supplier to ensure 250W HPS equivalency, to be presented to the City Engineer for approval. Luminaires shall have a Type III medium light distribution. 1.19 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs shall be re-used and the frames shall be primed and painted to RAL# 7011 Smooth EisenGrau Iron Grey matching the decorative signal pole color. If needed to be replaced, internally illuminated street name signs shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-6.09 "Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Internally illuminated street name signs shall be NU-ART Model NAIM-2-72-200-D complete with lamps, 4’ SJT cable, and mounting hardware without photo electric cell, or approved equal, subject to City Engineer’s approval. The frame and its assembly shall be painted to match the decorative signal pole color. Letter size, style, spacing, arrows, and figures shall conform to the current standards established by the State of California, Department of Transportation and the City of Diamond Bar’s standards. The City will not provide the logo decals to the contractor. The contractor shall provide the logos and sign layout to the sign manufacturer. City Engineer shall approve shop drawings prior to placing order with sign manufacturer. 1.20 PAYMENT FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL Payment for Traffic Signal Improvements at the location show in the bid schedule shall be per the contract Lump Sum bid item price for each on the Proposal Bid Sheets, and shall include full compensation for manufacturing, testing, delivery, and installation of the traffic signal. Traffic Signal work shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and TP-70 incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing the systems as shown on the plans, as specified in the specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, including any necessary pull boxes; excavation and backfill; concrete foundations; traffic signal signage; new or restoring curb, gutter & sidewalk, pavement and appurtenances damaged or destroyed during construction; salvaging and delivering existing materials; and making all required tests. Payment for Replace Traffic Signal Pullbox Lid at the location show in the bid schedule shall be per the contract unit each bid item price on the Proposal Bid Sheets. Replace Traffic Signal Pullbox Lid work shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing the pullbox lid as shown on the plans, as specified in the specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, including disposal. Full compensation for all additional material and labor, not shown on the plans or specified, which are necessary to complete the installation/modification of the traffic signals shall be considered as included in the price paid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 1.21 TRAFFIC SIGNS Traffic signs shall conform to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD), California Department of Transportation Traffic Sign Specification, Maintenance Manual, and Standard Specifications. 1.22 ROADSIDE SIGNS Roadside signs shall conform to the provisions in Section 56 -2, "Furnish Sign Panels", of the State Standard Specifications, the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices and these special provisions. Detail drawings of the standard signs are available from the California Department of Transportation. All sign layouts shall be the Contractor's responsibility and shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. All appurtenances and hardware necessary for sign installation shall be furnished by the Contractor. Sign panels on street light or traffic signal poles shall be installed using the strap and saddle method. Sign panels on traffic signal mast arms shall be installed per Standard Plan ES-6N, Detail U. 1.23 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY AND AS-BUILT PLANS Payment for performing the construction survey and preparing neat as -built redlines that clearly illustrate any and all deviations from the Plans and these TP-71 Technical Provisions shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. TP-72 Site Furnishings Bid Item No. 51 Tree Grate and Frame Bid Item No. 52 Lighted Bollard Bid Item No. 63 Decorative Post and Rail Bid Item No. 64 Decorative Post and Rail with Steel Panel Bid Item No. 74 Rock Cobble (3" to 8" Angular) Bid Item No. 75 Rock Cobble (2" to 8" Round) Bid Item No. 76 18" Dia. Boulder (1.5' x 1.5' x 2') Bid Item No. 77 24" Dia. Boulder (2' x 2' x 3') Bid Item No. 78 24" Dia. Boulder (3' x 2' x 2') Bid Item No. 79 36" Dia. Boulder (4' x 3' x 3') Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Provide all labor, materials, tools, transportation, and incidentals to provide and install Site Furnishings and Miscellaneous Materials as indicated on the Plans and as herein specified. The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction , “Greenbook”, latest edition, is referenced as if herein contained and the Contractor shall keep a copy at the project site. These Specifications shall supersede conflicts with information given in the “Greenbook”, unless otherwise determined by the City. Work shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on the plans, the City’s 2016 Streetscape Design Guideline and these specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Shop Drawings Provide shop drawings for each component and each item of site furniture. Shop drawings shall indicate layouts, component locations, dimensions, set-backs, details of assembly, anchors, footing details and all appurtenances required to assemble components. Three (3) sets of shop drawings shall be submitted to the City within twenty-one (21) calendar days after award of contract. Product Data Provide data on all site furniture, equipment, and materials, including accessories, utility characteristics, connection requirements and product cut-sheets. Three (3) sets of product data shall be submitted to the City within twenty-one (21) calendar days after award of contract. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions Provide three (3) sets of the manufacturer's installation instructions to the City within twenty (21) calendar days of award of the contract. TP-73 All vendors, suppliers, and manufacturer’s representatives and the associated addresses, phone and fax numbers on the Plans and in the Specifications are listed for convenience only. They are subject to change and their inclusion in no way constitutes an endorsement by the City. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Store and protect all site furnishings. 1.04 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Obtain all permits (except permanent easements) and licenses and give notice and pay for all fees necessary to complete work under this Section as delineated or specified at no additional cost to City. Manufacturer's directions, specifications and detailed drawings will be followed in all cases where the articles used furnish directions and cover points not delineated on the Plans or in the Specifications. The Specifications only indicate the quality and workmanship to be performed rather than a detailed description of the performance of the work. Install said site furnishings, materials and equipment in such a manner that they will operate efficiently and evenly. In the event of any discrepancies between the Plans and the Specifications, the final decision as to which will be followed shall be made by the Engineer, or his designated representative. In the event the installation is contradictory to the direction of the Engineer, the installation shall be rectified by the Contractor at no additional cost to City. 1.05 SAMPLES AND SUBSTITUTIONS All workmanship, equipment, materials, and articles incorporated shall be the best available grade of their respective kind. Provide a sample of each component specified. Accepted samples may be used in the work. Submit three (3) sets of a typewritten list of equipment and materials as specified to the Engineer within twenty-one (21) days after award of contract. This list shall give the name, model number, and manufacturer, and shall be accompanied by cut sheets or reproductions of catalog pages for all of the equipment and material to be installed. Approval of substitutions will not relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Plans and Specifications. Pay at Contractor’s sole expense for all changes caused by approved substitutions which affect other items of work. TP-74 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS Provide the owner with an additional 4 bollards of each type specified for future maintenance and repair. Bollards shall be from the same production run as installed materials. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL Whenever a material or process is delineated or specified by patent, proprietary name or process, or manufacturer’s name, such specifications are used for the purpose of facilitating the description of material or process desired. Information pertaining to the product as to the manufacturer, material, model, color, finish, etc. is shown on the plan in the construction materials schedule. The required warranty period for the rubberized surfacing material shall be five (5) years from the date of the Notice of Completion. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Cobble Rocks B. Accent Boulders C. Precast Posts & Wood Rail D. Precast Posts, Wood Rail & Steel Panels E. Precast Design Components F. 6”x6” Wood Rails and Connectors G. Wood Sealer H. Lighted Bollard a. South Coast Lighting #BOL1301-NWNL See Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings. b. All material shall be finished with a 2 part epoxy polyurethane, color shall be RAL# 7011, Smooth, EisenGrau Iron Grey. Paint shall be TNEMEC ENDURA SHIELD SERIES 71 or equal. Prior to finish coat a primer shall be applied-2-4 mils DFT shall be achieved. Finish coat shall be TNEMEC Epoxy polyurethane shall be applied and achieve a 2-4 mils DFT. TP-75 Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Verify site conditions and surfaces are ready to receive work. Verify that layout and site are compatible. 3.02 PREPARATION Layout and stake locations of components for approval by Engineer prior to installation. Review layout requirements with other affected work. 3.03 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS Work for concrete foundations shall be performed in accordance with provisions of Sections 201, 206, 303 and 304 of the Standard Specifications. Subgrade preparation shall conform to the provisions of Section 301-1 of the Standard Specifications. A relative compaction of 90% is required for subgrade and 95% for aggregate base. Each location shall be inspected prior to placement of the concrete. 3.04 INSTALLATION Install in accordance with City standards and manufacturer’s instruction. Provide concrete footings for site furnishings as detailed on the Plans or as herein specified. 3.05 SITE CONDITIONS Promptly repair damage to facilities caused by construction operations. Cost of repair at Contractor’s sole expense. Part 4 PAYMENT Payment for Rock Cobble of the size shown will be made at the unit price per square foot as set forth in the bid schedule. Payment for Boulder of the size shown will be made at the unit price per each as set forth in the bid schedule. Payment for Decorative Post and Rail will be made at the unit price per each as set forth in the bid schedule, and includes excavation, foundation, backfill, and wood sealer. TP-76 Payment for Decorative Post and Rail with Steel Panel will be made at the unit price per each as set forth in the bid schedule and includes excavation, foundation, backfill, and wood sealer. Payment for Lighted Bollard will be made at the unit price per each as set forth in the bid schedule and includes excavation, foundation, and backfill. TP-77 Landscape Irrigation Bid Item No. 70 Irrigation System Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Work Included: Provide all labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation of a fully functioning irrigation system utilizing non-potable/reclaimed water, complete as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or specified herein. Related Work: Section 32 90 00 - Landscape Planting Section 32 97 00 - Landscape Maintenance References: American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM International): a. ASTM A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless b. ASTM 1784 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) compounds. c. ASTM 1785 Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head) d. ASTM D221 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Insulation for Wire and Cable, 60 Degrees C Operation. e. ASTM D2220 Standard Specification for Poly (vinyl chloride) Insulation for Wire and Cable 75 Degrees C Operation. f. ASTM D2241 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated Pipe (SDR Service). g. ASTM D2464 Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. h. ASTM D2466 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. i. ASTM D2467 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. j. ASTM D2468 Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butaoliene- TP-78 Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. k. ASTM D2609 Standard Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe. l. ASTM D2774 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping. m. ASTM D2855 Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. n. Local Plumbing Code o. Uniform Plumbing Code p. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)Manual q. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): Electrical wiring, controls, motors, and devices shall be U.L. listed, and so be labeled QUALITY ASSURANCE Work Force Experience: The landscape irrigation installation firm shall have a full time foreman assigned to the job for the duration of the contract. He shall have a minimum of four (4) years’ experience in landscape establishment supervision shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. Labor force: The landscape irrigation installation firm’s labor force shall be thoroughly familiar and trained in the work to be accomplished and perform the task in a competent, efficient manner acceptable to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Supervision: The foreman shall directly employ and supervise the work force at all times. Notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative of all changes in supervision. Identification: Provide proper identification at all times for landscape establishments firm’s labor force. Be uniformly dressed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Ordinances and Regulations: All local and state laws, rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made part of these Specifications. Nothing contained in these Specifications shall be construed to conflict with any of the aforementioned rules, regulations, or requirements. However, when these Specifications and Drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, then these Specifications shall take precedence. Explanation of Drawings: Due to the scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and sleeves which may be required. The Contractor TP-79 shall carefully investigate the structural and finished condition affecting the work and install a complete irrigation system within the intent of the Drawings and Specifications, furnishing such fittings and miscellaneous materials as may be required. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicative of work and materials required. Discrepancies: The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious upon field review that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in dimensions exist that might not have been considered in design. Differences shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. In the event this notification is not performed, the contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. Verify scaled dimensions and quantities prior to start of work. Permit and Fees: The Contractor shall obtain and pay for any and all permits and all inspections required by permits. SUBMITTALS Make submittals no later than 30 calendar days prior to start of work to which they apply. Irrigation Material Submittal List and Descriptive Literature Submit for review and distribution to Owner’s Authorized Representative. Include manufacturer's name and model numbers for all materials required under this Contract, together with two (2) copies of descriptive literature for each of the items listed below. The Contractor shall commence no work prior to receiving statement of acceptance of irrigation material submittal list and descriptive literature from the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Submit items as follows: a. Backflow, Wye strainer, Gate valve and enclosure b. Master valve c. Flow meter/sensor d. Gate valves e. Quick coupling valves and key f. Ball valve g. Automatic remote control valves h. Drip filter i. Drip tubing and emitter j. Drip Pressure regulator k. Pressure regulator l. Flush valve m. Air release valve n. Wire and connectors o. Plastic pipe and pipe fittings p. Plastic pipe primer and solvent cement TP-80 q. Tracer/warning tape r. Check valves s. Valve boxes t. Unions u. Valve identification tag v. Irrigation bubblers w. Gravel x. Welded Wire Mesh Record Drawings Provide and keep up-to-date Record Drawings, which shall be up-dated daily to indicate the exact “as-built” locations of equipment. Prints for these purposes may be obtained from the Owner’s Authorized Representative / Project Engineer at cost. Record drawings shall be kept on the site at all times. The Contractor shall make neat and legible notations on the record drawing progress sheets daily, showing the work as actually installed. Record Drawings shall serve as work progress sheets and shall be the basis for measurement and payment for work completed. Drawings shall be available at all times for review and shall be kept in a location designated by the Owner’s Authorized Representative / Project Engineer. Should the record black digital bond print drawing progress sheets not be available for review or not be up-to-date at the time of any review, it will be assumed no work has been completed and the Contractor will be assessed the cost of that site visit at the current billing rate of the Owner’s Authorized Representative / Project Engineer. No other reviews shall take place prior to payment of that assessment. In addition to Record Drawing progress, dimension shall be taken prior to backfilling of trenches and accurately from two (2) permanent points of reference (building corners, sidewalk, or road intersections) showing the location of the following items, the location of the following items: a. Meter, Backflow and Gate valves b. Routing of mainline (dimension) maximum 100’-0” along routing c. Remote Control Valves d. Routing of control wiring e. Quick coupling valves f. Controller g. Sleeving h. Other related equipment as directed by the Owner’s Authorized Representative 6. Before the date of the final inspection, the Contractor shall transfer all information, drafted by Contractor, from the “As-Built” to a CAD or PDF file format. All drafted work including dimensions shall be neat, easy to read, in ink and shall be approved by the Owner’s Authorized Representative / Project Engineer prior to the making of the Controller Chart. Controller Charts TP-81 a. Provide two (2) controller chart for controller supplied, showing the area covered by the automatic controller. Chart size to be the maximum size the controller door will allow, if possible. b. The Chart is to be a reduced drawing of the actual “as-built” system. However, in the event the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, it shall be enlarged to a size that will be readable when reduced. c. Chart shall be a blackline print with a different color used to show area of coverage for each station. d. When completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically sealed between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils. thickness. e. These charts must be completed and approved prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Operation and Maintenance Manuals a. Prepare and deliver to the Owner, prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in two individually bound copies of the operation and maintenance manual (loose leaf binders are acceptable). The manual shall describe the material installed and shall be in sufficient detail to permit operation personnel to understand, operate and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer information shall be included for each equipment item installed. Each complete, bound manual shall include the following information: 1) Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and telephone number. Duration of guarantee period. 2) List of equipment with names and addresses of local manufacturer representatives. 3) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. Equipment to be furnished: a. As part of this contract: upon completion of work for this section of the contract the contractor shall supply the following items to the Owner’s Authorized Representative: 1) 2 sets of special tools required for removing, disassembling, and adjusting each type of Remote Control Valve supplied. 2) Two, 5-foot valve keys for operation of shut-off valve. 3) Key and Hose Swivel for Quick Coupler (QC): For 1 thru 5 QC installed provide one (1) Key and Hose Swivel, 6 thru 10 = 2, 11 thru 15 = 3, 16 thru 20 = 4 and so on. 4) Remote Control Valve (RCV): Minimum One (1) valve for every size used. Total valve per size and provide One (1) TP-82 valve for the first 10 installed of each size, 11 thru 15 = 2, 16 thru 20 = 3, 21 thru 25 = 4, and so on. 5) Bubblers: Equal to ten percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than ten units. 6) Drip tubing 1- 50’ (foot) roll of GPH drip distribution tubing as seen on the irrigation equipment legend PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Exercise care in handling, loading, uploading and storage of pipes and fittings. Transport pipes in a vehicle allowing the length of pipe to lie flat so as not to subject it to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Any section of pipe that has been dented or damaged will be discarded and, if installed, shall be replaced with new piping. Permission to store materials on site shall be obtained from the Owner. SUBSTITUTIONS Substitution of any product, material, or equipment without prior written approval of the Owner’s Authorized Representative will not be permitted. Approval of any item as a substitution or alternate shall be based on the following information, or, samples provided by the contractor: a. Provide a statement indicating the reason for making the substitution, using a separate sheet of paper for each item to be substituted. b. Provide descriptive catalog literature, performance charts, and flow charts for each item to be substituted showing it is an “equal” product. c. Provide the amount of cost savings if the substituted item is approved. Be responsible for the total performance of such substitution to approved equal or surpass the original design in every respect. If the substitution proved to be unsatisfactory in the opinion of the Owner Authorized Representative, remove such work and install originally specified item. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS In each case where proposed substitute materials or equipment will require changes to the design of the project as indicated on Drawings, proposed revision drawings prepared by a licensed landscape architect, certified irrigation designer or engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor for installation of the proposed substitute materials or equipment and for construction by affected trades of the proposed revisions. TP-83 Cost of Drawings and of the proposed revised construction shall be borne by the Contractor. OBSERVATION Notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative 48 hours prior to time of the following required Observations: Pressure supply line installation and testing. Automatic controller and wire installation. Lateral line and sprinkler installation. Coverage test. Notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative 7 days prior to the time of the punch walk and final observation. Controller shall be fully operational before any controller observation is scheduled. EXISTING UTILITIES AND PLANT MATERIALS Existing Infrastructure Utilities: Exercise care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Protect in place utilities not designated for removal or modification against damage resulting from work of this Contract. Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities which are caused by Contractor’s operations or neglect. Check existing utilities drawings for existing utility locations. Contractor to verify all existing utilities through Dig Alert (800)-227-2600, two days before beginning construction. Existing Irrigation Mainline and Associated Components: The Contractor is responsible for all existing mainline piping and any associate irrigation system components used by the project irrigation water meter(s), to include but not limited to valves, wiring, heads, piping, drip components that are to remain operational during and after construction. The Contractor is responsible for irrigation systems that are located adjacent to the project limits; these systems may not be connected to the same controller as that intended for the project irrigation systems. The Contractor is to verify all irrigation systems adjacent to the project are functioning during and after construction. The Contractor is responsible for all repairs or is to replace existing irrigation not designated for removal, which are damaged or removed as a result of Contractor’s operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. The remaining existing system shall be functional and connected to an existing controller. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. TP-84 Existing Landscape Planting: Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed because of the Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. If a tree or trees are damaged due to irrigation construction operations a licensed Arborist shall be contracted to assess the damage or issue and report on findings and optional solutions. Costs for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in Contractor’s Bid. VERIFICATION OF DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES Verify scaled dimensions and quantities prior to start of work. Notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative of discrepancies between Drawings and Specifications and actual job site conditions that would affect the execution of the irrigation work. Do not work in areas where discrepancies occur until instructed by the Owner’s Authorized Representative. WATER AND POWER SERVICE Electrical meter service for irrigation is existing. 2.5” water meter and service connection shall be by Walnut Valley Water District. The Contractor shall coordinate accordingly. INTENT OF DRAWINGS Due to the scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate offsets, fittings, and sleeves, which may be required. Contractor shall investigate the finished conditions affecting the work and furnish fittings and other items, required to provide a complete irrigation system. Drawings schematically show the work to be installed COORDINATION Coordinate the irrigation installation with other sub-contractors including paving, utilities, site backfilling, landscape grading and landscape work. GUARANTEE AND REPAIRS The manufacturer shall warrant materials against manufacturing defects for a period of one year from date of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall guarantee workmanship for one year after the approval of the inspection to be held at the completion of the specified maintenance period. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating material warranty items with manufacturer and distributor. The Contractor will be on call to replace or repair TP-85 any faulty equipment or installation within 24 hours after notification by the Contracting Officer during the maintenance period. The Owner has the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep the irrigation equipment in operating condition. The exercise of this right by Owner will not relieve the Contractor of responsibilities under the terms of the guarantee. Expenses due to vandalism during construction and the maintenance period shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Maintenance period is as specified in Section 329700, Landscape Maintenance. A copy of the guarantee shall be in the operations and maintenance manual. The Contractor shall be responsible for one (1) year from the date of the substantial completion for the following tasks: Replacement or repair of any broken or malfunctioning parts installed under this Contract, including heads and valves. Settling of backfilled trenches, which may occur during guaranty period, shall be repaired by Contractor at no expense to Contracting Officer, including complete restoration of finish grade treatment. Guarantee Statement: Contractor to type on Contractor’s letterhead the guarantee statement as noted below. The General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions of these Specifications shall be filed with the Owner prior to acceptance of the irrigation system. GUARANTEE FOR IRRIGATION SYSTEM We hereby guarantee that the irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defects in material or workmanship which may develop during the period of one year from date of acceptance, ordinary wear and tear, unusual abuse or neglect excepted, also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional costs to the Owner. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Owner, after receipt of written notice. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Owner’s Authorized Representative, we authorize the Owner to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. PROJECT_________________________________ LOCATION: ______________________________ SIGNED: _________________________________ ADDRESSED:_____________________________ PHONE: __________________________________ DATE OF ACCEPTANCE: __________________ TP-86 CONFERENCE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK Immediately upon awarding of Contract and prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall confer with the Owner’s Authorized Representative regarding the general details of the Work involved in this Contract. 1.15 Recycled Water Facilities All irrigation facilities shall be installed to recycled water specifications for future recycled water connection. The Walnut Valley Water District 2.5” service connection, as shown on the plans, will be a potable connection. The following items are based on the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health (LACDPH) Environmental Health Guidelines for Pipeline Construction and Installation – for the Safe Use of Recycled / Reclaimed Wastewater. Recycled / reclaimed wastewater systems shall be constructed in compliance with applicable potable water system construction standards as well as those specified in the “Purple Book”, California health laws related to recycled water, (California Health and Safety Code, Water Code, Titles 22 and 17 of the California Code Of Regulations) and the Los Angeles County Code (LACC), Title 28 - Plumbing, Appendix J. PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS (WHERE APPLICABLE) Plans and specifications for recycled / reclaimed wastewater distribution systems, as well as the use and operation of such systems shall be submitted to the LACPDH for review and approval prior to construction or implementation. Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor shall contact the LACPDH to schedule an inspection of the proposed on-site recycled / reclaimed and potable water work. No piping for potable or recycled / reclaimed water in conjunction with a specified project shall be installed prior to plan check approval and preliminary inspection. Upon completion of construction, no excavation or open trench may be backfilled without first securing the LACPDH approval. Any areas backfilled without prior approval will be required to be exposed and corrected as necessary. TP-87 SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS The maximum attainable separation of recycled / reclaimed wastewater lines and potable water lines shall be enforced in order to minimize potential risks associated with pipeline breaks resulting in infiltration of wastewater from leaking wastewater lines into domestic water lines, or accidental cross-connections between recycled wastewater and potable water systems. Parallel Construction: A horizontal separation of at least ten feet (10') shall be required between pressurized, buried, recycled / reclaimed and potable water piping (all distance to be measured from pipeline outside diameter). Cross-Over Construction: Buried potable water pipes crossing over pressurized recycled / reclaimed water pipes shall be laid not less than twelve inches (12”) above the reclaimed water pipes. Reclaimed water pipes laid in the same trench or crossing-over building sewer or drainage piping shall be installed in compliance with the LACC - Title 28, Plumbing, Sections 609.0 and 720.0. Unused or Abandoned Potable Water Lines: These lines are to be severed as close to water mains as practical, capped, and ten-foot (10') section of abandoned line removed and cemented under direct supervision by the LACPDH. Existing On-site Piping: Maximum separation of recycled / reclaimed wastewater lines and potable water lines shall be maintained upon system additions or modification. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT Use new materials of the best grade, unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings, for each respective item, and of the same manufacturer for all items of one (1) type. Calsense Controller is Existing. 1. Upgrade existing controller to 48 stations with five (5), eight (8) station modules. Refer to legend for model number. 2.02 PIPES AND FITTINGS Plastic pipe and fittings to be used with non-potable/recycled water source. Upstream of remote control valves (main lines): For pipe sizes up to and including 2" pipe use Schedule 40 PVC. For 2 1/2" pipe up to and including 4" pipe use Class 315 PVC pipe. Downstream of remote control valves (lateral lines): TP-88 a. For pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/2" pipe use Schedule 40 PVC pipe. b. For 2" through 4” pipe size use Class 315 PVC pipe. Pipe sizes larger than 4” shall be Class 200 PVC. Extrude from 100% virgin normal impact unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Type I, Grade I resin. Pipe homogeneous throughout, free from visible cracks, holes or foreign materials. The pipe shall be free from blisters, dents, wrinkles or ripples, die and heat marks. Supplier shall be responsible to certify that manufactured pipe meets the stated levels of quality. Continuously and permanently mark pipe with manufacturer's name or trademark, kind and size (IPS) of pipe, material, manufacturer's lot number, schedule or type, ASTM qualifying designation, and NSF seal of approval. Testing of pipe. The Contractor shall show written certification by supplier that polyvinyl chloride pipe has successfully passed the following tests: a. Acetone test. Immerse a sample of pipe in 99% pure anhydrous acetone for 15 minutes; at the end of this time there should be no evidence of flaking or delamination on the inner or outer walls of the pipe. Evidence of softening and swelling shall not constitute failure. b. Flattening. Cut a test specimen two inches long from each end of the pipe sample. Flatten each test specimen between parallel plates of a press until the distance between the plates, in inches, is equal to sixty (60) percent of the pipe O.D. and there shall be no evidence of cracking, splitting or breaking. Plastic pipe fittings and connections a. Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) virgin Type I, Schedule 80 with working pressure no lower than that of pipe. Sockets to be tapered conforming to the outside diameter of the pipe, as recommended by ASTM standards. All fittings are to withstand the 15-minute acetone test, as for pipe, and shall be approved. b. Molded fittings shall be marked with manufacturer's name or trademark, type PVC, size, ASTM qualifying designation and NSF seal of approval. Extruded couplings to be produced from NSF rated raw materials and meet ASTM Standards. Supplier shall be responsible to certify that extruded fittings and connections meet the stated levels of quality. Plastic pipe primer and solvent cement as recommended by pipe manufacturer. No clear primer and solvent cement may be used. a. "Detectable" type tracer/warning see N.4. 2.03 MAIN IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT Backflow, Wye Strainer and Gate valve as shown on Contract Drawings. TP-89 Flow Meter/Sensor as shown on Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.04 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES Master Valve as shown on Contract Drawings or approved equal. Air Relief and Flush Valve as shown on Contract Drawings or approved equal. Gate Valves as shown on Contract Drawings or approved equal. Gate valves shall be the same size as the pipelines in which they are installed and shall open "left." All valves shall be packed with an approved brand of graphite braided stem packing. Refer to the Contract Drawings for manufacturer's name and model number. a. For sizes 2" and smaller shall have: 1) 150-pound saturated steam rated. 2) Bronze body. ASTM B-62. 3) Screwed joints. 4) Non-rising stem. 5) Screwed bonnet. 6) Solid disc. 7) Equipped with hand wheel. b. For sizes 2-1/2" and larger. 1) 200-pound O.W.G. 2) Iron body. ASTM A-126, Class B. 3) Flanged joints. 4) Non-rising stem. 5) Bolted bonnet. 6) Double disc. 7) Equipped with operating nut. Quick-Coupling Valves, Couplers and Hose Swivels Valves shall be of brass or bronze construction with built in flow control and self-closing. Valves shall be: a. Locking lid b. Two piece body Couplers shall be brass or bronze construction. Quick coupling valves for potable water systems shall be constructed of brass with a yellow rubber or vinyl cover. TP-90 Automatic Remote Control Valves Refer to the Contract Drawings for approved manufacturer's name, model number and size. Valves shall be normally closed. All valves shall be diaphragm actuated, equipped with flow control adjustment and relief pet cocks, so valve may be manually operated. One piece diaphragms only; no "O" rings allowed. All valves shall be of the same manufacturer. Valves shall be completely serviceable from the top without removing the valve body from the mainline system. Concrete Valve Boxes Rectangular Valve Boxes: shall be 12 inches wide by 17 inches long, constructed of Concrete. Manufactured by Carson Brooks or approved equal. Round Valve Boxes: shall be 10 inches in diameter constructed of Concrete. Manufactured Carson Brooks or approved equal. Carson Brooks Valve Box Covers: shall be full construction of Cast Iron. a. Full Cast Iron Valve box covers shall be locking covers, all shall be painted purple with paint that will adhere to Iron. Valve cover shall be sintered with valve identification information. a. Sintered identification letters or numbers shall be 2-inches high and shall be accomplished the DMLS process When possible sinter in English and Spanish, as well as the international “DO NOT DRINK” symbol with reclaimed water warning statement. Valve Identification shall be as indicated below or on the detail drawings, 1) Remote Control valve box shall be rectangular. Sinter lid with the letters “RCV” and the appropriate program and station number 2) Quick Coupler valve box shall be round. Sinter lid with the letters “QCV” 3) Master Valve, box shall be rectangular, Sinter lid with the letters “MV” 4) Gate valve box shall be round. Sinter lid with the letters “GV” 5) Pressure Regulator and drip filter. Sinter lid with the letters “PR+DF”. 6) Air Relief and Flush valve box shall be round. Sinter lid with “FV+ARf” 7) Flow Sensor box shall be rectangular. Sinter lid with letters “FS” TP-91 8) Wires Splice boxes shall be rectangular. Sinter lid with letters “SB”. 9) Mainline Wire and Stub Out Boxes shall be rectangular. Sinter lid with letters “ISO”. Plastic Valve Boxes Rectangular Valve Boxes: shall be 15 inches wide by 21.5 inches long by 12 inches high constructed of rigid HDPE (high-density polyethylene) resin, chemically inert plastic with valve box extensions where required with a bolt down lid. Valve boxes shall be Green color Manufactured by Carson Brooks, NDS Proplus or approved equal. If using Carson Brooks, 1200 Jumbo Series is needed. Round Valve Boxes: shall be 10 inches in diameter constructed of rigid polyethylene, chemically inert plastic with valve box extension where required. Valve boxes and cover shall be Green. Manufactured by Carson Brooks, NDS Proplus or approved equal. If using Carson Brooks, #910-10 with T-Cover #910-4B and Bolt-Down option is needed. Valve Box Covers: shall be purple in color. Valve box covers shall have appropriate reclaimed water warnings embossed onto the top of the cover in English and Spanish, as well as the international “DO NOT DRINK” symbol. Heat Branding shall be accomplished using branding irons specifically designed for this purpose. a. Heat branding shall not weaken or in any way puncture the valve box cover. Identification letters or numbers shall be 2-inches high. Identification shall be as indicated below or on the detail drawings: 1) Remote Control valve box shall be rectangular. Heat brand box lid with the appropriate program and station number. Heat branded with the letters “RCV.” 2) Quick Coupler valve box shall be round. Heat branded with the letters “QCV” 3) Master Valve, box shall be rectangular, Heat branded with the letters “MV” 4) Gate valve box shall be round. Heat branded with the letters “GV” 5) Pressure Regulator and Drip Filter box shall be rectangular. Heat branded valve box lid with “PR+DF” 6) Air Relief Valve box shall be round. Heat branded valve box lid with “ARV” 7) Flush Valve box shall be round. Valve box lid to be heat branded with “FV” 8) Wire Splices box shall be rectangular. Heat brand with the letters “SB” TP-92 9) Flow Sensor box shall be rectangular. Heat Brand lid with letters “FS” 10) Wires Splice boxes shall be rectangular. Sinter lid with letters “SB”. 11) Mainline and Wire Stub out box shall be round. Heat Brand lid with letters “ISO” 2.05 RECYCLED WATER MATERIALS All buried, recycled, wastewater systems (pressure / non-pressure) shall utilize purple pipe with black uppercase lettering “CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER - DO NOT DRINK” printed on opposite sides of the pipe. a. For limited application, the use of continuous lettering on three inch (3”) minimum width purple tape with one inch black or white contrasting uppercase lettering “CAUTION RECYCLED WATER - DO NOT DRINK” permanently affixed at intervals not to exceed five feet, atop all horizontal piping, laterals and mains. Identification tape shall extend to all valve boxes and / or vaults, exposed piping, hydrants, and quick couplers. All valves, except fixture supply control valves shall be equipped with a locking feature. All mechanical equipment that is appurtenant to the recycled / reclaimed water system shall be painted purple. Quick couplers shall be ACME threaded, or approved equal. 2.06 ACCESSORIES Identification Tags Identification tags for electrical remote control valves shall be manufactured from polyurethane Behr Desopan. Use Christy’s (or approved equal) standard tag hot stamped Bilingual, with black letters on a purple background, size 3”x4” The tags shall be numbered to match programming as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Provide one (1) tag for each electric remote control valve. Provide one (1) tag for each quick coupler. Waterproof wire connectors Controller warranty will be voided if waterproof connectors are not compliant with manufacturers’ recommendations. Control Wires U.L. approved direct burial type U.F., No. 12 AWG solid copper. Color per District Approval. Detectable Underground Warning Tape: Consists of a minimum “Blue” 4.5 mil (.0045”) overall thickness by 3” wide with a solid aluminum foil core. The imprinted warning message is “Caution TP-93 Buried Irrigation Line Below” to prevent ink rub-off, and is impervious to acids, alkalis and other destructive elements found in the soil. The imprint is as such that it allows for total reflectivity. A tape must be visibly seen before it can be read. APWA Color coded. Gravel and Welded Wire Mesh Gravel shall used in valve boxes per Contract drawing detail and shall be washed crushed gravel of approximately ¾ inch size. No pea gravel shall be used. Welded Wire Mesh size and type per Contract drawing detail. 2.07 EXISTING CONTROLLER Calsense Controller is existing. 2.08 BUBBLER EQUIPMENT Bubbler heads, and spray nozzles shall be of the types and sizes shown on Drawings, with plastic nozzles unless otherwise indicated. Nozzles: Provide equipment of one type and flow characteristic from the same manufacturer and bearing the manufacturer's name and identification code in a position where they can be identified in the installed position. Provide fixed head sprinklers with a one-piece housing and with provisions for interior parts replacement. Pop-up sprinklers to rise 12 inches in shrub areas, 6 inches in turf areas. Sprinklers on fixed riser to be at least 12 inches above grade and 2 inch for fixed bubblers. Inline anti drain check valve shall be used to prevent low head drainage. Toro PCV- 5000 series anti drain valve or approved equal. 2.09 DRIP/LOW FLOW WATERING SYSTEM Low flow watering system shall be type and size as specified on Contract drawings or approved equal. PART 2 - EXECUTION GENERAL INSTALLATION Perform minor adjustment in location or alignment of new work, to avoid existing utilities, signs, trees and etc. as directed without additional cost. Irrigation system layouts shown on Contract Drawings shall be considered schematic or diagrammatic. Piping on Contract Drawings shown in paved areas running parallel or adjacent to planted areas, are intended for design clarification only and shall be installed in the planted area whenever possible. With the Owner’s Authorized Representative’s approval, make adjustments where necessary to conform to actual field conditions unless otherwise noted. TP-94 Prior to installation, stake out pressure supply line routing and locations of spray heads, tree bubblers, Low flow irrigation system lines. Plant trees (24-inch box or larger) before installing the irrigation system; reroute irrigation lines conflicting with specimen plant locations to clear the root ball. Perform work on the irrigation system, including hydrostatic and coverage tests, preliminary operational test of the automatic control system, and the backfill and densification of trenches and other excavations after topsoil work and before planting. Make the irrigation system operational with uniform coverage of the areas to be irrigated, prior to planting. Notify Owner’s Authorized Representative in writing at least 48 hours before testing will be conducted Conduct tested in presence of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Excavate trenches for pipe and conduit. Schedule work so excavations shall be open and exposed for a minimum period of time. After piping and conduit are laid in place, tested and approved backfill as soon as possible with excavated material or approved imported soil. IRRIGATION PIPE INSTALLATION Pipe sizes shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Pipe size from main line to control valves to be as noted on the Contract Drawings or shall be the same size as the largest line downstream of the control valve. When two (2) pipes are placed in the same trench provide a minimum of 6" space between pipes. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. Plastic pipe Main lines (upstream of RCV). Install 18" below grade (minimum 24" under roadways), as measured from top of pipe. Lateral lines (downstream of RCV). Install 12" below grade (minimum 18" under roadways), as measured from top of pipe. The bottom of the trench shall be free of rocks, clods and other sharp-edged objects. Backfill to be sand 4” depth below and above mainline pipe. Place No. 12 gauge copper identification wire at bottom of trench for all mainline PVC pipe. This is to provide a continuous electrical conductor between gate valves. Wrap each end around the valve body and bring up inside the valve box to the ground surface and loop back with 2'-0 of wire free. Place “Detectable” tracer/warning tape in trench 12” above the pipe while backfilling to show location of buried mainline PVC pipe. TP-95 Plastic pipe assembles a. Join pipe using solvent weld. Use a non-synthetic bristle brush to spread filler cement applied from cans no larger than pint size. Clean and refill container each day. Primer and solvent cement used shall be as recommended by pipe manufacturer. b. Cut pipe square. All burrs shall be removed inside of pipe end. Chamfer outside end of pipe 10 degrees to 15 degrees. c. Clean and dry pipe and fitting socket. Check dry fit of pipe and fitting. Pipe should enter fitting socket about 1/3 to 3/4 depth. d. Dissolve inside socket surface by brushing with primer. Use a scrubbing motion to assure penetration. e. Dissolve surface of male end of pipe to be inserted into socket to depth of fitting socket by brushing liberal coat of primer. Be sure entire surface is well dissolved. f. Brush inside socket surface with primer. Then, without delay apply solvent cement liberally to male end of pipe. g. Apply solvent cement lightly to inside of socket, using straight outward strokes to keep excess filler solvent out of socket. Time is important at this stage. Apply a second coat of cement to the pipe end. The solvent cement should be applied deliberately but without delay. h. While both the inside socket surface and the outside surface of the male end of the pipe are soft and wet with solvent cement, forcefully bottom the male end of the pipe in the socket, giving the male end a 1/4 turn if possible. The pipe must go to the bottom of the socket. Hold the joint together until both soft surfaces are firmly gripped for at least 30 seconds. i. After assembly, wipe excess cement from the pipe at the end of the fitting socket. A properly made joint will normally show a bead around its entire perimeter. Any gaps at this point may indicate a defective assembly job due to insufficient cement or use of light bodied cement on large diameter where heavy bodied cement should have been used. j. Do not disturb joint for 30 minutes until initial setup of the cement occurs. k. Provide a firm, uniform bearing for the entire length of each pipeline, to prevent uneven settlement. l. Snake pipe from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. One (1) additional foot per 100'-0 of pipe is the minimum allowance for snaking. Never lay PVC pipe when there is water in trench or when temperature is 32 degrees Fahrenheit or below. m. Center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and whipping under pressure. Leave joints exposed, for inspection during pressure test. No water will be permitted in the TP-96 pipe until the above has been accomplished and a period of at least 24 hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing. Plastic Pipe Fittings and Connections a. Use Schedule 40 female adaptor with Schedule 80 threaded nipple one end in connecting solvent weld pipe to threaded joints. b. Use 45-degree fittings at all changes in depth of pipe. Couplings to be of same material and wall thickness as pipe used. c. Use Teflon tape on all threaded joints. Screw hand tight and 1/2 turn by wrench. On PVC to steel connections, work the steel connections first. d. Minimum length of PVC nipple shall be 4". INSTALLATION OF VALVE BOXES, VALVES AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT Valve Boxes Install valve boxes per Contract Drawing Details. Locate valve boxes near paved walk/surfaces where possible. Edge of valve boxes shall be set square and 12” from edge of pavement, walk or concrete curb. Set valve boxes to finish grade on a minimum 12 inch deep layer of gravel and set valves at depth to provide clearance between the cover and valve handle or key when the valve is in the fully open position. Do not cover valve with gravel. Gate Valves Install shutoff valves as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Install valves and equipment in accordance with the details in a normal upright position, unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer, and make readily accessible for operation, maintenance, and replacement. Install valves of the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Install shut-off valves and sectional automatic control valves using brass or bronze unions with copper or brass seats, below ground. Install a line sized shut-off valve on the pressure side of all sectional remote control valve. Install a line size shut–off valve in a 10 inch diameter valve box on the up- stream side of main lines crossing streets. Quick-Coupling Valves Install 1" quick-coupling valves as detailed and where shown on the Contract Drawings. TP-97 Install quick-coupler valves and hose bibs projecting above grade 1 foot from curbs, pavement, and walks when possible. Within 10'-0 of where a quick-coupling valve is installed, Contractor shall paint a 3" diameter "yellow-spot" as approved on paving, curb. Backflow, Wye Basket Strainer, Master Valve and Flow Sensor Installation: Install as shown on Contract Drawings. Automatic Remote Control Valves Install valves as per detail and where shown on the Contract Drawings. Provide a valve box for each automatic control valve. Wiring methods a. Wiring installed in concrete, masonry or where exposed to moisture, weather or damage, shall be installed in a rigid steel conduit. b. Materials. Shall be new and shall be listed by or bear the U.L. label, where subject to such approval. c. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit shall be Schedule 40 and shall have a round, smooth bore, and couplings, bends, elbows, adapters and other fittings and materials, including jointing cement, shall be the project of, or as approved by conduit manufacturer. d. All conduits shall be 1-1/4” in diameter unless otherwise noted. e. Grounding and bonding: Connect to existing grounding system or furnish and install a complete grounding and bonding installation as required by California Electrical Code and as otherwise shown. Grounding for equipment shall be connected to two driven ground rods installed not less than 6'-0 apart. Rods shall be 5/8" diameter minimum and driven a minimum of 8'-0 below grade. Location as determined by the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Rod shall be copper clad steel. Tree Bubbler Assembly Refer to the Contract Drawings for manufacturer's name and model number required. Bubbler heads must be a current production model, in production for at least one year. Bubbler heads shall be pressure compensating non-adjustable flow rate. Bubbler head assembly shall be pre-assembled root watering system or approved equal. SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT TP-98 Flush and pressure test mains and laterals, and risers before installing drip/low flow irrigation system and tree bubblers and before performing water coverage test to the complete satisfaction of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Location, Elevation and Spacing: Install the spray heads in accordance with Contract Drawings. Spacing of spray heads shall be installed for head to head coverage. In no case shall the spacing exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer. Install irrigation heads adjacent to curbs, walks, paving, and similar improvements on pop-up spray bodies with tops set flush to finished grade. Tree Bubblers Bubbler assembly in shrubs/groundcover areas. Top of the assembly grate shall be installed one (1) inch above adjacent finished grade. Install each tree bubbler assembly as shown on detail At no time shall the irrigation system to spray water on pavement and structures. Drip/Low Flow Irrigation System Installation All emitters shall be set perpendicular to the finish grade per manufacturer’s recommendations. Low flow irrigation lateral lines shall be buried 8 inches below grade. Flush Valve and Air Relief Valve to be installed per Contract Drawings. Emitter tube in planter areas to remain 2 inches above finish surface. Contractor shall flush out all lines prior to backfill and adjust valves for optimum coverage. All trenches to be backfilled, leveled, and compacted to the same relative compaction as the natural soil. No settling of trenches will be acceptable CONTROLLER SYSTEM INSTALLATION Locate existing automatic irrigation controller(s) per Owner’s Authorized Representative directive. Install service wiring at a minimum depth specified, in galvanized steel electrical conduit from the service point to the controller. The minimum service wire shall be No. 12 AWG copper 600-volt type THW/THWN insulation, or as required by the controller manufacturer. Locate splices only in specified pull boxes and make splices with a waterproof packaged kit approved for underground use. Set top of pull boxes flush to finish grade on a 12-inch deep layer of ¾ inch gravel. TP-99 House control wiring in a conduit between the controller and an electrical pull box at the base of the controller. House control wire under paved areas in a Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeve. Other wiring issuing from the electrical pull box shall be direct burial, installed in the main or lateral waterline trenches wherever practicable. Color code common wire white with control wire any color except white. Make splices in control wire with approved waterproof connectors in accordance with the requirements for service wire. Leave at least 2 feet of coiled slack at each splice and point of connection inside the valve boxes. Leave the control system in operating condition with an operational chart mounted within the controller cabinet upon completion of the work. FLUSHING AND TESTING Flushing: After completion, and prior to the installation of terminal fittings, flush the entire pipeline system through strainer until there is no longer any evidence of debris. After flushing, conduct the following tests in the sequence listed below. Provide equipment, materials, and labor necessary to perform the tests. Conduct tests in the presence of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Pipeline Pressure Test: Perform a water pressure test on pressure mains before couplings, fittings, valves, and the likes are concealed. Cap open ends after the water is turned on to the line so that the air will be expelled. Test pressure mains with control valves to lateral lines closed. The constant test pressure and the duration of the test are as follows: Pressure line (Mainline): 4 hours at 150 psi. Spray Coverage Test: Perform the coverage test in the presence of a Owner’s Authorized Representative after sprinkler heads have been installed and before groundcover has been planted, to demonstrate that each section or unit in the irrigation system is complete and balanced to provide uniform and adequate coverage of the areas serviced. Correct deficiencies in the system. Operational Test: Evaluate the performance of components of the automatic control system for manual and automatic operation. During the maintenance period, and at least 15 days prior to final inspection, set the controller on automatic operation so that the system will operate during such period. Make repairs, replacements, and adjustments until equipment, electrical work, controls, and instrumentation are functioning as specified FINAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE Inspections to be performed in the presence of the Owner’s Authorized Representative: Marker locations for placement of all irrigation heads prior to installation. Inspections during installation. Leakage test before backfilling. TP-100 Inspections to be performed in the presence of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. a. Coverage test: At completion of irrigation installation, and prior to the start of any landscaping. Necessary adjustments and additional work will be completed prior to the start of landscape work. New valves shall be connected to existing controller and be operational and ready for automatic cycling. Contractor shall not schedule inspection until the entire irrigation system has been flushed clean and all heads and other irrigation equipment have been adjusted for proper operation. a. Final Inspection: Adjustment and cleaning of all heads at end of Maintenance and Plant Establishment period. Top of lawn heads shall be lowered to a point flush with finish grade. b. Before acceptance of irrigation system, controller must operate on automatic operation. System must operate on complete automatic cycles prior to the start of the maintenance period. Upon completion of the Work, remove excess material, rubbish, debris, etc., and construction and installation equipment from the site. Contractor to turn over to Owner’s Authorized Representative all irrigation materials and equipment as noted herein and on the Contract Drawings prior to final acceptance. Part 3 PAYMENT 3.01 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Payment for a functioning irrigation system complete in -place will be made at the LUMP SUM contract price as set forth in the bid schedule. 3.02 TRENCHING AND BACKFILL Payment for trenching, backfilling, repair and/or replacement of damaged AC paving, PCC paving and Curb and Gutter shall be considered as included in the LUMP SUM contract price for “Irrigation System” and no additional compensation will be made therefor. TP-101 Landscape Planting SECTION 32 90 00 Bid Item No. 65 Top Soil Bid Item No. 66 Soil Preparation and Fine Grading Bid Item No. 68 Deeproot Barrier Bid Item No. 6975 36" Box Tree Bid Item No. 70 24" Box Tree Bid Item No. 71 5 Gallon Shrub/Groundcover Bid Item No. 72 1 Gallon Shrub/Groundcover Bid Item No. 73 Mulch Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Included 1. Work included: Furnish all labor, material, equipment and services necessary to provide all landscape planting, complete in place, as shown and specified herein, including soil preparation, planting, staking, plant establishment, and clean-up. B. Related Work 1. Section 32 90 00 - Landscape Irrigation 2. Section 32 97 00 - Landscape Maintenance C. References 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM International): ASTM A36 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel ASTM A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D2434 Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head) 2. Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers: a. Manual for Plant Appraisers Handbook, Guide for Establishing Values of Trees and Other Plants 3. State of California Agricultural Code 4. Sunset Western Garden Book a. Sunset Publishing Corporation, 2012 Edition TP-102 5. U.S.A. Standards for Nursery Stocks a. American Nursery & Landscape Association, ANSI Z60.1-2014 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work Force 1. The landscape contractor shall have a valid California C27 license and a minimum of six (6) years of experience in landscape installation, establishment and supervision, with experience or training in tree maintenance, entomology, pest control, soils, fertilizers, and plant identification. The landscape installation company shall provide at least one full time employee that speaks English fluently assigned to the job site for the duration of the contract. 2. The landscape contractor’s job foreman shall have a minimum of four (4) years of experience in landscape installation, establishment and supervision and shall directly supervise the work force at all times. Notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative of all changes in supervision. 3. The landscape contractor’s labor force shall be thoroughly familiar and trained in the work to accomplish and perform the task in a competent, efficient manner acceptable to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. 4. Herbicide Applicator: Applied by an approved licensed pest control advisor and applicator. 5. Nursery Qualifications: A nursery specializing in growing and cultivating the plants with three years documented experience. 6. Tree Pruner Qualifications: A tree pruning company specializing in pruning trees with proof of Arborist Certification. 7. Tree Pruning: NAA - Pruning Standards for Shade Trees 8. Maintenance Services: Performed by installation contractor. 9. Identification: Provide proper identification at all times for the landscape contractor’s labor force. Be uniformly dressed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. B. Site Soil Quality 1. After grading the Contractor shall provide agronomic soil test report and amendment recommendations from site soil samples to determine agronomic suitability of existing soil. 2. Take ten (10) representative soil samples from five (5) locations identified on the Contract Drawings. Submit with a site map showing locations and contract drawing plant list to Wallace Laboratories, Attn: Garn Wallace, 365 Coral Circle, El Segundo, CA 90245 @ (310) 615-0116 or an approved laboratory that will provide all of the soils testing required below: a. Refer to Wallace Laboratories Website (www.bettersoils.com) for soil collection procedures. Soil samples shall be tested for pH, TP-103 alkalinity, total soluble salts, porosity, extractable sodium content, magnesium, boron, chloride, SAR, nitrate, phosphorus, potassium, organic matter, soil preparation, backfill mixtures, and fertilization recommendations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit qualification data for the landscape contractor to the Owner during bidding. B. Product Data 1. Planting Materials a. Submit documentation to the Owner’s Authorized Representative within 20 calendar days after date of award of Contract that all plant material is available. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material listed on plant list. b. Any and all substitutions due to availability shall be requested in writing prior to confirmation of ordering. c. All materials shall be subject to observation by the Owner’s Authorized Representative at any time after confirmation of ordering. d. Submit Photos: Within 45 days after Contract award, provide 4 in. x 6 in. color photo of each representative tree, shrub and groundcover. Include the nursery source for all Contractor- furnished materials. For all trees, provide container size, height, width, trunk caliper size with person and measuring instrument in the picture. e. All plant material shall be approved by the Owner’s Authorized Representative either at the nursery or on site prior to installation. See this section, Observation and Approval for more information on requirements. 1) Submit written request for observation of plant material at the Nursery/ Grove to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. a) Written request shall state the name of the Nursery/Grower and actual nursery yard /grove address and quantity of plants to be observed. b) Provide a “total trees available to select from to review and tag” for each tree and nursery being submitted for review and approval. The Owner’s Authorized Representative reserves the right to refuse observation at this time if, in his judgment, a sufficient quantity of trees are not available for review. c) Tagging of plant material at the nursery by the Owner’s Authorized Representative is for design intent only and does not constitute the Owner’s Authorized Representative's approval of the plant materials in regards to their health and vigor. The health and vigor TP-104 of the plant materials is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2) Materials that have not been approved may be rejected, removed, and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 2. Class A Top Soil and Soil Amendments a. Provide source information, analysis and soil report from Wallace Labs or approved equal for import and back fill soil for review and approval. Wallace Laboratory, Attn: Garn Wallace 365 Coral Circle, El Segundo, CA 90245, (310) 615-0116 b. Supply the Owner’s Authorized Representative with a sample of all supplied materials within fourteen (14) days after award of contract, accompanied by analytical data from an approved laboratory source or bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Amendments may be modified based on analysis provided. c. Submit manufacturers or vendors certified analysis for all herbicides, fertilizers, and soil amendments. 3. Wood Mulch, Inerts and All Other Materials a. Provide manufacturers or vendors certified analysis information and a sample for Wood Mulch. b. Provide Manufacturer information, cut sheets and picture for Rock Cobble and Boulders. c. Provide Manufacturer information and cut sheets for Root Barriers, Tree Brace and Staking products. d. Provide Manufacturer information and cut sheets for Organic Pre- Emergent and Post Emergent Herbicides to be used. 1.03 OBSERVATION AND APPROVAL A. All planting is to be observed and reviewed by the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Notify the Owners Authorized Representative a minimum of seven (7) working days for all requests for attendance at nursery visits and forty- eight (48) hour notice for on-site observations. 1. With observation request, Landscape Contractor shall provide complete addresses to all observation location or locations. 2. Landscape Contractor/ main job foreman shall be present at all requested observations. 3. During tree or plant tagging visits at Nurseries, if more than one nursery is visited during the Observation, the nurseries or nursery yards shall be within 35 miles of each other. If the distance between nurseries/nursery yards is more than 35 miles or more than one Nursery Observation is needed due to but not limited to the rejection of materials reviewed, the Landscape Contractor shall make a formal request in writing with a noted agreement to pay the Owner’s Authorized Representative their contractual hourly rate to attend. TP-105 B. The Owner’s Authorized Representative shall have the right to make periodic observations prior to final inspection. Should plant materials, installation procedures, or other conditions be observed that are not in accordance with the contract drawings or specifications, the Owner’s Authorized Representative shall direct the Contractor to correct by repair and /or replacement as appropriate. The Owner’s Authorized Representative shall be the sole judge of the conditions of quality and acceptability and will direct all corrections to the Contractor. All rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced with specified materials at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction. Verify scaled dimensions and quantities prior to start of work. B. Perform actual planting only when weather and soil conditions are suitable and will not be detrimental to the plant material. C. Notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative of discrepancies between Drawings and Specifications and actual job site conditions which would affect the execution of the landscaping work. Do not work in areas where discrepancies occur until instructed by the Owner’s Authorized Representative. 1.05 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Exercise care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities which are caused by Contractor’s operations or neglect. Check existing utility drawings for existing utility locations. Contractor to verify all existing utilities through Dig Alert, at (800) 227-2600 a minimum of 2 days prior to construction. B. Protect existing utilities that are not to be removed from damage or injury. If damaged or removed because of the Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in, as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. C. Protect existing improvements which are not designated for removal but are damaged or removed as a result of Contractor’s operations. Repairs and replacements shall be equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. When a portion of a sprinkler system must be removed, cap the remaining lines and confirm remaining irrigation system is still operational. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. 24” and larger box size trees shall be guaranteed, to “live and grow” in an “acceptable, upright position” for a period of one (1) year after completion of the specified maintenance period or final acceptance. 1. Definition of “live and grow” and “acceptable and upright position” shall mean that the tree must, during the guarantee period, sustain a healthy, TP-106 vigorous appearance. It shall not defoliate more than 30% nor shall 30% of the foliage be dried and unhealthy in appearance. If the tree, during the guarantee period does not sustain this specified appearance, it shall be removed and replaced without cost to the Owner. B. All 5 gallon and 1 gallon plants shall be guaranteed to “live and grow” for 6 months from date of final acceptance. 1. Definition of “live and grow” shall mean that the plant must, during the guarantee period, sustain a healthy, vigorous appearance. It shall not defoliate more than 30% nor shall 30% of the foliage be dried and unhealthy in appearance. If planting during the guarantee period does not sustain this specified appearance, it shall be removed and replaced without cost to the Owner. C. The Contractor, in protecting his own interests, is obligated to periodically check work areas during his guarantee period to insure proper maintenance procedures are being implemented. D. In case of negligent or improper maintenance, the contractor shall state in writing to the Owner Representative his observations and recommendation. Any claims not in writing will not be considered. E. Should soil deficiencies affecting plant health develop within the specified guarantee periods, or planting materials replaced more than once in an area, the contractor shall take a soil sample of each affected area and send to the approved soil lab for soil analysis. Contractor shall correct such deficiencies per soils report to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Authorized Representative at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate planting installation with other trades. Install trees before irrigation lateral pipes. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING C. Delivery 1. Deliver fertilizer to site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trademark, and compliance with all applicable laws. 2. Deliver all plants with legible identification labels. 3. State correct plant name and size indicated on plant list. 4. Use durable waterproof labels with water-resistant ink, which will remain legible for at least 60 calendar days. 5. Protect plant materials during delivery to prevent damage. TP-107 6. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative 4 calendar days in advance of delivery of all plant materials and shall submit an itemized list of the plants in each delivery. D. Storage 1. Store plant material in the shade and protect plants from weather damage. 2. Contractor shall review and maintain all trees and plants stored on site daily to maintain and protect plant material in healthy, vigorous condition. 3. While plants are on the project site waiting for planting operations to begin contractor is to keep all materials sufficiently watered as seasonal weather and individual plants require. E. Handling The Contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing of plant materials. Plant materials that have been damaged in any way shall be discarded and if installed, shall be replaced with undamaged materials at the Contractor's expense. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOP SOIL AND FERTILIZERS A. Class A Imported Top Soil shall conform to amendment recommendations provided in the agronomic soil report by Wallace Laboratories. 1. The Owner’s Authorized Representative will determine the suitability of import soil prior to use based upon analysis provided by the Contractor. Transport import soil from the source to its final position unless stockpiling is called for. a. At least 30 days before scheduled use, submit the proposed source of topsoil to the Owner’s Authorized Representative for approval. Submit a written request for approval, accompanied by a written report from Wallace Laboratories, Attn: Garn Wallace 365 Coral Circle, El Segundo, CA 90245, (310) 615-0116, or an approved equal soil laboratory which states that the proposed source complies with the Specifications and that the soil is agriculturally suitable. Contractor shall comply with recommendation of the soils testing laboratory and add additional soil amendments, necessary to achieve nutrient levels to support healthy plant growth, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The following Class A Top Soil / Planter backfill is for bid pricing only. Top soil/ backfill shall be determined ultimately by the agronomic soil report recommendations: 1. Imported Top Soil: Silt plus clay content of the Import soil shall not exceed 20% by weight with a minimum 95% passing the 2.0 millimeter TP-108 sieve. The sodium absorption ratio (SAR) shall not exceed 6 and the electrical conductivity (ECe) of the saturation extract of this soil shall not exceed 3.0 millimhos per centimeter at 25 degrees centigrade. The boron content shall be not greater than 1 part per million as measured on the saturation extract. In order to ensure compliance with these specifications, samples of the import soil shall be submitted to an approved laboratory for analysis prior to, and following, backfilling. 2. Class A Imported Soil/ planter backfill shall be of a uniform composition and structure, fertile and friable sandy loam garden soil character suitable for sustaining and promoting the growth of the plants; and be free of roots, clods, and stones, larger than 1-inch in greatest dimension, pockets of coarse sand, noxious weeds, sticks, brush and other litter and not be infested with nematodes or other undesirable insects and plant disease organisms. C. All soil and fertilizer materials shall be of standard approved and first-grade quality and shall be in prime condition when installed and accepted. Any commercially processed or packaged material shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened container bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. D. Soil amendments and fertilizers shall be determined ultimately by the agronomic soils report recommendations. Specific amendments and fertilizer specifications will be made after rough grading operations are complete and soil samples are tested by the Contractor. Refer to Planting Plan for location of soil samples. Soil amendments for all planting areas shall be in accordance with recommendations from the soil test report by Wallace Laboratories. The following soil amendments and fertilizers are to be used for bid pricing only. 1. Soil Sulfur: Agricultural grade sulfur containing a minimum of 99% sulfur (expressed as elemental). Iron Sulfate: 20% Iron (expressed as metallic iron), derived from ferric and ferrous sulfate, 10% sulfur (expressed as elemental). 2. Calcium Carbonate Lime: 95% lime as derived from oyster shells. 3. Gypsum: Agricultural grade product containing 98% minimum calcium sulfate. 4. Dolomite Lime: a. 21% calcium b. 11% magnesium E. Pre- Emergent and Post Emergent Herbicides: 1. Contractor shall use organic pre-emergent and post emergent herbicides. No herbicide products containing Glyphosate or N-glycine may be used. Contractor shall use organic products recommended by an approved licensed pest control advisor that are proven effective on various weed types. Contractor shall submit alternate products for approved use such as Suppress EC for perennial weeds. TP-109 2. Contractor is to check pre- emergent and post emergent herbicides manufacturer’s precaution plant list to determine toxicity of unintended contact with all ornamental plants and grass material used on this project. F. Commercial Fertilizer 1. Granular product having a chemical analysis of 12-12-12 Nitrogen, Phosphoric acid, and Potash, unless otherwise specified on Contract Drawing and recommended approved agronomic report; free-flowing material mixed by supplier, delivered in unopened sacks. Do not use material which becomes caked or otherwise damaged. The following fertilizer is for bid pricing only, all Fertilizer shall be determined ultimately by the agronomic soils report recommendations: a. Planting Fertilizer: Pelleted or granular form shall consist of the following percent by weight and shall be mixed by commercial fertilizer supplier: 1) 6% nitrogen 2) 20% phosphoric acid 3) 20% potash b. Nitroform: 38-0-0 slow release organic nitrogen. c. Single Super Phosphate, or approved equal: Commercial product containing 18- 20% available Phosphoric Pentoxide 1) DAP (Di-Ammonium Phosphate): 18-46-0 2. Planting Tablets a. Tablets shall be slow-released type, (crushed) with potential acidity of not more than 5% by weight containing the following percentages of nutrients by weight: 1) 20.0% nitrogen 2) 10.0% phosphoric acid 3) 5.0% potash 4) 2.6% combined calcium 5) 1.6% combined sulfur 6) .35% iron (elemental) from ferrous sulfate b. Shall be 21-gram tablets as manufactured by Agriform or approved equal, applied per manufacturer's instructions. 2.02 PLANT MATERIAL A. Trees and Shrubs 1. Refer to landscape Planting Plan for plant list and quantities. Discrepancies in quantities shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Contractor will be responsible for providing the quantity of plant materials as noted on Contract drawing TP-110 legends. Contactor is responsible for all plants shown or implied on Contract Drawing. a. Size - per Contract Drawing plant list. b. Condition - Per American Nursery Standards. c. Quality - Healthy, shapely, well rooted, disease and insect free, not deformed or root bound. Grown in nurseries inspected by State County of Agriculture. Free of abrasions, knots, injuries, or disfigurations. Label or tag one of each variety of plant with proper botanical name identifying genus, species and (if applicable) variety. d. Plants shall be grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project. 2. The City will retain a biological consultant to perform a survey of bird nesting on the proposed trees to be removed. Contractor shall comply with the consultant’s recommendations regarding tree removal timing and methods. B. Ground Cover 1. Refer to landscape Planting Plan for plant list and quantities. Discrepancies in quantities shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Contractor will be responsible for providing the quantity of plant materials as noted on Contract drawing legends. Contactor is responsible for all plants shown or implied on Contract Drawing. a. Size - per Contract Drawing plant list. b. Condition - Per American Nursery Standards. c. Quality - Healthy, shapely, well rooted, disease and insect free, not deformed or root bound. Grown in nurseries inspected by State County of Agriculture. Free of abrasions, knots, injuries or disfigurations. Label or tag one of each variety of plant with proper botanical name identifying genus, species and (if applicable) variety. d. Plants shall be grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project. 2.03 GENERAL MATERIALS A. Tree Support 1. Tree Stake shall to be installed per Contract drawings. a. Wood tree stakes, 2 inches in diameter by 10 feet long, lodge pole grade, treated with copper naphthenate wood preservative in strict accordance with Federal Spec.TT-W-572 Type 1 Composition B capable of standing in the ground at least 2 years. No split stakes. 2. Tree Ties/brace shall to be installed per Contract drawings. TP-111 a. VIT Twist Brace Tree Supports or approved equal, Two (2) per tree TB24 Twist Brace for 15 gal.- 24” box. Available from: VIT Products 1(800)729-1314 B. Root Barriers 1. Install surround type root barrier for all trees that are located 6’-0” and less from curbs paving, or other hardscape materials, per manufacturer’s recommendations. a. Root Barrier to be model #UB 24-2 or approved equal. Available from: DeepRoot 1(415)781-9700/1(800)458-7668, www.deeproot.com . C. Wood Mulch 1. 3” minimum layer of shredded wood mulch is to be used under all existing and new trees and in all shrub and groundcover areas where users may have contact. 2. Submit sample to the Owner’s Authorized Representative for approval prior to installation. Type: “Forest Floor Mulch, size- ½”-1½” The mulch shall consist of moist, fibrous, composted tree trimmings and bark of varied particle size such that physical properties are: Particle Size 1/2” – 1-1/2”. No trash, paper or other non- tree products will be accepted as a part of the mulch mix. 3. Available from: Aguinaga Sales and Research Division or approved equal. 16355 Construction Circle West, Irvine, CA 92606, www.aguinagagreen.com D. Tree Grate and Frame 1. Locations per Constructions Drawings or approved equal. 2. Color and Manufacturer information per Contract Drawings. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Irrigation shall be installed after trees and before all other planting and inert materials are installed. 3.02 SOIL PREPARATION After rough grading is complete contractor shall begin agronomic soil testing. All Agronomic Soils Report findings shall be submitted for review to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. TP-112 Compacted soil in planter areas shall not exceed 75% compaction. After approximate finished grades have been established, the surface soil in all landscape areas shall be tilled to a minimum of twelve (12) inch depth. Soil should be slightly damp, but not muddy during tilling. Planting areas too small for power equipment shall be hand dug and tilled to a depth of 12” below grade. and the soil shall be conditioned and fertilized as recommended by the agronomic soils report. All tilling shall be completed before the installation of irrigation mainlines and lateral lines, and soil conditioners and fertilizers. At the time of tilling clear existing materials in planter areas by removing rocks and foreign matter larger than ½” in diameter in the upper 12” of soil. Remove roots with a diameter of 1” or more from the top 12” of soil. At time of planting, the top two inches of all soil designated to be planting areas shall be free of stones, stumps, earth clods, or other deleterious matter 1" in diameter or larger, and shall be free from all plastic, wire, plaster, obvious foreign matter or similar objects that would be a hindrance to planting or maintenance. 3.03 PRE- EMERGENT AND POST EMERGENT HERBICIDES The irrigation system soil preparation operations, and finish grade shall be approved by the Owner’s Authorized Representative prior to weed abatement operations. If live perennial weeds exist on site at beginning of work, remove as much of the weeds by hand or with manual tools as possible. After removing weeds by hand spray remaining weeds with a nonselective translocative herbicide as recommended by an approved licensed pest control advisor and applicator. Leave sprayed plants intact for at least 15 days. Clean and remove these existing weeds by mowing or grubbing off all plant parts at least ¼ inch below the surface of the soil. Do not apply in weather conditions (wind or heavy rain) that can translocate herbicide to new or protected plants. Upon completion of soil preparation, begin weed abatement program by applying 400 pounds of a commercial fertilizer 12 -12-12 per acre, per manufacturer’s instructions. Water all areas four (4) times daily for twenty one (21) consecutive days or until weed seeds have germinated. Cease watering for three (3) days. Spray a nonselective translocated herbicide to eradicate the germinated weeds. Translocation shall be 7-10 days or an approved alternate time period. Allow herbicide to kill all weeds. Rake or hoe off all dead weeds to a minimum depth of ¼ inch below the surface of the soil. If perennial weeds or grasses still exist, re-water four (4) times daily for fourteen (14) consecutive days, until new growth appears. Reapply herbicide. Remove weeds after herbicide has had sufficient time to kill. TP-113 3.04 TREE, SHRUB AND GROUND COVER PLANTING All plants are to be furnished and planted by the Contractor. Contractor shall locate all trees, shrubs, and ground cover as shown on the contract drawings. Prior to excavating plant are to be laid out at locations shown on the contract drawing, slight spacing adjustment can be made to shrub and ground cover location to keep spacing even. Plant pits: In instances where a mechanical digging device is used to excavate plant pits - rough "Score" vertical sides and bottom of plant pit to loosen soil to eliminate "Glazed" sides and bottom. Prior to planting any trees, fill planting pit with water to see if water drains in a reasonable time (approximately 4 hours). If drainage does not occur within 4 hours contact Owner’s Authorized Representative for direction on drainage in the pits. Soil backfill: Prepare backfill mix as specified within this landscape planting section. Backfill bottom of pit and foot tamp so that plant rootball will be 1” higher than the adjacent grade after settlement. The top of the root flare of tree shall be visible. No soil shall be placed on top of the rootball. Place all tree stakes, tree ties, and root barriers per contract drawings details and manufacturer specifications. 1. Tree Stakes and ties shall be located and placed per contract drawings detail. Stakes shall be set perpendicular to prevailing winds, unless otherwise specified. Staking shall be uniform throughout entire Project. Tree ties shall be installed per manufacturer recommendations and Manufacturers recommendations. 2. Root barriers shall be installed per contract drawings detail. Contractor shall place all root barriers flat against hardscape edge eliminating any voids that may occur between the hardscape edge and the root barrier panel. Root barriers shall not be sit above wood mulch or adjacent hardscape surface. Plants shall not be allowed to dry out before or while being planted. Keep exposed tree roots moist by means of wet sawdust, peat moss or burlap at all times during planting operations, do not expose to the air except while being placed in the ground. Wilted plants, whether in place or not, will not be accepted and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Rock Cobble and boulders shall be installed per landscape drawing plan and details. TP-114 Mulch around and under all trees, shrubs and groundcovers shall have a 3” layer of Forest Floor Wood Mulch. 1. Keep a mulch ring 6 inches clear around all tree trunks and 3 inches clear around the main stem of each shrub. Weeds 1. Do not apply any post-emergent herbicides for at least 30 days after planting. Refer to the manufacturer recommendations for use on the product. Watering 1. Immediately after planting, apply water to each tree and shrub by means of a hose. Apply water in a moderate stream in the planting hole until the material about the roots is completely saturated from the bottom of the planting pit to finish grade. 2. Apply water in sufficient quantities, and as often as seasonal conditions require, to keep the plants healthy at all times. Exercise care to prevent over-watering, flooding or excessive runoff. 3. During the plant establishment period, which can last up to 60 days preceding planting, when planting is acclimating to the project sites climate water, all plantings that cannot be watered efficiently with the water system, or the new Irrigation system controller is not on-line and fully functioning at the time planting operations begin or complete the Contractor shall provide sufficient water to all tree and plants to maintain the health and vigor during the plant establishment period by means of a hose or other potable water source. 3.05 CLEAN UP After planting operations have been completed; remove all trash, excess soil, empty plant containers and rubbish from the property. All scars, ruts or other marks in the ground caused by this work shall be repaired and the project site left in a neat and orderly condition throughout the site. Pick up all trash resulting from this work no less frequently than each Friday before leaving the site or the last working day of each week. All trash shall be removed completely from the site. Part 4 PAYMENT 4.01 AGRONOMIC SOILS TESTING Payment for agronomic soils testing will be considered as included in other items of work and no additional compensation will be made therefor. 4.02 SOIL PREPARATION AND FINE GRADING Payment will be made at the contract unit price per SQUARE FOOT as set forth in the bid schedule. TP-115 4.03 WEED ABATEMENT Payment for weed abatement will be considered as included in other items of work and no additional compensation will be made therefor. 4.04 TOP SOIL Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard as set forth in the bid schedule. 4.05 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER Payment for all boxed and container plants will be made at the contract unit price per each as set forth in the bid schedule and includes excavation and backfill. 4.06 DEEPROOT BARRIER (24”X24”) Payment for deeproot barrier (24”x24”) will be made at the contract unit price per each as set forth in the bid schedule. 4.07 MULCH Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard as set forth in the bid schedule. TP-116 Landscape Maintenance SECTION 32 97 00 Bid Item No. 80 90 Day Landscape/Irrigation Maintenance Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Included 1. Work included during 90 Day Plant Maintenance Period: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals to perform work as specified herein, including to but limited to; litter removal, hardscape sweeping, adequate watering of plant materials, drain cleaning, fertilizing, replacing unsuitable plant material and controlling weeds, rodents and other pests. B. Related Work: 1. Section 32 84 00 - Landscape Irrigation 2. Section 32 90 00 - Landscape Planting C. References: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM International): 2. ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils 3. ASTM D2434 Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head) D. Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers: E. Manual for Plant Appraisers Handbook, Guide for Establishing Values of Trees and Other Plants F. State of California Agricultural Code G. Sunset Western Garden Book Sunset Publishing Corporation, 2012 Edition H. U.S.A. Standards for Nursery Stocks American Nursery & Landscape Association, ANSI Z60.1-2014 TP-117 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work Force: 1. Experience: The landscape maintenance contractor shall have a minimum of four (4) years of experience in landscape maintenance and establishment supervision, with experience or training in tree maintenance, entomology, pest control, soils, fertilizers, and plant identification. The landscape maintenance contractor shall provide at least one English-speaking person full time assigned to the job for the duration of the contract. 2. Supervision: The landscape maintenance contractor’s job foreman shall directly supervise the work force at all times. Notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative of all changes in supervision. 3. Labor Force: The landscape maintenance contractor’s labor force shall be thoroughly familiar and trained in the work to accomplish and perform the task in a competent, efficient manner acceptable to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. 4. Nursery Qualifications: A nursery specializing in growing and cultivating the plants with three years documented experience. 5. Tree Pruner Qualifications: A tree pruning company specializing in pruning trees with proof of Arborist Certification. 6. Tree Pruning: NAA - Pruning Standards for Shade Trees 7. Identification: Provide proper identification at all times for landscape maintenance contractor’s labor force. Be uniformly dressed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner’s Authorized Representative. 1.03 SITE OBSERVATION DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. A minimum of forty-eight (48) hours’ notice shall be given to request the Owner’s Authorized Representative to meet on the project site during the maintenance period. B. The Owner’s Authorized Representative shall have the right to make periodic observations prior to the final walk. Should plant materials, installation procedures, or other conditions be observed that are not in accordance with the contract drawings or specifications, the Owner’s Authorized Representative shall direct the Contractor to correct by repair and /or replacement as appropriate. The Owner’s Authorized Representative shall be the sole judge of the conditions of quality and acceptability and will direct all corrections by the Contractor. All rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced with specified materials at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 SCHEDULE The 90-day Maintenance period shall follow a required 30-day plant establishment period. TP-118 Part 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FERTILIZER A. All Fertilizers to be applied during the 90-day maintenance period per agronomic soil report recommendations. The following fertilizers are to be used for bid pricing only. 1. Commercial shall be a granular product having a chemical analysis of 12- 12-12 Nitrogen, Phosphoric acid, and Potash, free-flowing material mixed by supplier, delivered in unopened sacks. Do not use material which becomes caked or otherwise damaged. 2. Planting Fertilizer: Pelleted or granular form shall consist of the following percent by weight and shall be mixed by commercial fertilizer supplier: 6% nitrogen 20% phosphoric acid 20% potash 3. Nitroform: 38-0-0 slow release organic nitrogen. 4. Single Super Phosphate, or approved equal: Commercial product containing 18- 20% available Phosphoric Pentoxide 5. DAP (Di-Ammonium Phosphate): 18-46-0 2.02 POST EMERGENT HERBICIDES Contractor is to use the same herbicides approved per Submittals and Products in Section 32 90 00. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 IRRIGATION ACTIVITIES DURING 90-DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Maintenance Period shall commence after the completion of all planting and irrigation installation and the Owner’s Authorized Representative has confirmed completion of all Punch List items. Maintenance shall continue for a period of no fewer than ninety (90) calendar days or as specified below. B. Maintain automated irrigation system during 90-Day Maintenance Period. 1. Every two weeks throughout the maintenance period, the contractor is to test and flush irrigation heads and check each irrigation station and valve system for overspray, clogged heads and pressure issues. 2. Adjust as required to maintain irrigation water coverage. To avoid plant damage or plant die back, replace all broken or damaged irrigation equipment upon discovery of damaged equipment. TP-119 3.02 PLANTING AND LANDSCAPE ACTIVITIES DURING 90-DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Planting 1. Maintain all plantings in a thriving condition, to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, for 90 calendar days after all foregoing work is completed and approved 2. The Contractor, in protecting his own interests, is obligated to periodically check work areas during his guarantee period to insure proper maintenance procedures are being implemented. 3. In case of negligent or improper maintenance, the Contractor shall state in writing to the Owner Representative his observations and recommendation. Any claims not in writing will not be considered. 4. As expected during the landscape planting period, throughout the maintenance period trees, shrubs and ground cover shall not be defoliated more than 30% nor shall 30% of the foliage be dried and unhealthy in appearance. During the guarantee periods established in the Landscape Planting Section 32 90 00, if a tree, shrub or ground cover does not sustain this specified appearance, it shall be removed and replaced without cost to the Owner. Replacement of declining plant material shall take place within one week of observation by landscape maintenance staff or Owners Authorized Representative. All replacement of plant material shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 5. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that destroys shallow roots. 6. Should soil deficiencies affecting plant health develop within the specified guarantee periods, a soil sample shall be taken and sent to Wallace Labs or approved equal lab for each planting area/areas at no expense to the Owner. The contractor shall correct such deficiencies per agronomic soils report recommendations and to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Authorized Representative at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Existing planting to be protected in place: 1. Any adjacent or protected planting harmed by landscape planting or maintenance operations shall be replaced in-kind with same type, variety and size planting. 2. All replacement of plant material shall be at the expense of the Contractor. C. Tree stakes and ties are to be inspected to prevent girdling of trunks or branches and to prevent rubbing that causes bark wounds. 1. Replace all broken stakes with specified materials. 2. Remove stakes as soon as they are no longer needed. TP-120 3. Tree ties shall be adjusted as needed to keep tree growing in a straight and upright position. D. Watering: Maintain a large enough water basin around plants so that enough water can be applied to establish moisture through the major root zone, and only as frequently as necessary to maintain healthy growth. Do not over or under water. E. The Contractor is to follow soils report recommendations for fertilization requirements during the plant establishment. F. During the Maintenance Period, all plants and planted areas shall be kept weed free and pest free at all times. 1. Weed types include but not limited to Dallis Grass, Johnson Grass, Sow Thistle, Thistle, Dandelion, Palm Tree Seedlings, Seedling Trees, Fountain Grass, Bermuda Grass, Spurge, Nutsedge, Plantains, and Clover. 2. Use mulches to help prevent weed seed germination. 3. Apply herbicides per manufacturer’s recommendations. Applicator shall be by an approved licensed pest control advisor and applicator. 4. Control all harmful insects and fungi using appropriate insecticides and fungicides 5. Exterminate gophers and moles and repair damage, request approval from the Owner’s Authorized Representative 48 hours prior to work. Provide information on method of extermination in request. 6. If live perennial weeds exist or emerge on site during the maintenance period, Contractor is to confirm prescribed emergent herbicide is compatible and will do no harm to newly installed plants or existing plants directly adjacent to the project site, in particular, ornamental grasses. Contractor shall take measures to insure planting will not be affected by the application of any form or type of herbicide. If needed weeds shall be removed by hand to insure planting is safe from herbicides leaching into the soil or carried by seen and unforeseen weather conditions. 7. Herbicides, insecticides, bait and other chemicals shall be used in strict accordance with manufacturer‘s recommendations and regulatory agencies. G. Replace Wood Mulch and straighten up any Rock Cobble that has been displaced H. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the area. Damaged areas shall be repaired at the Contractor expense. 1. Damage to planting areas shall be replaced and repaired immediately. TP-121 2. Depressions caused by erosion, vehicles, bicycles or foot traffic to be filled with topsoil and leveled. 3.03 CLEAN-UP A. All areas shall be kept free of debris and all planted areas shall be weeded and cultivated at intervals of not more than ten (10) calendar days. Watering, trimming, fertilization, spraying and pest control, as may be required, shall be included within the debris/siltation removal program. All area drains and drain pipes are to remain free of silt and debris. 3.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The Contractor will be relieved of maintenance work when the final 90 calendar day Maintenance work has been satisfactorily completed. If maintenance is unsatisfactory, Contractor shall maintain work beyond the 90 calendar day period until all planting is in a healthy thriving condition as determined by the Owner’s Authorized Representative. Final acceptance of landscape work will relieve Contractor from maintaining all planting. Part 4 PAYMENT 4.01 90 DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD Payment will be made at the lump sum contract price as set forth in the bid schedule and includes a required mobilization and demobilization. TP-122 General Electrical Requirements SECTION 260000 Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SCOPE Basic electrical requirements specifically applicable to Division 26 Sections. Work includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Labor, materials, services, equipment, and appliances required for completion of tasks as indicated on drawing or in specification or as inherently necessary to provide complete and operational electrical systems including: a. All temporary construction power including test power, temporary heat and lighting; b. Incidental items not indicated on the drawings nor mentioned in the Specifications that belong to the work described, or are required to provide complete and operable systems, as though called out here in every detail; c. Cleaning, cutting, patching, repairing and painting; d. Testing and commissioning; e. The Contractor shall coordinate this Section with all other Sections of the Specification. 1.03 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Drawings accompanying these Specifications show intent of Work to be done. Specifications shall identify quality and grade of installation and where equipment and hardware is not particularly specified, Contractor shall provide submittals for all products and install them per manufacturers’ recommendations, and in a workmanlike manner. Examine Drawings and Specifications for elements in connection with this Work; determine existing and new general construction conditions and be familiar with all limitations caused by such conditions. TP-123 In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between items indicated on the plans and/or specifications or with code requirements, the note, specification or code which prescribes and establishes the more complete job or the higher standard prevail. Plans are intended to show general arrangement and extent of Work contemplated. Exact location and arrangement of parts shall be determined after the Owner has reviewed equipment, as Work progresses, to conform in best possible manner with surroundings, and as directed by the Owner’s Representative. For purposes of clearness and legibility, the electrical drawings are essentially diagrammatic. The size and location of equipment is shown to scale where possible. The contractor shall verify all conditions, data information as indicated on the drawings and in the specification sections where electrical work interfaces with other trades. Contract Documents are intended to show the scope and general arrangement of the Work under this Contract. Drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing in measurements or to serve as shop drawings. Where job conditions require minor changes or adjustments in the indicated locations or arrangement of the Work, such changes shall be made without change in the Contract amount. The contractor shall maintain as built drawings to reflect all changes made during construction and any deviations from the electrical drawings. This includes deviations from circuit numbers and any addition, deletion or relocation of fixtures/outlets shown on working drawings. 1.04 UTILITIES Location and sizes of electrical, mechanical and plumbing service facilities are shown in accordance with data secured from existing record drawings and site observations. Data shown are offered as an estimating guide without guarantee of accuracy. Check and verify all data given. Verify exact location of all utility services pertaining to Work prior to excavation or performing Work. 1.05 APPLICABLE REFERENCE STANDARDS, CODES AND REGULATIONS Meet requirements of all state codes having jurisdiction. State of California Code of Regulations: 1. Title 8, Chapter 4. Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 5. Electrical Safety Orders (Cal/OSHA): a. Low-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders (Sections 2299 - 2599) b. High-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders (Sections 2700 - 2989) TP-124 2. Title 19, State Fire Marshal Regulations 3. Current California Building Code (CBC), Title 24, Part 2 4. Current California Electrical Code, Title 24, Part 3 5. Current California Mechanical Code, Title 24, Part 4 6. Current California Plumbing Code, Title 24, Part 5 7. Current California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6 8. Current California Fire Code, Title 24, Part 9 9. Current California Standards Code, Title 24, Part 12 Additional Referenced Standards: ANSI American National Standards Institute IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association Standards UL Underwriters Laboratories Codes and ordinances having jurisdiction over Work are minimum requirements; but, if Contract Documents indicate requirements, which are in excess of those minimum requirements, then requirements of the Contract Documents shall be followed. Nothing in these drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to governing codes or regulations. Should there be any conflicts between Contract Documents or codes or any ordinances having jurisdiction, report these to the Owner’s Representative. Obtain permits, and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction. 1.06 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS The arrangement of and connection to equipment shown on the Drawings is based upon information available and is not intended to show exact dimensions peculiar to a specific manufacturer. The Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic and some features of the illustrated equipment installations may require revision to meet actual equipment installation requirements. Structural supports, housekeeping pads, piping connections and adjacent equipment may have to be altered to accommodate the equipment provided. No additional payment will be made for such revisions or alterations. TP-125 Examine all Drawings and Specifications to be fully cognizant of all work required under this Division. Examine site related work and surfaces before starting work of any Section. Install Work in locations shown on approved Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission from the Owner’s Representative before proceeding. 1.07 COOPERATION WITH WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS Cooperate with other trades to facilitate general progress of Work. Allow all other trades every reasonable opportunity for installation of their work. Work under this Division shall follow general building construction closely. Set pipe sleeves and inserts and verify that openings for chases and pipes are provided. Work with other trades in determining exact location of outlets, conduits, pipes, and pieces of equipment to avoid interference with lines required to maintain proper installation of Work. Make such progress in the Work to not delay work of other trades. 1.08 DISCREPANCIES The contractor shall check all drawings furnished to him immediately upon their receipt and shall promptly notify the owner of any discrepancies. Figures marked on drawings shall in general be followed in preference to scale measurements. Large scale drawings in general govern small scale drawings. The contractor shall compare all drawings and verify the figures before laying out the work and will be responsible for any errors which might have been avoided thereby. Where no figures or notations are given, the plans shall be followed. Omissions from the Drawings or Specifications or the erroneous description of details of work which are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the Drawings and Specifications, or which are customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or erroneously described details of the work but they shall be performed as if fully and correctly set forth and described in the drawings and specifications. If any part of the Specifications or Drawings appears unclear or contradictory, apply to Owner’s Representative for interpretation and decision as early as possible, including during bidding period. Do not proceed with such work without Owner Representatives decision. Beginning work of any Section constitutes acceptance of conditions. TP-126 1.09 CHANGES The Contractor shall be responsible to make and obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative for all necessary adjustments in piping and equipment layouts as required to accommodate the relocations of equipment and/or devices, which are affected by any approved authorized changes or Product substitutions. All changes shall be clearly indicated on the "Record" drawings. 1.10 SUBMITTALS Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements. The manufacturer, contractor or supplier shall include a written statement that the submitted equipment, hardware or accessory complies with the requirement of that particular specification section. The manufacturer shall resubmit the specification section showing compliance with each respective paragraphs and specified items and features in that particular specification section. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and other requirements along with proposed alternative. Note that prior to acceptance of submittals for review, a submittal schedule shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative. Submit all Division 26 shop drawings and product data grouped and referenced by the specification technical section number in one complete submittal package. Shop Drawings Include installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and arrangement, accessories, piping, and other items that must be shown to assure a coordinated installation. Indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. If equipment is rejected, revise drawings to show acceptable equipment and resubmit. Whenever more than one (1) manufacturer’s product is specified, the first named product is the basis of design used in the Drawings and the use of alternate-named manufacturer’s products or substitutes may require modifications to the design. The Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment ordered and/or installed prior to receipt of shop drawings returned from the Owner’s Representative bearing the Owner's Representative stamp of "Reviewed". All corrections or modifications to the equipment as noted on the shop drawings shall be performed and equipment TP-127 removed from the job site at the request of the Owner’s Representative without additional compensation. Manufacturer's Data: For each manufactured item, provide current manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, certified equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves if applicable, and catalog cuts. Standard Compliance: When materials or equipment provided by the Contractor must conform to the standards of organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI) or UL, submit proof of such conformance to the Owner Representative for approval. If an organization uses a label or listing to indicate compliance with a particular standard, the label or listing will be acceptable evidence, unless otherwise specified. In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, which is competent to perform acceptance testing and is approved by the Owner Representative. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item conforms to the specified organization's standard. Certified Test Reports: Before delivery of materials and equipment, certified copies of all test reports specified in individual sections shall be submitted for approval. Certificates of Compliance or Conformance: Submit manufacturer's certifications as required on products, materials, finish, and equipment indicated in the technical sections. Certifications shall be documents prepared specifically for this Contract. Pre-printed certifications and copies of previously submitted documents will not be acceptable. The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products, equipment, or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality of that item. Certification shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such as "as good as"; or "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications"; or "equal or exceed the service and performance of the specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements specified. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and shall be signed by the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates of compliance or conformance. Passcodes The Contractor shall submit all passcodes and passwords for any hardware and software required for the operations and troubleshooting in all systems and components no less than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to Final Completion. 1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements. TP-128 All changes, deviations and information recorded on the “Project Record Drawings” set during Construction shall be redrafted using the latest version of AutoCAD or Revit, where applicable. Submit completed shop drawings to the Owner prior to completion in digital format. Contractor hand-marked or drafted redlined “Project Record Drawings” will not be accepted. 1.12 PRODUCT ALTERNATIVES OR SUBSTITUTIONS Refer to General Conditions and Division 01 for additional requirements. 1.13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Furnish approved operating instructions for systems and equipment indicated in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. 1.14 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, furnish printed copies of the recommendations prior to installation. Installation of the item shall not proceed until recommendations are received. Failure to furnish recommendations shall be cause for rejection of the equipment or material. 1.15 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements. Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the requirements of NFPA 70B P, Appendix I, titled "Equipment Storage and Maintenance During Construction." Replace damaged or defective items with new items. 1.16 GUARANTEE Except as may be specified under other sections in the Specifications, guarantee all equipment furnished under the Specifications for a period of one year from date of project acceptance against defective workmanship and material and improper installation. Upon notification of failure, correct deficiency immediately and without cost to the Owner. Standard warranty of manufacturer shall apply for replacement of parts after expiration of the above period. Manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts to the Owner for their service agency as directed. TP-129 Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPETITIVE PRODUCTS Unless otherwise noted, any reference in the Specification to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form, or type of construction by name, make, or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor may at his option propose substitutions and obtain City approval for such material in accordance with the substitution procedure outlined in the Contract Documents. Equipment specified in the following SECTIONS shall all be provided by the same manufacturer. • 262300 Low-Voltage Switchgear 2.02 MATERIALS Provide all new materials and equipment, free from any defects, in first -class condition, and suitable for the space provided. Provide materials and equipment approved by UL authority having jurisdiction approved testing agency, wherever standards have been established by that agency. Where two or more units of the same class of material or equipment are required, provide products of a single manufacturer. Component parts of units or equipment need not be products of the same manufacturer. Unless otherwise indicated, provide materials and equipment which are the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such materials and equipment. Provide the manufacturers' latest standard design that conforms to these Specifications. Provide materials and equipment with manufacturers' standard finish system, except where otherwise specified. Provide manufacturers' standard finish color, except where specific color is indicated. If manufacturer has no standard color, finish equipment with ANSI Number 61, light gray color. Environmental and Seismic Conditions: Material and Equipment shall be designed to insure satisfactory operation and operational life in the environmental and seismic conditions which will prevail where they are being installed. Electrical equipment and enclosures shall be designed, constructed and certified to withstand external loading conditions as prescribed by the California Building Code for the locations of the equipment. Supplied equipment shall either be shake table tested and certified or comprehensive seismic calculations shall be provided. All seismic calculations and structural drawings shall bear the seal of a Structural Professional Engineer currently licensed in the State of California. Earthquake design shall be based on the equivalent lateral force analysis procedure (ASCE 7- 05 Section 12.8) with the following factors: TP-130 1. Location: 34.020347 LAT, -117.809779 LONG Site Class E SS = 1.592 g, S1 = 0.600 g, SMS = 1.433 g, SM1 = 1.440 g, SDS = 0.955 g, SD1 = 0.960 g 2. R = 2 (Enclosure Attachment) R = 1.5 (Transformer Attachment) 3. CS = 0.51 4. SDC = D 5. V = 52 k (Enclosure and Electrical Equipment) Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Obtain and pay for all permits and inspections, including any independent testing required to verify standard compliance, and deliver certificates for same to the Owner’s Representative. 3.02 WORK RESPONSIBILITIES The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangement of piping, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the work to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference with structural conditions. The Contractor is responsible for the correct placing of Work and the proper location and connection of Work in relation to the work of other trades. Advise appropriate trade as to locations of access panels. In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary, due to developed conditions in the construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, such changes shall be made without extra cost, providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs, etc. and work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required. Where equipment is furnished by others, verify dimensions and the correct locations of this equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in of connections. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc. with the drawings to see that the equipment will fit into the spaces provided without violation of applicable codes. Should any changes to the Work indicated on the Drawings or described in the Specifications be necessary in order to comply with the above requirements, notify the Owner immediately and cease work on all parts of the contract, which are TP-131 affected until approval for any required modifications to the construction has been obtained from the Owner. Be responsible for any cooperative work, which must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time. Such changes shall be under direction of the Owner and shall be made to his satisfaction. Perform all Work with competent and skilled personnel. The electrical drawings do not indicate all fittings, hardware, or appurtenances required for a complete operating installation. Wiring diagrams are not intended to indicate the exact course of raceways. One-line and riser diagrams are only schematics and do not show physical arrangements of equipment. All workmanship, including aesthetic as well as electrical aspects of the Work, shall be of the highest quality consistent with the best practices of the trade. Replace or repair, without additional compensation, any Work, which, in the opinion of the Owner, does not comply with these requirements. 3.03 CLEANING & PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT Refer to Division 09 for additional requirements. Factory Applied: 1. Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems, which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6 corrosion - resistance test, except equipment specified to meet requirements of ANSI C37.20 shall have a finish as specified in ANSI C37.20. 2. Refer to individual sections of this Division for more stringent requirements. Field Applied: Paint electrical equipment as required to touch up, to match finish on other equipment in adjacent spaces, or to meet safety criteria. After installation, all metal finishes shall be polished and cleaned of all dirt, rust, cement, plaster, grease, and paint. END OF SECTION 260000 TP-132 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables SECTION 260519 Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. Related Requirements: a. Section 260533 “Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" b. Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1.03 DEFINITIONS ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials. ICEA: Insulated Cable Engineers Association. IEEE: Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association. NETA ATS: InterNational Electrical Testing Association - Acceptance Testing Specification. VFD: Variable frequency drive. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical data for each type of product, indicating conductor/cable construction, insulation material, thickness of insulation, jacket, cable stranding, and voltage rating of each type of conductor/cable specified, splices and terminations. Indicate date and place of manufacture for each conductor/cable, cable, splice and termination. Manufacturer’s ISO certification. TP-133 Product Cable Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Qualification Data: For Independent Testing Agency. Field quality-control reports. Perform field testing of cables per para 3.8. Submit six (6) copies of field test reports to owner’s representative within two (2) weeks of completion of test. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE General Requirements: The low voltage power conductors and cable shall be copper, minimum 600V rated unless otherwise indicated. Aluminum conductors and cables shall not be accepted unless otherwise indicated. Materials and installation shall meet or exceed requirements in the following referenced standards and shall be listed and labelled by UL. 1. ICEA S-95-658/ NEMA WC 70. 2. UL 1072. 3. IEEE. 4. ASTM. 5. NEMA. Conductors and cables shall be of the same manufacturer and shipped to the job site in original unbroken reels. Conductors and cables shall be manufactured with in twelve (12) months of installation. Date of manufacture shall be clearly marked on conductors or conductor reels. Manufacturer shall have minimum ten (10) years of experience in the manufacturer of conductors and cables similar to those specified on this project. Manufacturer shall have ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certification. All conductors and cables shall be new and supplied by a local distributor. If alternate manufacturer of products other than what are specified in this section are submitted, all necessary documents not limited to cut sheets, technical information, test reports from recognized testing labs and factory test reports shall be submitted to the satisfaction of the owner/engineer to ensure quality and conformance to the specifications. Additional testing shall be undertaken if it is concluded by the owner/engineer that the submitted test reports are either TP-134 insufficient or do not include all tests necessary for product acceptance. The tests shall be conducted by a recognized lab acceptable to the owner/engineer and all tests shall be witnessed by owner’s/engineer’s personnel. All testing procedures and test results shall be satisfactory to the owner/engineer. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the tests, for transportation, food and lodging for minimum of one owner’s/engineer’s representative to witness the test at the testing lab. Include all costs for the above in the bid. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 2. Southwire Incorporated 3. Alpha Wire. 4. Belden Inc. 5. Encore Wire Corporation.. Conductor Material: Electrical grade, soft drawn annealed copper, 98 percent conductivity, and fabricated in accordance with ASTM and ICEA standards. Minimum size is number 12 for branch circuits, number 14 stranded for control wiring. Aluminum conductors are not permitted. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THHN- 2, THWN-2, & Type XHHW-2. Provide separate neutral with each branch circuit serving outlets. When dedicated neutrals are provided, use color spiral to match associated phase. 2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Ideal Industries, Inc. 2. Ilsco 3. NSi Industries LLC. 4. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. TP-135 5. 3M; Electrical Markets Division. 6. TE Connectivity - Raychem. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. Copper conductors shall be terminated in copper or bronze mechanical connectors or lugs or tool applied compression connections made of copper for all connections except those on wiring devices. Splices in wires No. 10 and smaller shall be made with twist-on splicing connector in accordance with UL486-C. Connections in wires No. 8 and larger shall be made with compression type connectors in accordance with UL486 -A and wrapped with insulated tape in accordance with UL501. Insulating tape shall be applied in a minimum of two layers of half wrap or built to match the overall insulation of the wire. Splices in underground pull boxes shall be made submersible type and made using “3M” Scotch-cast epoxy kits. Pressure type connectors are not permitted. 2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: UL Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Comply with NFPA 70. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.02 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND WIRING METHODS Service Entrance: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway TP-136 Feeders Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-2- THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES All conductors and cables shall be installed in a raceway. Before installing conductors and cables in existing conduits, verify the continuity of each conduit; each surface conduit is properly supported per code and clear of any debris. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. 3.04 CONNECTIONS Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors]. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION Each conductor shall be factory color coded by conductor manufacturer. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor and identify as spare conductor. TP-137 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical tests stated in latest NETA Acceptance Testing Specification section 7.3.2 (Inspection and Test Procedures-Cables, Low Voltage-600V Maximum). Certify compliance with test parameters per NETA tables. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. END OF SECTION 260519 TP-138 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems SECTION 260526 Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY B. Section Includes: Grounding systems and equipment. 1.03 DEFINITIONS: C. NETA ATS: InterNational Electrical Testing Association - Acceptance Testing Specification. D. NETA MTS: InterNational Electrical Testing Association - Maintenance Testing Specification. E. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. F. IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS G. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical catalog cuts for each type of product indicated. H. Shop Drawings: Site drawings to scale including details showing location and size of each field connection of grounding system. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field installed wiring. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS I. Informational Submittals: Plans drawn to scale (1/4” = 1’-0”) showing dimensioned locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Ground rods. 2. Grounding conductors, connectors. J. Field quality-control reports. Submit written test reports including the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. TP-139 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE K. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. L. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING ELECTRODES, CONDUCTORS, CONNECTOR, BUS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal: 1. Grounding Connectors, Bars and Rods: a. Erico - Pentair Electrical Fastening Solutions b. Burndy – A Hubbell Company. c. Ideal Industries, Inc. d. O-Z/Gedney Co. - A brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. e. Thomas & Betts - A Member of the ABB Group. 2. Grounding Conductors and cables: a. Southwire b. American Insulated Wire c. Okonite 2.02 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 2.03 CONNECTORS C. Listed and labeled by UL for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. D. Bolted Connectors for Conductors, Rods and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, pressure type with at least two bolts. E. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. F. Bus-bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless exothermic-type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar. TP-140 2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODES G. Ground Rods: Copper- steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet (19 mm by 3 m) in diameter. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade. C. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Connections to Ground Rods: Bolted connectors. D. Drive ground rods until tops are 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade in undisturbed earth. E. Ground-Rod Connections: Install bolted connectors for underground connections and connections to rods. 3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits in the same conduit containing phase and neutral conductors. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. F. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. G. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode next to the pole and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. Provide a handhole for the grounding electrode at each pole. 3.03 INSTALLATION H. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. I. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 12 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. TP-141 1. For grounding electrode system, install ground rods at least [three] <Insert number> rods (unless otherwise indicated on the drawings), spaced at least one- rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. 3.04 LABELING J. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for instruction signs. The label or its text shall be green. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL K. Perform tests and inspections. L. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground- rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. M. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. N. Prepare test and inspection reports. O. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohm(s). 5. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. P. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 TP-142 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems SECTION 260533 Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY B. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. 1.03 DEFINITIONS C. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit. D. EMT: Electrical metal tubing E. ENT: Electrical non-metallic tubing F. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. G. HDPE: High density polyethylene pipe H. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. I. LFMC: Liquidtite flexible metal conduit J. LFNC: Liquitite flexible non-metallic conduit. K. RNC: Rigid non-metallic conduit L. RTRC: Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: M. Each conduit shall bear manufacturer’s trademark and UL label. N. Each type of conduit and fittings shall be of a single manufacturer. Multiple manufacturers of the same material are not acceptable. O. Comply with California Electric Code (CEC) TP-143 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS P. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. Q. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 2. Electri-Flex Company. 3. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group. 4. Republic Conduit. 5. Robroy Industries. 6. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 7. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 8. Wheatland Tube Company; a division of John Maneely Company. B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be UL listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and application. C. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. D. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. E. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. F. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit - 1. Comply with ANSI C80.1 ETL PVC-001,NEMA RN 1 and UL 6. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. 3. A PVC Coated Sealing Locknut shall be used on all exposed male threads transitioning into female NPT threads which do not have sealing sleeves, including transitions from PVC couplings/female adapters to PVC coated GRC elbows in direct burial applications. PVC Coated Sealing Locknuts are not to be used in place of a conduit hub. G. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. H. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel. I. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. J. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel TP-144 b. Type: compression. 2. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions were installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 3. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. K. PVC-Coated Fittings: 1. Fittings shall be Form 8 with a V-Seal tongue-in-groove gasket and supplied with plastic encapsulated stainless steel cover screws. Form 8 fittings shall be UL Type 4X listed and IEC IP69 certified. Fittings shall be from the same manufacturer as the conduit in order to maintain system continuity and warranty. PVC Coated fittings for hazardous locations must be UL 1203 listed. 2. L. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS M. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CANTEX Inc. 2. Condux International, Inc. 3. Electri-Flex Company. 4. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 5. RACO; a Hubbell company. 6. Thomas & Betts Corporation. N. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. O. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. P. Fittings for RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. Q. Solvent cements and adhesive primers shall have a VOC content of 510 and 550 g/L or less, respectively, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). R. Solvent cements and adhesive primers shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." TP-145 2.03 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS S. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following 1. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse-Hinds. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Hoffman; a Pentair company. 4. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Division. 5. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group. 6. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 7. Robroy Industries. 8. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 9. Wiremold / Legrand. T. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. U. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. V. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, [ferrous alloy] [aluminum], Type FD, with gasketed cover. W. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. X. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. Y. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. Z. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep AA. Gangable boxes are prohibited. BB. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 4X with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Fiberglass. 3. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. CC. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 4X galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. TP-146 2.04 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING DD. General Requirements for Handholes and Boxes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be designed and identified as defined in NFPA 70, for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. EE. Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel, fiberglass, or a combination of the two. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. Jensen Precast Inc. b. CDR Systems Corporation; Hubbell Power Systems. c. Oldcastle Precast, Inc.; Christy Concrete Products. d. Synertech Moulded Products; a division of Oldcastle Precast, Inc. 2. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 3. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with open bottom unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 5. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 6. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC.". Boxes containing conductors and cables over 600V, the cover shall include permanently engraved name of the utility company (e.g SCE), type of utility (e.g. ELECTRIC), DANGER-HIGH VOLTAGE- KEEP OUT” in minimum 1/2" inch size, block letters. 7. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit-terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 8. Handholes 12 Inches Wide by 24 Inches Long and Larger: Have inserts for cable racks and pulling-in irons installed before concrete is poured. FF. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes: Molded of fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin, with frame and covers of polymer concrete or reinforced concrete. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. CDR Systems Corporation; Hubbell Power Systems. b. NewBasis. c. Nordic Fiberglass, Inc. d. Oldcastle Precast, Inc.; Christy Concrete Products. e. Synertech Moulded Products; a division of Oldcastle Precast, Inc. 2. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 3. Color of Frame and Cover: Gray. 4. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with open bottom unless otherwise indicated. TP-147 5. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 6. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 7. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC.". Boxes containing conductors and cables over 600V, the cover shall include permanently engraved name of the utility company (e.g SCE), type of utility (e.g. ELECTRIC), DANGER-HIGH VOLTAGE- KEEP OUT” in minimum 1/2" inch size, block letters. 8. Handholes 12 Inches Wide by 24 Inches Long and Larger: Have inserts for cable racks and pulling-in irons installed before concrete is poured. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES GG. Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. 1. Tests of materials shall be performed by an independent testing agency. 2. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. 3. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012 and traceable to NIST standards. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground EMT. Use EPC-40PVC inside concrete walls and columns only. 3. Underground Conduit: Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried or concrete encased. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4X B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. D. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. TP-148 E. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F 3.02 INSTALLATION F. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. G. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. H. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. I. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. J. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. K. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached. L. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-footintervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by City for each specific location. M. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. N. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes with PVC touch-up compound after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion- preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. All installers shall be certified by the manufacturer and be able to present a valid unexpired installer certification card prior to installation beginning. O. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. P. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. TP-149 Q. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. R. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. S. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. T. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 250lbs (113 kgs) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Provide acrylic identification tags (2”X4”) at each end indicating the source. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. U. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. V. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. W. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. X. Expansion-Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install in each run of aboveground RMC conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 100 feet. 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F 3. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 5. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific TP-150 location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. Y. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations Z. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to bottom of box unless otherwise indicated. AA. Install pull boxes and handholes at location approved by the Engineer. Do not install pull boxes and handholes within concrete paver areas. Do not install pull boxes and handholes within the bikeway. 3.03 PROTECTION BB. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 TP-151 Identification for Electrical Systems SECTION 260553 Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Color and legend requirements for raceways, conductors, and warning labels and signs. 2. Labels. 3. Bands and tubes. 4. Tapes and stencils. 5. Tags. 6. Signs. 7. Cable ties. 8. Paint for identification. 9. Fasteners for labels and signs. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of product, include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products. Identification Schedule For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system components to be an index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Comply with NFPA 70. TP-152 Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.02 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS B. Color-Coding for Phase- and Voltage-Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service’ feeder and branch-circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied. 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. 3. Color for Neutral: White. 4. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green. 5. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green with white stripe. C. Warning Label Colors: 1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. D. Warning labels and signs shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." E. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Black letters on a white field for equipment connected to normal power and Red letters on a white field for equipment connected to emergency/standby power unless otherwise indicated TP-153 2.03 LABELS F. Self-Adhesive Labels: Vinyl, thermal, transfer-printed, 3-mil-thick, multicolor, weather- and UV-resistant, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Grafoplast Wire Markers. c. HellermannTyton. d. Ideal Industries, Inc. e. Marking Services, Inc. f. Panduit Corp. g. Seton Identification Products. 2. Minimum Nominal Size: a. 1-1/2 by 6 inches for raceway and conductors. b. 3-1/2 by 5 inches for equipment. c. As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.04 BANDS AND TUBES G. Heat-Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tubes with machine-printed identification labels, sized to suit diameter and shrunk to fit firmly. Full shrink recovery occurs at a maximum of 200 deg F. Comply with UL 224. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. 2.05 CABLE TIES H. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. HellermannTyton. 2. Ideal Industries, Inc. 3. Marking Services, Inc. 4. Panduit Corp. I. UV-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. TP-154 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS J. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). K. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. 3.02 INSTALLATION B. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. C. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. G. Heat-Shrink, Preprinted Tubes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. H. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 1. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. I. Underground Line Warning Tape: 1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 12 inches below finished grade. Use multiple TP-155 tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall. J. Baked-Enamel Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on minimum 1-1/2-inch-high sign; where two lines of text are required, use signs minimum 2 inches high. K. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE L. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. M. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source. N. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical-fiber cable. O. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign. Stenciled legend 4 inches high shall also be provided when requested by Architect. 2. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form of a engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. END OF SECTION 260553 TP-156 Panelboards SECTION 262416 Part 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY B. Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 260553 “Identification for Electrical Systems”. 1.03 DEFINITIONS D. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. E. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. F. RMS: Root mean square. G. SPDT: Single pole, double throw H. SPD: Surge Protective Device 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS I. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. J. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 6. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS K. Field Quality-Control Reports: TP-157 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 4. Submit within two (2) weeks of completion of tests. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS L. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS M. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. 2. Circuit Breakers Including GFCI and Ground Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Types: Two spares for each panelboard. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE N. If alternate manufacturer of products other than what are specified in this section are submitted, all necessary documents not limited to cut sheets, technical information, test reports from recognized testing labs and factory test reports shall be submitted to the satisfaction of the owner/engineer to ensure quality and conformance to the specifications. Additional testing shall be undertaken if it is concluded by the owner/engineer that the submitted test reports are either insufficient or do not include all tests necessary for product acceptance. The tests shall be conducted by a recognized lab acceptable to the owner/engineer and all tests shall be witnessed by owner’s/engineer’s personnel. All testing procedures and test results shall be satisfactory to the owner/engineer. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the tests, for transportation, food and lodging for minimum of one owner’s/engineer’s representative to witness the test at the testing lab. Include all costs for the above in the bid. O. Contractor shall ensure that the manufacturer has a minimum of 15 years experience in the production of Panelboards similar to the type and size specified in this project. P. Manufacturer shall have ISO 9001 or 9002 Certification. Q. Manufacturer shall have ability to readily provide replacement parts for a minimum period of ten (10) years, from the date of completion of the project. Furnish a letter from the manufacturer confirming the availability. R. Panelboards shall be assembled at the manufacturer’s own manufacturing facility using its own major devices (e.g., circuit breakers) for the assembly. These devices shall be normally carried by the manufacturer as standard catalog items. S. Panelboard shall comply with seismic zone applicable to the project. Unless otherwise indicated, verify requirements with Architect or Structural Engineer of Record (SEOR). Provide certified test reports of shake table test done by manufacturer on similar units as applicable. TP-158 T. Materials and equipment shall be new, modern in design and shall not have been in prior service except as required by factory tests. Major components (e.g. Circuit breakers) shall be manufactured within six months of installation. U. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices and accessories through one source from a single manufacturer through a local distributor unless otherwise indicated. All power distribution equipment shall be of the same manufacturer as the substation. V. Comply with NFPA 70. W. Comply with NEMA PB 1. X. Comply with UL 891. Y. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers qualified as defined in NEMA PB 2.1 and trained in electrical safety as required by NFPA 70E. Z. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of panelboards and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Part 2 "Product Requirements." AA. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: UL Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100 and marked for intended location and application. BB. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member of NETA; 1. Testing agency shall be an independent company; shall have been a member of NETA for a minimum of ten (10) years and has permanent in-house testing engineers and technicians involved with testing of switchboards, panelboards and OCPDs similar to those specified on this project. 2. Testing company shall be located with 50 miles radius of the project. 3. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. 4. Field Testing technician and supervisor shall have minimum ten (10) years experience in field testing of switchboards similar to the type and rating specified on this project. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING CC. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary electric heating (250 W per panelboard) to prevent condensation. DD. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NECA 407. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS EE. Environmental Limitations: 1. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: TP-159 a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 23 deg F (minus 5 deg C) to plus 104 deg F (plus 40 deg C). b. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet (2000 m). FF. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written permission. 3. Comply with NFPA 70E. 1.11 COORDINATION GG. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 3. Finishes: a. Panels and Trim: galvanized steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat or Powder coated 4. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in metal frame with transparent protective cover. A. Incoming Mains Location: Bottom. B. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. C. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. TP-160 3. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. D. Service Equipment Label: UL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards or load centers with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. E. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. F. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short- circuit current available at terminals. 2.02 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES G. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers 1. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric 2. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 3. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 4. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.. H. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers (below 400A frame): Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. 2. Circuit breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 240 volts, and 14,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480 volts, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Verify maximum available fault levels from the Utility. Minimum interrupting rating (AIC) shall be 110% of the available fault level. 3. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with Class A ground- fault protection (6-mA trip). 4. Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground- fault protection (30-mA trip). 5. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching lighting loads. d. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground- fault indicator. TP-161 Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION I. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NECA 407. J. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation. K. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. L. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION M. Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407. N. Equipment Mounting: Install panelboards on concrete bases, 4-inch nominal thickness. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section 033053 "Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to panelboards. O. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from panelboards. P. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Q. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. R. Install filler plates in unused spaces. S. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits from panelboard into nearest handhole for future. T. Comply with NECA 1. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION U. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." V. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. W. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." TP-162 X. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Y. Perform tests and inspections. Z. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. AA. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. BB. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 3.05 ADJUSTING CC. Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 262416 TP-163 LED Exterior Lighting SECTION 265619 Bid Item No. 56 Relocate Existing Controller and Meter Bid Item No. 57 Street Lighting Standards (Single Mast Arm) Bid Item No. 58 Street Lighting Standards (Dual Mast Arm) Bid Item No. 59 Bollard Light Bid Item No. 60 Hardscape Uplighting Bid Item No. 61 Lighting Conduit, Wiring, and Appurtenances (Street Lighting) Bid Item No. 62 Lighting Conduit, Wiring, and Appurtenances (Bollard, Hardscape Lighting) Part 4 GENERAL 4.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 4.02 SUMMARY B. Section Includes: 1. Exterior solid-state luminaires that are designed for and exclusively use LED lamp technology. 2. Luminaire supports. 3. Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays. 4.03 DEFINITIONS C. CCT: Correlated color temperature. D. CRI: Color rendering index. E. Fixture: See "Luminaire." F. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. G. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. H. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing. 4.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS I. Product Data: For each type of luminaire. 1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation. 2. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. 3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaire. 4. Lamps, include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data. 5. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IES Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides, of each luminaire type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those TP-164 indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project and testing procedures and criteria required by IES LM-79 and LM-80. a. Manufacturer's Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. b. Testing Agency Certified Data: For indicated luminaires, photometric data certified by a qualified independent testing agency. Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. 6. Wiring diagrams for power, control, and signal wiring. 7. Photoelectric relays. 8. Means of attaching luminaires to supports and indication that the attachment is suitable for components involved. J. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Part 5 PRODUCT DATA 5.01 GENERAL A. Samples: For each luminaire and for each color and texture indicated with factory- applied finish. B. Product Schedule: For luminaires and lamps. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For luminaire supports. 1. Include design calculations for luminaire supports and pole bases. 5.02 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS D. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Luminaires. 2. Underground utilities and structures. 3. Existing underground utilities and structures. 4. Above-grade utilities and structures. 5. Existing above-grade utilities and structures. 6. Vertical and horizontal information. E. Qualification Data: For testing laboratory providing photometric data for luminaires. F. Product Certificates: For each type of the following: TP-165 1. Luminaire. 2. Photoelectric relay. G. Test reports complying with LM-79 (IES approved method for electrical and photometric measurements of Solid-State Lighting) providing total luminous flux, luminous intensity distribution, electrical power characteristics, luminous efficacy and color characteristics (CRI, CCT) shall be submitted.Test reports complying with LM-80 (IES approved standard for measuring lumen maintenance of LED light sources) providing lumen maintenance of LED light sources shall be submitted. H. ISTMT (IN SITU TEMPERATATURE MEASUREMENT TEST) – It is the measure of the LED source case temperature within the LED system (luminaire or lamp or it is the temperature of the LED within the luminaire. This measurement should be performed according to the temperature measurement point (TMP) indicated by the particular LED package manufacturer. The temperature measured within the luminaire shall be within the temperature of the LM-80-08 LED source report. I. All LED lifetime projections shall be made per TM-21-11 (approved method for taking LM-80 data and making useful LED lifetime projections). J. Product Test Reports: For each luminaire, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency as follows: 1. Test reports complying with LM-79 (IES approved method for electrical and photometric measurements of Solid-State Lighting) providing total luminous flux, luminous intensity distribution, electrical power characteristics, luminous efficacy and color characteristics (CRI, CCT) shall be submitted. 2. Test reports complying with LM-80 (IES approved standard for measuring lumen maintenance of LED light sources) providing lumen maintenance of LED light sources shall be submitted. 3. ISTMT (IN SITU TEMPERATATURE MEASUREMENT TEST) – It is the measure of the LED source case temperature within the LED system (luminaire or lamp or it is the temperature of the LED within the luminaire. This measurement should be performed according to the temperature measurement point (TMP) indicated by the particular LED package manufacturer. The temperature measured within the luminaire shall be within the temperature of the LM-80-08 LED source report. 4. All LED lifetime projections shall be made per TM-21-11 (approved method for taking LM-80 data and making useful LED lifetime projections). K. Source quality-control reports. L. Sample warranty. 5.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS M. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and photoelectric relays to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1. Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project. Use ANSI and manufacturers' codes. 2. Provide a list of all photoelectric relay types used on Project; use manufacturers' codes. TP-166 5.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS N. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Glass, Acrylic, and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Diffusers and Lenses: of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 3. Globes and Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 5.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE O. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Luminaire manufacturers' laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. P. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products and complying with applicable IES testing standards. Q. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. R. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. S. Mockups: For exterior luminaires, complete with power and control connections. 1. Obtain City's approval of luminaires in mockups before starting installations. 2. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed work. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless City specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 5.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING T. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping. 5.07 FIELD CONDITIONS U. Verify existing and proposed utility structures prior to the start of work associated with luminaire installation. V. Mark locations of exterior luminaires for approval by City prior to the start of luminaire installation. TP-167 5.08 WARRANTY W. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including luminaire support components. b. Faulty operation of luminaires and accessories. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: 5-years from date of Substantial Completion. Part 6 PRODUCTS 6.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Luminaires and lamps shall be labeled vibration and shock resistant. 6.02 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by an NRTL. D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. E. CRI of minimum 80. CCT of 3000 K. F. L70 lamp life of 50,000 hours. G. Internal driver. H. Nominal Operating Voltage: 120 V ac. I. Source Limitations: Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer. J. Source Limitations: For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of luminaire from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 6.03 LUMINAIRE TYPES Area and Roadway: Fixture type “E1” as shown on plans. Provide South Coast Lighting & Design, model #BCNHQ1735-FL4S-15MOD-6-K828-100W-LED or equal, shown in Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings. TP-168 Fixture type “E2” as shown on the plans. Provide South Coast Lighting & Design, model #BCNHQ1735-FL4S-15DMOD-12-K828-100W-LED, or equal, shown in Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings. 1. Mounting: See plans. 2. Luminaire-Mounting Height: Approximately 30 feet. Verify in field. 3. Distribution: IES type V. 4. Diffusers and Globes: See plans. 5. Housings: All material shall be finished with a 2 part epoxy polyurethane, color shall be RAL# 7011, Smooth, EisenGrau Iron Grey. Paint shall be TNEMEC ENDURA SHIELD SERIES 71 or equal. Prior to finish coat a primer shall be applied-2-4 mils DFT shall be achieved. Finish coat shall be TNEMEC Epoxy polyurethane shall be applied and achieve a 2-4 mils DFT. Bollard: fixture type “B1” as shown on plans. Provide South Coast Lighting & Design, model #BOL1301-NWNL, as shown in Appendix E. Signal Pole, Decorative Sign Pole, Lighting Standard Drawings, or equal. 1. Shape: Hexagonal 2. Height Above Finished Grade: 51 inches. 3. Overall Height: 51 inches. 4. Diameter: 10.75 inches. 5. Mounting: See plans. 6. Distribution: IES type V. 7. Diffusers and Globes: white frosted lens. 8. Housings: All material shall be finished with a 2 part epoxy polyurethane, color shall be RAL# 7011, Smooth, EisenGrau Iron Grey. Paint shall be TNEMEC ENDURA SHIELD SERIES 71 or equal. Prior to finish coat a primer shall be applied-2-4 mils DFT shall be achieved. Finish coat shall be TNEMEC Epoxy polyurethane shall be applied and achieve a 2-4 mils DFT. Post & Wood Beam Element Uplight: fixture type “D2” as shown on plans. Provide SloanLED Slimliner Low-Profile Outdoor Strip Light (2ft) #701956-3WL461 or equal. 1. LED Strip 2. Dimensions: 24” length. 3. 3500 K color temperature 6.04 MOUNTING: ADHESIVE RATED FOR OUTDOOR USE AND COMPATIBLE WITH METAL AND PLASTICS MATERIALS A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Epoxy-coated steel. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during cleaning and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. D. Diffusers and Globes: TP-169 1. Acrylic Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic, with high resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated. 3. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless otherwise indicated. E. Lens and Refractor Gaskets: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors. F. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. G. Housings: 1. Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. 2. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires. H. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. 1. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics: a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. CCT and CRI for all luminaires. 3.5 FINISHES A. Variations in Finishes: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. B. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and - tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. C. Factory-Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. TP-170 2. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff complying with AA-M20 requirements; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard-coat wax. D. Factory-Applied Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 or SSPC-SP 8. 2. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer and two finish coats of high-gloss, high-build polyurethane enamel. a. Color: See plans, or as selected by City. Part 7 EXECUTION 7.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire electrical conduit to verify actual locations of conduit connections before luminaire installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 7.02 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. If approved by the City, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is substantially complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new lamps. 7.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Concrete foundations: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire height and weight. 2. Concrete shall be class 560-C-3250 and conform to Section 201-1 “Portland Cement Concrete” and Section 701-8 “Foundations, Foundation Caps and Slabs” of the Standard Specifications. C. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Support luminaires without causing deflection of finished surface. TP-171 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. D. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways. Conceal raceways and cables. E. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished grade unless otherwise indicated. Install luminaires at height and aiming angle as indicated on Drawings. F. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction. G. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of photoelectric device to prevent false operation of relay by artificial light sources, favoring a north orientation. H. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for wiring connections and wiring methods. 7.04 STREET LIGHT POLE AND LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION: A. Contractor shall carefully remove and reinstall existing street lights and poles as indicated on drawings. B. Align units for optimum directional alignment of light distribution. 1. Install on concrete. Cast conduit into base, and shape base to match existing sidewalk and curb elevation. Finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Section 701-8 “Foundations, Foundation Caps and Slabs” of the Standard Specifications. 7.05 BOLLARD LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION: A. Align units for optimum directional alignment of light distribution. 1. Install on concrete. Cast conduit into base, and shape base to match shape of bollard base. Finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Section 701-8 of the Standard Specifications. 7.06 INSTALLATION OF INDIVIDUAL GROUND-MOUNTED LUMINAIRES A. Aim at object as indicated on Drawings. 1. Install on concrete. Cast conduit into base, and finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Section 701- 8 of the Standard Specifications. 7.07 INSTALLATION OF POST TOP PEDESTRIAN LUMINAIRES A. Aim as indicated on Drawings. 1. Install on concrete. Cast conduit into base, and finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Section 701-8 of the Standard Specifications. TP-172 7.08 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap. 7.09 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 7.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Verify operation of photoelectric controls. C. Illumination Tests: 1. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IES testing guide(s): a. IES LM-5. b. IES LM-50. c. IES LM-52. d. IES LM-64. e. IES LM-72. 2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. D. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. 7.11 ADJUSTING A. Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting the direction of aim of luminaires to suit City requirements. Make up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this purpose. Some of this work may be required during hours of darkness. TP-173 1. During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace luminaires that are defective. 2. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 3. Adjust the aim of luminaires in the presence of the City. Part 8 PAYMENT Payment for Relocate Existing Controller and Meter shall be made at the lump sum price shown in the bid schedule and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to remove existing controller and meter and foundation, excavation, backfill, construction of new foundation, SCE coordination, and reconnection of existing conduit and wiring complete in place for a functionally operating controller and meter as shown on the plans and specified hereon. Payment for Street Lighting Standards shall be made at the contract unit price shown in the bid schedule and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to construct new foundation and install street lighting complete in place including wiring and accessories as shown on the plans and specified hereon. Payment for Bollard Lights, and Hardscape Lighting shall be made at the contract unit price per each installation site as shown in the bid schedule and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide complete and operating lighting including bulbs, wiring and accessories as shown on the plans and specified hereon. Payment for Lighting Conduit, Wiring and Appurtenances shall be made at the contract lump sum prices shown on the bid schedule and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide a complete and functionally operating lighting system including foundations, pullboxes, conductors, conduits, and wiring. END OF SECTION 265619 APPENDIX B CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX B CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX B CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX B CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS Appendix F. DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT PLANS DM-2C-2CH-2SS-2E-2L-2L-10LORBEERMIDDLESCHOOLDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDSHEETSDM-1C-1CH-1SS-1E-2L-1L-9SHEETSDM-3C-3CH-3SS-3E-2L-3L-11SHEETSGOLDEN SPRINGSDRIVEPALOMINODRIVE GENTLE SPRINGSLANE6057PROJECTKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CoverSheet.dwgFri 10.Jan.25 02:24:48 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 UTILITY CONTACT INFORMATIONOWNERCONTACTEMAIL-PHONEADDRESSAT&T DISTRIBUTIONCHAR HINZOATTSUBSTRUCTUREOCR@ATT.COM858-886-12887337 TRADE STREET, ROOM 5685SAN DIEGO, CA 92121LOS ANGELES COUNTYDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSJEFFREY BOUSEJBOUSE@DPW.LACOUNTY.GOV626-458-3109900 S FREMONT AVEALHAMBRA, CA 90501CROWN CASTLE - NEXTGLAVENMICHAEL MOATSFIBERDIGTEAM@CROWNCASTLE.COM724-416-21932000 CORPORATE DRCANONSBURG, PA 15317SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GASCOMPANYRYAN LOPEZRLOPEZ2@SEMPRAUTILITIES.COM714-634-50671919 S STATE COLLEGE BLVDANAHEIM, CA 92806CHARTER COMMUNICATIONSPATRICK DAVIDSONPATRICK.DAVIDSON@CHARTER.COM626-419-54001041 EAST ROUTE 66GLENDORA, CA 91740SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISONAL MACIAS909-394-2809FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS-CDGATEWAY@FTR.COM909-469-63631400 E PHILLIPS BLVDPOMONA, CA 91766WALNUT VALLEY WATER DISTRICTSHERRY SHAWSSHAW@WVWD.COM909-348-8234271 S BREA CANYON RDWALNUT, CA 9178960 FREEWAYFREEWAY6057 FREEWAY57 FREEWAY 71 FREEWAYGRAND AVEDIAMOND BAR BLVDGOLDENSPRINGS DRPATHFINDERRDCHINOHILLSPKWY AVERANCHEROSBREACANYONCUTOFFRDLEMONAVEVALLEY BLVDBREA CANYON RDPROJECT SITECITY LIMITSVICINITY MAPNO SCALEKEY MAPSCALE: 1" = 250'COVER SHEETG-11 DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSSHEET INDEXSHEET NO.SHEET IDDESCRIPTION1G-1COVER SHEET2G-2GENERAL NOTES3DM-1DEMOLITION AND UTILITY DISPOSITION PLAN - STA244+50 TO 250+504DM-2DEMOLITION AND UTILITY DISPOSITION PLAN - STA250+50 TO 256+505DM-3DEMOLITION AND UTILITY DISPOSITION PLAN - STA256+50 TO 261+506X-1TYPICAL SECTIONS7C-1STREET IMPROVEMENT PLAN AND PROFILE - STA 244+50TO 250+508C-2STREET IMPROVEMENT PLAN AND PROFILE - STA 250+50TO 256+509C-3STREET IMPROVEMENT PLAN AND PROFILE - STA 256+50TO 262+5010CD-1CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - CURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, ANDPAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILS11CD-2CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - CURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, ANDPAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILS12CD-3CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - CURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, ANDPAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILS13CD-4CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - CURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, ANDPAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILS14CD-5CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - PAVEMENT AND CURBELEVATION DETAILS15CD-6HARDSCAPE DETAILS - PATHWAY DETAILS16CD-7HARDSCAPE DETAILS - CROSSWALK ANDMISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE DETAILS17CD-8CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - STORMWATER DETAILS18CD-9CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - PRECAST POST DETAILS19CH-1HARDSCAPE PLAN - STA 244+60 TO 250+5020CH-2HARDSCAPE PLAN - STA 250+50 TO 256+5021CH-3HARDSCAPE PLAN - STA 256+50 TO 260+5022D-1STORM DRAIN MODIFICATION PLAN AND PROFILE23SS-1SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN - STA 244+30 TO 250+5024SS-2SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN - STA 250+50 TO 256+5025SS-3SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN - STA 256+50 TO 259+65.7026T-1TRAFFIC SIGNAL PLAN - DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD ANDGOLDEN SPRINGS DRIVE27T-2TRAFFIC SIGNAL PLAN - DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD ANDDIAMOND BAR RANCH CENTER/COMMERCIAL CENTER28T-3TRAFFIC SIGNAL PLAN - DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD ANDGENTLE SPRINGS LANE/PALOMINO DRIVE29E-1ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, LEGEND, ABBREVATIONS,FIXTURE SCHEDULE, AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM30E-2ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN31E-3ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANS32E-4ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANS33E-5ELECTRICAL DETAILS34E-6ELECTRICAL DETAILS35E-7ELECTRICAL DETAILS36L-1IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT LEGEND37L-2IRRIGATION PLAN38L-3IRRIGATION PLAN39L-4IRRIGATION PLAN40L-5IRRIGATION DETAILS41L-6IRRIGATION DETAILS42L-7IRRIGATION DETAILS AND NOTES43L-8PLANTING LEGEND AND NOTES44L-9PLANTING PLAN45L-10PLANTING PLAN46L-11PLANTING PLAN47L-12PLANTING DETAILSPROJECT NO. SI256RMRAMeasure MR Local ReturnGas Tax eet Rehab.- Area 1a, 1b, 2 (Design)n)ntain Laurel) anyon to Lemon) to BCY)82,779$ 82,779$ om Pathfinder to Mountain Laure l Way) (Const.)1,200,000$ 1,200,000$ eet Rehab - Area 1 (Const.)2,000,000$ 925,000$ 850,000$ 89,0 $ en Springs from Brea Canyon to Lemon Ave.) (Const.)900,000$ 500,000$ mp Project (Const.)177,855$ nt Projects4,360,634$ 1,700,000$ 1,007,779$ 850,000$ 89,0 $ 250-5510-46412)Project Description Total FY Budget(109) Measure M(111)Gas Tax (112) Prop A(113) Prop C Sign and HSL Replacement (Design)50,000$ 50,000$ Sign and HSL Replacement (Construction)350,000$ 350,000$ al 11 Locations (Design and Construction)380,000$ 90,000$ 100,000$ 190,0 $ 780,000$ 350,000$ 140,000$ 100,000$ 190,0 $ ments (250-5510-46413) Project Description Total FY Budget(113) Prop CFoothill Transit Grant60,000$ 60,000$ SD/Calbourne 40,000$ 40,000$ nfrastructure Improvements100,000$ 60,000$ 40,000$ 0-5510-46420) Project Description Total FY Budget(107) Measure W(108)RMRA(109) Measure M (113) Prop Covements-Phase 3 (Flapjack-Design)65,000$ 65,000$ 09/23/2025 SURVEY CONTROL POINTS AND FOUNDMONUMENTSPOINTNUMBER12345671099201202203204205206207208210NORTHING1829530.111829180.931829473.141829927.141830170.931830552.161830759.131829716.991829659.831830566.291830360.961830266.231830460.641830459.971829381.811829217.521829351.401830513.39EASTING6619983.846619388.216619674.136619428.336619108.936619013.416618758.466619519.656620126.826618963.136618980.756619043.756618974.366618974.816619621.576619494.066619699.026618882.14ELEVATION775.22764.99762.87746.46732.82727.38724.53751.96784.01726.28728.43729.81727.58727.61765.16765.93767.57726.57DESCRIPTIONAT 1 MAG ACAT 2 MAG ACAT 3 MAG ACAT 4 MAG ACAT 5 MAG ACAT 6 MAG NAIL ACAT 7 MAG ACCP SCBD X SWKCP MAG NAIL ACMONF N/T LACO ENGBM 4197 N&T LACOMONF N/T RE 13737MONF PK+WSHR LS5411MONF PK+WSHR LS5411BM 2128 N&T LACOMONF SPK CLMONF 2.5I BC WELLMONF N/T LACO ENGKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\GeneralNotes.dwgThu 09.Jan.25 09:08:59 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 ABBREVIATIONSABAGGREGATE BASEABANDABANDONEDAPPROXAPPROXIMATEAPNASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBERACASPHALT CONCRETEACPASPHALT CONCRETE PIPEARHMASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIXARVAIR RELEASE VALVEBCBEGIN HORIZONTAL CURVEBCRBEGIN CURB RETURNBEGBEGINBFABACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLYBLVDBOULEVARDCLCENTER LINECCONDUITCABCABINETCBCATCH BASINCCPCONCRETE CYLINDER PIPECFSCUBIC FEET PER SECONDCOCLEAN OUTCOMCOMMUNICATIONSCONSTCONSTRUCTIONCTRLCONTROLLERC&GCURB AND GUTTERDDELTA"DBB"DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDDIADIAMETERDIPDUCTILE IRON PIPEDWGDRAWINGDWYDRIVEWAYEEASTEBEASTBOUNDECEND HORIZONTAL CURVEECPELECTRICAL CONTROL PANELECREND CURB RETURNEGEXISTING GRADEELELECTRIC, ELECTRICALELEVELEVATIONEMTELECTRIC METERENCSENCASEMENTETC.ET CETERAEXEXISTINGFTRFRONTIER COMMUNICATIONSFGFINISHED GRADEFHFIRE HYDRANTFLFLOW LINEFOFIBER OPTICFPNFEDERAL PROJECT NUMBERFSFINISHED SURFACEGBGRADE BREAKGVGAS VALVEHHEIGHTHORIZHORIZONTALHPHIGH PRESSUREICINTERCONNECTICVIRRIGATION CONTROL VALVEINTINTERSECTIONINVINVERTIRRIRRIGATIONJSJUNCTION STRUCTURELACDPWSPLOS ANGELES COUNTYDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSSTANDARD PLANLACFCDLOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROLDISTRICTLLENGTHLFLINEAL FEETLTLEFTLBSPOUNDSMAXMAXIMUMMHMANHOLE, MAINTENANCE HOLEMINMINIMUMMODMODIFIEDMONMONUMENTNNORTHNBNORTHBOUNDNO.NUMBERNTSNOT TO SCALEO/CON CENTERODOUTSIDE DIAMETEROGORIGINAL GROUNDO/SOFFSETPBPULL BOXPCCPORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETEPCCPOINT OF COMPOUND CURVATUREPGPROFILE GRADEPNPROJECT NUMBERPOCPOINT ON HORIZONTAL CURVE,POINT OF CONNECTIONPPPOWER POLEPPBPEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONPRCPOINT OF REVERSE CURVEPVCPOLYVINYL CHLORIDERRADIUSRCBREINFORCED CONCRETE BOXCULVERTRCPREINFORCED CONCRETE PIPERDROADRSPREVISED STANDARD PLANRTRIGHTR/WRIGHT OF WAYSSOUTH, SLOPESBSOUTHBOUNDSCESOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISONSCGSOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANYSDSTORM DRAINSLSTREET LIGHTSMLCSTEEL MORTAR LINED & COATED PIPESNSSTREET NAME SIGNSRSTATE ROUTESPPWCSTANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTIONSSSANITARY SEWERSSPSTATE STANDARD PLANSTASTATIONSTDSTANDARDTCTOP OF CURBTCETEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENTTDITACTILE DIRECTIONAL INDICATORTFTOP OF FOOTINGTSTRAFFIC SIGNALTSPTRAFFIC SIGNAL POLETYPTYPICALTWTOP OF WALLUNKUNKNOWNVARVARIESVCPVITRIFIED CLAY PIPEVERTVERTICALWWIDTH, WESTWMWATER METERWTWEIGHTWVWATER VALVEWVWDWALNUT VALLEY WATER DISTRICTWWMWELDED WIRE MESHGENERAL NOTES1.ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION(SPPWC) LATEST EDITION AND SUPPLEMENTS, THE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR 2016 STREETSCAPE DESIGN GUIDELINES,THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD PLANS LATEST EDITION, THE STATE OF CALIFORNIADEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CALTRANS) 2018 STANDARD PLANS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, AND INACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, WITH THE MOST STRINGENT GOVERNING.2.UTILITIES HAVE BEEN LOCATED TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEER'S ABILITY AND FROM DATA AND RECORDSFURNISHED BY THE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE VARIOUS UTILITIES. IT SHALL BE THE SOLE DUTY AND RESPONSIBILITYOF THE CONTRACTOR TO ASCERTAIN THE TRUE LOCATION AND IDENTIFY OF ANY/ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ANDVERIFY ALL CONDITIONS ON THE JOB SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE TO VERIFY THE LOCATION OF EACH ANDCOORDINATE WITH RESPECTIVE OWNERS FOR RELOCATION IF NECESSARY. HAND DIG EXCAVATIONS UNTIL CLEAR OFOBSTRUCTIONS.3.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EXPLORATION EXCAVATIONS AND LOCATE EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIESSUFFICIENTLY AHEAD OF CONSTRUCTION PERMIT REVISIONS TO PLANS IF REVISIONS ARE NECESSARY BECAUSE OFACTUAL LOCATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES.4.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO ANY PUBLIC OR PRIVATE UTILITIES AND/OR STRUCTURESSHOWN OR NOT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO TAKE DUE PRECAUTIONARYMEASURES TO PROTECT THE UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES FOUND AT THE SITE. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'SRESPONSIBILITY TO NOTIFY THE OWNERS OF THE UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES BEFORE STARTING WORK (TWO (2)WORKING DAYS NOTICE REQUIRED).5.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (CAL/OSHA OR DOSH)SAFETY STANDARDS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5-3 OF THE SSPWC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROOF OF APERMIT FROM CAL/OSHA IF REQUESTED BY THE INSPECTOR.6.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA) AT 811 AT LEAST TWO (2) WORKING DAYS PRIORTO THE COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION TO ALLOW UTILITY OWNERS TO MARK THE LOCATION OF THEIRRESPECTIVE UNDERGROUND FACILITIES/UTILITIES, PUBLIC OR PRIVATE, SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.7.THE ENGINEER PREPARING THESE PLANS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, OR LIABLE FOR, UNAUTHORIZED CHANGESTO OR USES OF THESE PLANS. ALL CHANGES TO THE PLANS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.8.ALL PERMITS NECESSARY PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE ISSUED BY THE CITY AT NO COST TO THECONTRACTOR.9.A PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT FOR ALL IMPROVEMENT WORK WITHIN THEPUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY AND ALL GRADING OPERATIONS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY.10.ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ARE PER STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND PLANS AND SUPPLEMENTED BY CALTRANSSTANDARD PLANS A3A, A3B, A3C, AND THIS SHEET.11.WORK IN PUBLIC STREETS, ONCE BEGUN, SHALL BE PERFORMED TO COMPLETION WITHOUT DELAY SO AS TOPROVIDE MINIMUM INCONVENIENCE TO ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS AND TO THE TRAVELING PUBLIC.12.CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY AND PROPER PRECAUTION TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROMALL DAMAGE THAT MAY OCCUR FROM STORM WATER RUNOFF AND/OR DEPOSITION OF DEBRIS RESULTING FROM ANYAND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH CONSTRUCTION.13.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS ANDCOMMENCING WORK.14.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, CONSTRUCT, AND MAINTAIN ALL SAFETY DEVICES, INCLUDING SHORING, ANDSHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMING TO ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL SAFETY AND HEALTHSTANDARDS, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS.15.ALL TRENCH REPAIR, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.16.THROUGHOUT ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING SUSPENSION OF WORK, UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OFTHE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE WORK SITE CLEAN AND FREE FROM RUBBISH AND DEBRIS. THECONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ABATE DUST NUISANCE BY CLEANING, SWEEPING, AND SPRINKLING WITH WATER ANDUSING DUST FENCES OR OTHER METHODS AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTIONOPERATION.17.ALL DAMAGE CAUSED TO PUBLIC STREETS, INCLUDING HAUL ROUTES, ALLEYS, SIDEWALKS, CURBS, STREETFURNISHINGS, OR TO PRIVATE PROPERTY SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO THEENGINEER'S SATISFACTION.18.SAWCUTTING OF EXISTING PAVEMENT SHALL BE TO A CLEAN STRAIGHT EDGE AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR.19.ALL SUBSURFACE WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS CONTAINED IN THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT PERFORMED BY OAKRIDGE GEOSCIENCE, INC.DATED NOVEMBER 20, 2017 AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION NOTES1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE GENERAL PERMIT FOR DISCHARGES OF STORM WATER ASSOCIATED WITHCONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT ORDER 2022-0057-DWQ BY PREPARING AND IMPLEMENTINGA STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP). THE CONTRACTOR HAS A NUMBER OF RESPONSIBILITIES ASDELINEATED IN THE GENERAL PERMIT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE PROVISION OF EROSION CONTROL ANDPOLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES AND MANAGEMENT, LOG-KEEPING, TRAINING CERTIFICATES, AND AMENDING ANDUPDATING THE SWPPP AS CALLED FOR DUE TO SITE CONDITIONS WHICH CAN VARY SEASONALLY.SURVEY MAPPING NOTES INFORMATIONCONDUCTED BY MNS ENGINEERS, INC. ON 2017 JULY 26BASIS OF BEARINGS AND MEASUREMENTSALL DISTANCES, BEARINGS, AND COORDINATES ARE BASED ON ZONE 5 OF THE CALIFORNIA COORDINATE SYSTEM (CCS),NAD83 (2011), EPOCH 2010.00. THE HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT WAS PERFORMED BY UTILIZING 3 CONTINUOUSLY OPERATINGREFERENCE STATIONS (CORS) TO ESTABLISH HORIZONTAL COORDINATE VALUES. THE MEASURED DISTANCES FOR THEPROJECT ARE GROUND DISTANCES. GROUND DISTANCES WERE OBTAINED BY DIVIDING THE GRID DISTANCES USING THECOMBINED FACTOR OF 0.9999724245 CALCULATED AT CONTROL POINT 4 (N1829927.14, E6619428.33)BASIS OF ELEVATIONSELEVATIONS ARE BASED ON TWO PUBLISHED BENCHMARKS PROVIDED BY THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OFPUBLIC WORKS ON THE NAVD88 VERTICAL DATUM.BM NO. G 2128, ELEV. = 765.163' (CONTROL POINT 206), DESC. = RDBM NAIL AND TAG IN WEST CATCH BASIN OF DIAMOND BARBOULEVARD 2' NORTH OF BCR AT NORTHWEST CORNER OF GOLDEN SPRINGS DRIVE.BM NO. G 4197, ELEV. = 728.435' (CONTROL POINT 202), DESC. = RDBM NAIL AND TAG IN WEST CATCH BASIN OF DIAMOND BARBOULEVARD 30' SOUTH OF BCR AT SOUTHWEST CORNER OF GENTLE SPRINGS LANE.CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, PROTECT, AND SAVE ANY AND ALL SURVEY MONUMENTS THAT WILL BE OR MAY BE DAMAGEDOR DESTROYED BY THEIR OPERATIONS. ONCE FOUND, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THEN NOTIFY THE CITY ENGINEER. THECITY SHALL RESET ALL SAID MONUMENTS. EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENTS THAT WILL BE IMPACTED SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED,ESTABLISH TIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND AFTER CONSTRUCTION.LEGENDEX ELECTRICAL - SCEEX ELECTRICAL - TRAFFIC SIGNALEX STORM DRAIN - LA COUNTYEX STORM DRAIN (DIA 24" OR LARGER) - LA COUNTYEX SANITARY SEWER - LA COUNTYEX GAS LINE - SOCALGASEX WATER LINE - WVWDEX WATER LINE (DIA 24" OR LARGER) - WVWDEX FIBER OPTIC - FRONTIER / SUNESYSEX COMMUNICATIONS - CHARTER / AT&TRIGHT-OF-WAY LINEPROPERTY LINESAWCUTCOLD MILL AND OVERLAY LIMITSGENERAL NOTESG-22 CUT LINEFILL LINETRAFFIC SIGNAL POLESTREET LIGHTBOLLARDFIRE HYDRANTDECORATIVE SIGN POLE SS245246247248249250APN 8717-008-186379 S DBBAPN 8717-009-901501 DBBLORBEER MIDDLE SCHOOLAPN 8717-008-185325 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8281-010-054350 S DBBAPN 8281-010-062334 S DBBAPN 8281-010-061324 S DBBAPN 8701-001-004405 CHARMINGDALE RDDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDa1a2a3a4b1b2b3b4c1c2c3c4c5c6c7c8d1d2d3d4e1e3e4e5e6e8e9e11e12e10e7e2f1f5f8f10f12f11f9f7f6f4f3f221111091212EEL PBSA*WMA*WVA*WVESL PBPSS MHA*WMA*WMESL PBA*WMR*ARVA*WVA*WVS4PSS MH4RLBFAPTREEPTREEPSD MHPWMPICVA*FTR MHPSS COLICVR*ARVLICVESLESLESLESLR*FHR*FHPFHR*FHESLESLESLA*WVTTS PBTTSPTTS PBPARVPEL METERTTS PBTTS PBTTSPTTSPTTSPASD MHASS MHPSLTTS PBTTS PBTTSPTTSPA*WVTTS PBTTS PBTTS PBTTSPTTSPTTS PBESL PBESL PBPICVVA*WVA*WVA*FTR PBRLBFA135A*WV4S48" RCP SD18" CCP16" ACP 6" GASCAUTION:8" HP GASCHARTER 12" ACP16" CCP12" ACP SCE18" RCP FTR/CCI12" DIP4" GAS18" ACP24" CCP12" ACPFTRSCE8" ACPFTRSCE15" VCP54" RCPAT&TFTR/SCE/SUNESYSCAUTION:8" HP GAS18" RCP15" RCPPGVA*EL METERRLBFASSSSCSCSCSC2WSC12R2R2R2R2B2B2C2C2W52D2D2D2SMMMMTTS PBTTS CABM2D2C2C24" CCPSCE2W2C2W2CSC15" VCPSCE15" RCP44CUTFILLFILL (10:1 MAX)PTREEPTREESC8" VCP 44ASS MH44FILLEX R/WEX R/WEX R/WEX R/WSCSCSC2M2M2M2MMMSCL2.5" WM/POC2SCOBBLESTONE11SCSC11111PWALLSCEATS PB13ATS PBLBFAVERIZON SAWCUT POINT DATAIDa1a2a3a4b1b2b3b4c1c2c3c4c5c6c7STATION-OFFSET244+80.35 44.00' LT244+95.35 44.00' LT244+95.35 44.21' RT244+80.95 44.21' RT245+19.51 82.10' LT245+19.39 68.00' LT245+75.36 68.00' LT245+75.29 82.36' LT245+13.35 45.00' LT245+57.35 45.00' LT245+57.35 6.00' LT245+80.35 6.00' LT245+80.35 21.00' RT245+61.35 48.00' RT245+23.96 48.00' RTSAWCUT POINT DATAIDc8d1d2d3d4e1e2e3e4e5e6e7e8e9e10STATION-OFFSET245+13.35 38.42' RT245+19.25 84.45' RT245+19.23 66.00' RT245+75.25 66.00' RT245+75.33 82.67' RT245+98.35 36.00' LT245+98.35 1.00' LT246+36.33 36.00' LT246+36.33 26.00' LT247+45.81 26.00' LT247+51.96 36.00' LT248+04.85 1.00' LT248+04.85 36.00' LT248+31.26 35.29' LT248+89.05 12.00' LTSAWCUT POINT DATAIDe11e12f1f2f3f4f5f6f7f8f9f10f11f12STATION-OFFSET248+97.69 31.73' LT249+24.85 31.00' LT245+98.35 15.00' RT245+98.35 36.00' RT247+34.09 36.00' RT247+34.09 30.00' RT248+56.41 15.00' RT248+57.53 30.00' RT248+61.21 35.98' RT248+81.70 14.32' RT248+82.83 35.29' RT249+24.98 12.00' RT249+49.25 31.73' RT249+76.41 31.00' RTDISPOSITION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACEADJUST TO GRADERELOCATESAWCUT LINECOLD MILL (2" THICK)DISPOSITION OF EXISTING SIGN PERSS-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER E-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER L-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER T-SHEETSPRESERVE AND RESET EXISTING MONUMENTADJUST TO GRADE BY OTHERSRELOCATE BY OTHERSREMOVE EXISTING AC PAVEMENTREMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE BUS PADREMOVE EXISTING CURB AND/OR GUTTERREMOVE EXISTING DRIVEWAYREMOVE EXISTING MEDIANREMOVE EXISTING CURB RAMPREMOVE EXISTING STAIRSREMOVE EXISTING SIDEWALK/WALKWAYREMOVE EXISTING TREERELOCATE EXISTING BUS SHELTERINSTALL WATERTIGHT MANHOLE COVERREPLACE PULLBOX LIDPARLSCMSELTVA*R*12B2C2D2M2R2S2W451213LEGENDREMOVE CONCRETE FACILITYREMOVE AC PAVEMENTCOLD MILL AND OVERLAY LIMITSPOTHOLE - SEE LOCATION DATAON SHEET DM-3GOLDENSPRINGS DRIVEKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\Demo.dwgWed 20.Aug.25 09:17:31 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50 SEE SHEET DM-2 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'PSS MHDEMOLITION AND UTILITY DISPOSITION PLANSTA 244+50 TO 250+50DM-13 251252253254255256APN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028301 S DBBAPN 8717-008-903CARLTON J PETERSON DIAMOND BARBOULEVARD PUMP PLANT (WVWD)APN 8717-008-020235 S DBBAPN 8281-010-051240 S DBBAPN 8281-010-060DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDe13e14e15e16f13f14f17f18f16f15h1h2h3h4h6h5i1i2i3i4j1j2j3g1g2k1k2141387A*WMPFHESL4444A*FTR PB4TTSPTTS PBTTSPTTS PBASS MHTTS PBPTREEPSD MHTTSP4A*FTR MH4LICVSLICVS5RLBFAPE MHA*WVPTREETTS PBTTS PBSESL PBLICVPTREETTSPESL PBA*FTR MHSPTREEPTREEPICVA*WVPTREE4LICVLICVLICVTTSPA*PBTTS CABTTS PBLICVTTSP4ESLTTS PBESLRLBFAR*EL METERTTS PBA*EL PBEEL PEDESTALTTS PBSESLA*WMA*WMPFHPFHPFHESLESLESLSCPEL PBPICVPTREEPSLA*WMPARVRLBFA18" ACPFTRCAUTION:8" HP GAS18" SMLCSCE54" RCPPTREE18" RCP24" DIP12" ACPFTRSCE24" CCPSCE24" CCP 18" SMLC 27" CCP A*EL VAULT15" VCP2" GASSCE24" DIPSCEFTR27" CCPSCEFTR15" VCP12" RCPSSS2B2C2B52W2W2W2C2D2D2D2D3MMMASS MHTTS PBTTSPSCSCLIRR CTRLSA*WM8" ACP6" ACPA*WVVV2CM2W2C2W2CSC60" RCPM2C2W2C2C2C2C1CAUTION:8" HP GASCUTCUTSCA*WMRLBFAA*WMTTS PBPBFATSICA*WV2C2C2C2CEX R/WEX R/WEX R/WEX R/W2M2M2M2MSCSCSCSCSC11SCSC11SCSC11SCSC11SCSC111PCURBSAWCUT POINT DATAIDe13e14e15e16f13f14f15f16f17f18g1g2h1h2h3STATION-OFFSET252+45.42 31.00' LT252+49.09 25.00' LT253+39.71 25.00' LT253+39.71 12.00' LT251+57.29 12.00' RT251+75.91 6.00' RT252+45.42 31.00' RT252+49.09 25.00' RT253+39.71 6.00' RT253+39.71 25.00' RT253+71.81 82.49' LT253+71.54 76.01' LT253+57.71 31.00' LT254+03.53 31.00' LT254+03.53 6.00' LTSAWCUT POINT DATAIDh4h5h6i1i2i3i4j1j2j3k1k2STATION-OFFSET254+36.30 6.00' LT254+36.30 31.00' RT253+57.71 31.00' RT254+54.30 31.00' LT254+54.30 6.00' LT255+80.69 6.00' LT255+98.55 12.00' LT254+54.30 12.00' RT254+54.30 31.00' RT256+41.43 12.00' RT254+29.03 71.50' RT254+28.95 72.94' RTLEGENDREMOVE CONCRETE FACILITYREMOVE AC PAVEMENTCOLD MILL AND OVERLAY LIMITSPOTHOLE - SEE LOCATION DATAON SHEET DM-3DISPOSITION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACEADJUST TO GRADERELOCATESAWCUT LINECOLD MILL (2" THICK)DISPOSITION OF EXISTING SIGN PERSS-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER E-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER L-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER T-SHEETSPRESERVE AND RESET EXISTING MONUMENTADJUST TO GRADE BY OTHERSRELOCATE BY OTHERSREMOVE EXISTING AC PAVEMENTREMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE BUS PADREMOVE EXISTING CURB AND/OR GUTTERREMOVE EXISTING DRIVEWAYREMOVE EXISTING MEDIANREMOVE EXISTING SIDEWALK/WALKWAYREMOVE EXISTING CURB DRAINREMOVE EXISTING TREERELOCATE EXISTING BUS SHELTERINSTALL WATERTIGHT MANHOLE COVERPARLSCMSELTVA*R*12B2C2D2M2W34512Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\Demo.dwgWed 20.Aug.25 09:17:31 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 256+50 SEE SHEET DM-3 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50SEE SHEET DM-1 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'DEMOLITION AND UTILITY DISPOSITION PLANSTA 250+50 TO 256+50DM-24 257258259260261APN 8717-008-005205 S DBBAPN 8717-008-003141 S DBBAPN 8717-008-010APN 8717-008-001121 S DBBAPN 8281-024-052150 S DBBAPN 8281-101-049206 S DBBAPN 8281-010-050218 S DBBNORTH DIAMOND BAR PUMP PLANT (WVWD)i5i6j4j5j6l1l2l3l4m1m2m3m4m5m6m7m8n1n2n3n4o1o2o3o4DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD1516175346EX CITY R/W EX CALTRANS R/W A*FTR PB4TTS PBTTS PBR*EMTTTS PBTTS CABSTTS PBPSLA*EL PBTTS PBTTSPASS MHTTSP2EA*WMPFHA*FTR VAULTTTS PBA*EL PBTTS PBPICVTTS PBTTSPASD MHTTS PBA*EL PBPCURBASS MHSESLESLTTSPESL66A*GVTTS PBSTTS PBCAUTION:12" HP GAS66" RCP60" RCPSCEFTR15" VCP24" DIPSCE27" CCPFTR6" ACP24" DIPSCEFTR27" CCP18" VCPFTR12" VCP SCE12" VCP 24" RCP SCE 3" GAS 12" ACP SCE 12" ACP 8" ACP FTRPICVSSS SSSSA*WVA*WVSCTTS PB2R32R2R2R2P2P32D2D2D2D2D2C2DTTS PB2D2WTTSPTTSPSCMSCMMMMCAUTION:8" HP GAS12" HP GAS IN16" CASINGUNDER INTERSECTIONVVVVSCSCSCMFTR 2C12C2W2C1SC2W2C2C11TSICTS ICA*WMEX R/WEX R/WEX R/WEX R/W2M2MSCSCSC1SC11SC1A*WV11SCPCURBPCURBPCURB2CPCURBPCURBPOTHOLE LOCATION DATANO.12A2345678910A10111213A13141516A1617UTILITY /FACILITYCOMM / 4" PVCCITY TRAFFIC / 2.5" CSCG / 8" STEELWVWD / 6" ACPFTR / 2' X 1' ENCSSCG / 3" STEELSCG / 12" STEELSCG / 8" STEELFTR / (4X2) 4" PVCSCG / 8" STEELUNK / 2" CWVWD / 12" ACPCOMM / (2) 4" CFTR / (4X2) 4" PVCCITY TRAFFIC / 2" PVCWVWD / 12" ACPFTR / 4" PVCFTR / (4X2) 4" PVCCITY TRAFFIC / 2.5" CFTR / 4" FOWVWD / 6" ACPDEPTH(EXISTINGGRADE TO TOPOF FACILITY)3.2'1.4'2.4'4.8'0.0'2.2'4.6'2.8'6.4'2.9'2.2'3.1'2.9'3.6'2.8'3.2'2.7'3.7'2.9'2.8'4.2'EXISTINGGRADEELEV766.35765.76765.76727.17726.96727.44727.16736.80736.04760.98758.31758.31758.39749.76745.09745.09745.35729.36728.98728.98728.94STATION-OFFSET245+96 68' LT245+92 66' RT245+92 66' RT258+41 53' LT258+46 57' LT258+33 47' LT258+38 50' RT254+48 51' RT254+47 46' RT247+23 51' RT247+87 52' LT247+87 52' LT247+86 57' LT249+97 44' RT251+64 53' LT251+64 53' LT251+56 56' LT256+92 44' RT257+56 57' LT257+56 57' LT257+56 53' LTNORTHING182935518294251829425183040518304071830402183045918301341830130182952618295241829524182952018297521829839182983918298301830334183033218303321830334EASTING661961666197296619729661894766189416618957661903566192496619245661964666195256619525661952166194906619317661931766193196619110661899066189906618993SAWCUT POINT DATAIDi5i6j4j5j6l1l2l3l4m1m2m3m4m5m6STATION-OFFSET258+33.53 31.00' LT258+33.53 12.00' LT256+61.30 6.00' RT258+33.53 6.00' RT258+33.53 31.00' RT258+55.53 83.84' LT258+55.53 61.85' LT258+86.45 65.19' LT258+85.54 81.93' LT258+51.53 43.31' LT258+63.07 44.56' LT258+63.07 31.50' LT258+92.32 31.50' LT258+92.32 49.00' RT258+58.93 49.00' RTSAWCUT POINT DATAIDm7m8n1n2n3n4o1o2o3o4STATION-OFFSET258+58.93 6.00' RT258+51.53 6.00' RT258+56.32 82.03' RT258+56.32 67.00' RT258+88.32 67.00' RT258+88.32 79.07' RT259+26.53 37.00' LT259+11.32 37.00' LT259+11.32 44.00' RT259+66.51 44.00' RTLEGENDREMOVE CONCRETE FACILITYREMOVE AC PAVEMENTCOLD MILL AND OVERLAY LIMITSPOTHOLE - SEE LOCATION DATAON SHEET DM-3DISPOSITION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACEADJUST TO GRADERELOCATESAWCUT LINECOLD MILL (2" THICK)DISPOSITION OF EXISTING SIGN PERSS-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER E-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER L-SHEETSDISPOSITION PER T-SHEETSPRESERVE AND RESET EXISTING MONUMENTADJUST TO GRADE BY OTHERSRELOCATE BY OTHERSREMOVE EXISTING AC PAVEMENTREMOVE EXISTING CURB AND/OR GUTTERREMOVE EXISTING DRIVEWAYREMOVE EXISTING ABANDONED WATER METERREMOVE EXISTING PARKWAY DRAINREMOVE EXISTING MEDIANREMOVE EXISTING CURB RAMPREMOVE EXISTING SIDEWALK/WALKWAYREMOVE EXISTING CURB DRAINREMOVE EXISTING TREEREMOVE EXISTING CATCH BASIN -SEE SHEET D-1INSTALL WATERTIGHT MANHOLE COVERPARLSCMSELTVA*R*12C2D2E2P2M2R2W34612PALOMINO DRIVE GENTLE SPRINGS LANEKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\Demo.dwgWed 20.Aug.25 09:17:31 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 256+50SEE SHEET DM-2 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'DEMOLITION AND UTILITY DISPOSITION PLANSTA 256+50 TO STA 261+50DM-35 38' & VAREX "DBB"CLEX R/WWEST EX R/W EAST22' & VAR6'& VAR6', 11',& VAR(8')(48')5'& VAR5'29' & VAR(12')(8')3', 5',& VAR(48')32' & VAR5', 8',& VAR14', 17', & VAR0', 3',5', 8',& VAR32' & VAR5', 11'& VAR29' & VAR14' , 17', & VAR60'60'120'(12')38', 43', & VAR17', 22', & VAR(40')(40')-1.3%-1.3%TYPICAL SECTION - DIAMOND BAR BLVDNOT TO SCALESTA 249+04.85 TO 250+91.72STA 255+60.80 TO 256+77.03TC PGTC PGTC PGTC PGEXISTING GRADE2W4A2CL1A5A15B35A11BL1B15A35B15A2W4A2CL1A2C2C77MGEX "DBB"CLEX R/WWEST EX R/W EAST-1.3%(5')(48')(12')(3')(48')(40')(48')38'4'5'5', 11',& VAR29'9', 15',& VAR32'0', 5',8', &VAR14', 17', 22', & VAR0', 5',8', &VAR38'5', 11', & VAR39'60'60'120'38'22'22'(12')2'14', 17', 22', & VARTYPICAL SECTION - DIAMOND BAR BLVDNORTHBOUND TURN POCKETNOT TO SCALESTA 250+91.71 TO 253+37.71STA 256+77.03 TO 258+31.53-1.3%TC PGTC PGTC PGTC PGEXISTING GRADE2W4A2CL1A5A15B35A11B1B15A35B15A2W4A2CL1A2C2C4M77EX "DBB" CL EX "DBB" WEST EX R/W EAST-1.3%-1.3%(6')(48')(12')(6')(48')(48')(36')38' OR 43'4' OR 9'9'5', 15',& VAR39' OR 49'3' OR 5'38' OR 43'0', 3', 5'5.67',8', &VAR11.33', 12', 14',17', & VAR0', 3', 5'5.67',8',& VAR32'5' OR 11'29'60'60'120'38' OR 43'17' OR 22'17' OR 22'(12')2'11.33', 14',17', & VARTYPICAL SECTION - DIAMOND BAR BLVDSOUTHBOUND TURN POCKETNOT TO SCALESTA 246+00.35 TO 248+04.85STA 254+56.30 TO 255+60.80TC PGTC PGTC PGTC PGEXISTING GRADE2W4A2CL1A5A15B35A11B4M1B15A35B15A2W4A2CL1A2C2C77EX R/WEXISTING GRADE4:1 MAX2' AT -5%BACK OF WALK PG PERDETAIL 7 ON SHEET CD-2TYPICAL GRADING SECTIONNOT TO SCALESTA 249+11 TO 249+740.25' MAX 2'20:1 MAX20:1MAXMEDIAN GRADING DETAILNOT TO SCALE0.17' MAXKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\Typicals.dwgMon 22.Apr.24 05:49:26 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 CONSTRUCTION NOTESSAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING AC PAVEMENT (2" ARHM OVER 6.5" AC OVER 9"CAB PER 1997 PAVEMENT REHAB RECORD DRAWING)REMOVE EXISTING PCC CURB AND GUTTERREMOVE EXISTING PCC SIDEWALKCOLD MILL EXISTING AC PAVEMENT (2" THICK)CONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPE A2-8, W=24") PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPE A3-6, W=12") PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT PATHWAY PER DETAILS ON SHEETS CH-1, CH-3, AND CD-7. 1.0% MIN,2.0% MAX CROSS SLOPECONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PER DETAILS ON SHEETS CD-2 THROUGHCD-6CONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE (MEDIAN, PCC 4" THICK)CONSTRUCT ARHM (TYPE GG-C, 2" THICK) OVER AC (TYPE B-PG 64-10, 6.5" THICK)CONSTRUCT ARHM OVERLAY (TYPE GG-C, 2" THICK) OVER VARIABLE AC LEVELINGCOURSECONSTRUCT BIORETENTION AREA PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-8SEE MEDIAN GRADING DETAIL HEREONSEE L-SHEETS FOR LANDSCAPING IMPROVEMENTS12C2W31A1B4A4D4M5A5B7MGLTYPICAL SECTIONSX-16 SS245246247248249250DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDGOLDENSPRINGSDRIVE 60'60'17'43'43'17'9' 2' 6' 32' 32'37' 3'5'EX R/WEX R/WEX R/WEX R/W3' 5'4'2'2'2'8' 2' 5'B4D4D4R4R6B4R4R2B1B4D4DSCSC4A1AL4A1A2C5B6A2CEEEEE5A5A5A5ATTTT1C10 LF5BSCUFHUFHUFHUFHLLLLL4M+37.84 60.00' LTEND WALL+92.90 60.00' LTBEG WALL+43.80 60.00' LTBEG WALL6A+96.79 60.00' LTEND WALL+80.3548.00' LTBCR+15.34 82.20' LTECR+79.34 72.84' LTBCR+79.29 82.38' LTBEG C&GBEG PATH+79.33 82.65' RTBEG C&GBEG PATH+79.28 73.15' RTBCR+80.9247.96' RTBCR+15.4982.94' RTECR+15.5084.44' RT+09.34 43.00' LTECR+00.35 9.00' RTBC+00.35 11.00' RTEC+09.28 43.00' RTECR+04.859.00' RTBC+46.315.06' RTEC+83.392.06' LTBC+24.856.00' LTEC+31.716.00' RTBCEX "DBB" CLN33°09'23"W244+80.95N 1829295.81E 6619735.34MM5ASC5BM5ASC5BMEC1C2C3C4 C5 C6C7C8C10C11C12C13C14CL +37.54W=34.3'CL +58.96W=36.7'+56.4143.00' RTBC+83.2042.28' RTEC+49.6338.72' RTBC+76.4138.00' RTEC5BM5BM5ASC7L7245+47.35CL INTLL+81.4910.33' RTEC6'+04.8543.00' LTBC+31.6442.28' LTEC+24.8538.00' LTEC+98.0638.72' LTBC+47.916.76' RTBC+76.416.00' RTECL11'9'2.67'6.33'+56.4111.00' RTBC6'2'HTYPHTYPCL +65.82W=26.7'CL +32.28W=29.8'5ASC5ASCSEE CURB AT MANHOLE DETAIL ON SHEET CD-511' 9' 5'CROWN2BAPN 8717-008-186379 S DBBAPN 8717-008-185325 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8281-010-054350 S DBBAPN 8281-010-062334 S DBBAPN 8281-010-061324 S DBBAPN 8701-001-004405 CHARMINGDALE RD APN 8281-010-06025'2'2'4X3A3AFILLCUTCUT4X[C]FILL5'3ABLL4A4AFILL1C15 LFTT1C99 LFLE81'5ASC1C18 LF1C34 LFLIRR WM/POCLIRR BFATURELOCATED BFA'SSEE BACK OF SIDEWALKGRADE DETAIL ONSHEET CD-2758756754752750748752750748752750752750748245+00245+50246+00246+50257+00247+50248+00248+50249+00249+50250+00250+50768766764762766764762764762760758IDENTICALPOINTSTC PG 11' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 43' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 43' LT OF "DBB"TC PG 9' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 6' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 6' LT OF "DBB"-1.80%-4.71%+82.35766.97+96.35766.71 772770768766764IDENTICALPOINTSIDENTICALPOINTSIDENTICALPOINTSFS AT CROWNSEE SHEET CD-1,DETAIL 1 FORCURB RETURNELEVATIONSOG AT "DBB" CL-3.91%-4.06%-4.14%+09.28765.66 +90.00 762.32 +76.41 758.95 -4.94%-3.72%-3.96%+09.34765.71+33.74764.51+58.13763.60 +46.80 760.09 -3.14%-3.46%-4.02%-4.12%-3.70%-3.70%-3.99%-4.14%+04.85 757.69 +31.64 756.70 +84.84 758.52 -4.03%-3.73%-3.33%-3.81%+56.41 755.70 +83.20 754.62 +49.63 752.09 +76.41 751.09 +00.00 750.30 SEE SHEET CD-1, DETAIL 1 FORCURB RETURN ELEVATIONS+97.35770.57+12.35770.30 +47.35768.63 TC PG 38' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 38' LT OF "DBB"OG AT "DBB" CLOG AT "DBB" CLEC EC, END VAR O/S BC BC, BEG VAR O/S -4.50%-4.44%-3.95%-3.88%+00.35767.04+50.00764.81+75.00763.70 +00.00 762.71 +79.17 759.64 -4.13%-4.33%-3.88%-4.51%-3.72%-3.47%-2.85%+04.85 758.58 +46.31 756.78 +83.39 755.34 +24.85 753.47 +76.41 751.55 +10.00 750.39 +50.00 749.24-9.65%-4.14%-4.44%-4.17%-3.97%-3.93%-3.70%-3.31%-2.91%-4.14%-4.14%+00.35767.00+50.00764.73+75.00763.62 +00.00 762.58 +04.85 758.41 +56.41 756.28 +81.49 755.24 +47.91 752.63 +76.41 751.58 +31.71 749.75 BC, BEG VAR O/S EC BC, BEG VAR O/S BC EC, END VAR O/S BC, BEG VAR O/S EC EC, END VAR O/S BC EC, END VAR O/S EC BC, BEG VAR O/S BC +98.06 754.24 +24.85 753.17 +50.00 752.16 +00.00 750.43 LEGENDCONSTRUCT AC PAVEMENT SECTION -SEE CONSTRUCTION NOTECOLD MILL AND OVERLAY LIMITS5A5BCURVE TABLECURVE #C1C2C3C4C5C6C7LENGTH54.1754.5346.9747.283.1426.8041.71RADIUS35.0035.0030.0030.001.00500.00220.00DELTA88°41'02"89°15'46"89°41'55"90°17'19"180°00'00"3°04'16"10°51'49"CURVE TABLECURVE #C8C10C11C12C13C14LENGTH25.0926.8041.7128.5226.8021.87RADIUS468.00500.00220.00532.00500.0085.00DELTA3°04'16"3°04'16"10°51'49"3°04'16"3°04'16"14°44'19"CONSTRUCTION NOTESCONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA2-8) PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA3-6, W=12") PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB (TYPE A1-8) PER SPPWC120-3CONSTRUCT CONCRETE BUS PAD PERSPPWC 131-2 AND DETAIL ON SHEET CD-5CONSTRUCT DECORATIVE CROSSWALKPER DETAILS ON SHEETS, CH-1, CH-3, ANDCD-7CONSTRUCT CURB DRAIN PER SPPWC150-3 (N=1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN)[D]=CONSTRUCT DROP INLET CATCH BASINPER CASE II AND N=2CONSTRUCT PATHWAY PER DETAILS ONSHEET CH-1 THROUGH CH-3 AND CD-7CONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PERDETAILS ON SHEETS CD-2 THROUGH CD-6CONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE(MEDIAN, PCC 4" THICK) PER DETAILS ONSHEETS CH-1, CH-3, AND CD-7CONSTRUCT CURB RAMP PER SPPWC111-5, SHEETS CD-1 THROUGH CD-4, ANDSHEETS CH-1 THROUGH CH-3EXISTING PATHWAY CONFORM.CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK (PCC, 4" THICK) TONEAREST SCORE LINE.[C]=CONFORM AT RIGHT-OF-WAYCONSTRUCT ARHM (TYPE GG-C, 2" THICK)OVER AC (TYPE B-PG 64-10, 6.5" THICK)CONSTRUCT ARHM OVERLAY (TYPE GG-C,2" THICK) OVER VARIABLE AC LEVELINGCOURSECONSTRUCT CONCRETE SLOUGH WALLPER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6CONSTRUCT REINFORCED CONCRETESTAIRWAY PER SPPWC 640-4 WITH METALHANDRAILING PER SPPWC 606-4CONSTRUCT BIORETENTION AREA PERDETAILS ON SHEET CD-8INSTALL BUS STOP FACILITIES BY OTHERSELECTRICAL AND STREET LIGHTINGIMPROVEMENTS - SEE E-SHEETSSEE CH-SHEETS FOR HARDSCAPEIMPROVEMENTSSAWCUT LINE -SEE DM-SHEETS FOR LIMITSSEE L-SHEETS FOR LANDSCAPINGIMPROVEMENTSCOLD MILL AND ARHM OVERLAY LIMITSTRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS -SEE T-SHEETSUTILITY FACILITY -SEE DM-SHEETS FOR DISPOSITION1A1B1C2B2C3A4A4D4M4R4X5A5B6A6B7BEHSCLMTUKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\PlanProfile.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 01:08:45 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50 SEE SHEET C-2 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'STREET IMPROVEMENT PLAN AND PROFILESTA 244+60 TO STA 250+50C-17 251252253254255256DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD38'38'22'22'60'60'3'6' 4' 2' 32'38' 6'6'32'EX R/WEX R/WEX R/WEX R/W7'9' 5'2'1B4R4R4R4RB3A4D4D1B2BB4D4D74ASC1A74A1A74A1A74A1A2C5B2CEEEESC5ASCTTSCMMMM1C39 LF3A[D]5'17'UFHUFHUFHUFHESCSCLHTYPLLLLLLLL1C5 LF5A6A6A+30.3060.00' LTBEG WALL+74.45 60.00' LTBEG WALL+36.90 60.00' LTEND WALL+37.716.00' LTBC+53.343.20' RTEC+70.091.20' LTBC+62.58 83.02' LT+37.714.00' LTEC+56.304.00' RTBC+56.306.00' RTEC+38.653.20' RTPRC+20.806.00' LTEC+60.804.00' RTBC+17.036.00' RTBCEX "DBB" CLN33°09'23"W+91.724.00' LTEC+99.173.20' LTBC+82.421.20' RTECLLLC15C16C17 C18C19C205B5ASC5BLL5BM5BLHTYPLL5' 5'CL +33.66W=28.9'CL +84.39W=43.2'CL +09.31W=42.8'CL +96.04W=30.0'LCROWN3A[D]6A+56.48 60.00' LTEND WALL4X1C8 LF4X[M]2BAPN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028301 S DBBAPN 8717-008-020235 S DBBAPN 8281-010-051240 S DBBAPN 8281-010-060APN 8281-010-050218 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028315 S DBB APN 8717-008-903CARLTON J PETERSON DIAMOND BARBOULEVARD PUMP PLANT (WVWD)3A[D]HTYP4XCUT4X4'HTYP2'7L7LL4A4A2'42'9'6'1C23 LF5'E4M4M32'5'SC5A5A5ASC5ASC5ASC5ASC5ATTTT1C20 LF1C24 LFTSCERELOCATED EMTLEMT FOR IRRLIRR CONTROLLERURELOCATED BFAERELOCATED EMTELIGHTING PBLLIGHTING METER, CONTROLLERT250+50251+00251+50252+00252+50253+00253+50254+00254+50255+00255+50256+00256+50740738736734732730734732730734732734732730750748746744748746744748746744746744742740IDENTICAL POINTSIDENTICAL POINTSTC PG 38' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 4' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 38' LT OF "DBB"TC PG 6' LT OF "DBB"TC PG 6' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 4' RT OF "DBB"OG AT "DBB"PG AT CROWNOG AT "DBB" CL-3.60%-1.73%-3.43%-2.92%-2.36%+55.71 739.92 -2.99%-1.73%-2.63%-3.52%-2.42%+55.71 739.71 +38.30 737.25 +52.30 737.01 +46.00 733.70 +00.00 732.28 -3.14%-1.82%-2.97%+00.00747.29 +35.71 740.29 -1.82%-3.05%-3.04%-3.05%+19.03743.63 +00.00 741.17 +35.71 740.08 TC 38' RT OF "DBB"+38.30 736.95 +56.30 736.64 +00.00 735.14 +95.00 732.36 +38.90 731.32-1.82%-3.38%-1.73%+55.71 740.03 +38.30 737.24 +56.30 736.93 -3.08%-2.99%-3.14%-2.76%+50.00749.24+91.71747.96+70.00745.62+00.00744.68 +37.71 740.88-2.83%-2.58%-2.93%-2.93%+53.34749.12+70.09748.64+91.71748.08+80.00745.49 +37.71 740.88 -3.47%-2.92%-3.26%-2.45%-2.32%+56.30 737.44 +60.80 733.82 +82.42 733.19 +99.17 732.64 +20.80 732.11-3.50%-2.90%-1.60%-1.77%+56.30 737.44 +60.80 733.79 +17.03 732.16 +38.65 731.81 BC, BEG VAR O/S BC EC, END VAR O/S EC BC, BEG VAR O/S EC TC PG 6' LT OF "DBB"TC 38' LT OF "DBB"BCECEC, END VAR O/SOG AT "DBB" CLCURVE TABLECURVE #C15C16C17C18C19LENGTH21.873.143.1421.8721.87RADIUS85.001.001.0085.0085.00DELTA14°44'19"180°00'00"180°00'00"14°44'19"14°44'19"CURVE TABLECURVE #C20LENGTH21.87RADIUS85.00DELTA14°44'19"LEGENDCONSTRUCT AC PAVEMENT SECTION -SEE CONSTRUCTION NOTECOLD MILL AND OVERLAY LIMITS5A5BCONSTRUCTION NOTESCONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA2-8) PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA3-6, W=12") PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB (TYPE A1-8) PERSPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CONCRETE BUS PAD PERSPPWC 131-2 AND DETAIL ON SHEETCD-5CONSTRUCT DECORATIVE CROSSWALKPER DETAILS ON SHEETS, CH-1, CH-3,AND CD-7CONSTRUCT CURB DRAIN PER SPPWC150-3 (N=1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN)[D]=CONSTRUCT DROP INLET CATCHBASIN PER CASE II AND N=2CONSTRUCT PATHWAY PER DETAILS ONSHEET CH-1 THROUGH CH-3 AND CD-7CONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PERDETAILS ON SHEETS CD-2 THROUGHCD-6CONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE(MEDIAN, PCC 4" THICK) PER DETAILS ONSHEETS CH-1, CH-3, AND CD-7CONSTRUCT CURB RAMP PER SPPWC111-5, SHEETS CD-1 THROUGH CD-4,AND SHEETS CH-1 THROUGH CH-3EXISTING PATHWAY CONFORM.CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK (PCC, 4" THICK)TO NEAREST SCORE LINE.[C]=CONFORM AT RIGHT-OF-WAYCONSTRUCT ARHM (TYPE GG-C, 2"THICK) OVER AC (TYPE B-PG 64-10, 6.5"THICK)CONSTRUCT ARHM OVERLAY (TYPEGG-C, 2" THICK) OVER VARIABLE ACLEVELING COURSECONSTRUCT CONCRETE SLOUGH WALLPER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6CONSTRUCT BIORETENTION AREA PERDETAILS ON SHEET CD-8INSTALL BUS STOP FACILITIES BYOTHERSELECTRICAL AND STREET LIGHTINGIMPROVEMENTS - SEE E-SHEETSSEE CH-SHEETS FOR HARDSCAPEIMPROVEMENTSSAWCUT LINE -SEE DM-SHEETS FOR LIMITSSEE L-SHEETS FOR LANDSCAPINGIMPROVEMENTSCOLD MILL AND ARHM OVERLAY LIMITSTRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS -SEE T-SHEETSUTILITY FACILITY -SEE DM-SHEETS FOR DISPOSITION1A1B1C2B2C3A4A4D4M4R4X5A5B6A7BEHSCLMTUKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\PlanProfile.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 01:08:45 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 256+50 SEE SHEET C-3 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50SEE SHEET C-1 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'STREET IMPROVEMENT PLAN AND PROFILESTA 250+50 TO STA 256+50C-28 257258259260261262DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDPALOMINODRIVE GENTLESPRINGSLANE60'60'5'8'38'38'22'2'32' STATE ROUTE 60 EASTBOUND OFF-RAMPSTATEROUTE 60EASTBOUNDON-RAMP60' 6'EX R/WEX R/WEX R/WEX R/W2'2' 2'DD3AN=44R4R4R4R4D4D1B4D4D4D4D4D3A[D]74A1A74ASC1AL4A1A1A2CM5B5B3BS=x"3AN=25B2CE258+71.53 CL INT 258+72.32 CL INT 5A5ATTTTTTTSCSCSCMMEEEELLL+31.536.00' LTBC+21.5338.00' LTBCR+50.30 59.50' LTEND PATH+51.53 82.60' LTEND C&G+51.53 68.00' LTECR+31.534.00' LTEC+22.3238.00' RTBCR+52.32 82.03' RTEND C&GEND PATH+52.32 68.00' RTECR+92.32 79.07' RT(BCR)+92.32 78.00' RTBEG C&GBEG PATH+22.3248.00' RTECR+91.53 82.25' LTBEG C&GBEG PATH+17.07 48.00' LTECR+66.5148.00' RTEND C&GEND SWKMATCH+65.6960.00' LTEND SWKMATCH259+66.97 BCEX "DBB" CLN33°09'23"WΔ=034°20'23"L=1000.00',R=1668.50'259+66.97N 1830539.88E 6618922.59L+77.034.00' LTEC+55.281.20' LTBC+92.11 71.64' LTBCR5'C21C22C23 C24 C25C 2 6 M5BM5BML5BL5ASC5A5'42'CL +56.10W=32.8'CL +59.03W=24.2'CL +04.07W=18.1'CL +35.06W=38.0'CL +06.52W=29.9'CL +47.49W=30.0'CL +04.76W=27.4'20'20'5'3BS=2.0%3AAPN 8717-008-005205 S DBBAPN 8717-008-003141 S DBBAPN 8717-008-010APN 8717-008-001121 S DBBAPN 8281-024-052150 S DBBAPN 8281-101-049206 S DBBAPN 8281-010-050218 S DBBAPN 8717-008-020235 S DBBEX CITY R/W EX CALTRANS R/W +26.53 48.00' LTEND C&G, MATCHL2'2'LLL4A4A1C9 LFSC5A5ASC5A5ASC4MSC5'(20.04')(19.74')60'CROWNTHTYP740738736734732730734732730734732732730728732730728726732730728732730728732730728726256+50257+00257+50258+00258+50259+00259+50260+00260+50TC PG AT 38' RT OF "DBB"TC PG 38' LT OF "DBB"TC PG 4' LT OF "DBB"TC PG 6' LT OF "DBB"OG AT "DBB" CL-1.63%-2.68%-1.23%-1.11%+95.01729.82+21.13729.40+91.05728.54+21.53728.20-1.87%-1.76%-1.31%-1.08%+80.53730.34+08.05729.82+62.08728.87+81.60728.62+22.32728.18 -1.27%-1.22%-0.93%-1.42%+48.67727.98 +95.32 727.36 +09.32 727.23 +72.32727.64 -1.62%-0.96%+77.03730.81+70.00729.30+31.53728.71-2.45%-1.93%-1.23%-1.25%+55.41731.52+77.03730.99+30.00729.96+00.00729.10+31.53728.71 BCEC, END VAR O/SPG AT CROWNCURVE TABLECURVE #C21C22C23C24C25C26LENGTH21.993.1447.1247.1237.9147.12RADIUS85.011.0030.0030.0025.0030.00DELTA14°49'19"180°00'00"90°00'00"90°00'00"86°53'00"90°00'00"LEGENDCONSTRUCT AC PAVEMENT SECTION -SEE CONSTRUCTION NOTECOLD MILL AND OVERLAY LIMITS5A5BCONSTRUCTION NOTESCONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA2-8) PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA3-6, W=12") PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB (TYPE A1-8) PER SPPWC120-3CONSTRUCT CONCRETE BUS PAD PERSPPWC 131-2 AND DETAIL ON SHEET CD-5CONSTRUCT DECORATIVE CROSSWALKPER DETAILS ON SHEETS, CH-1, CH-3, ANDCD-7CONSTRUCT CURB DRAIN PER SPPWC150-3 (N=1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN)[D]=CONSTRUCT DROP INLET CATCH BASINPER CASE II AND N=2CONSTRUCT PARKWAY DRAIN (S PERPLAN) PER SPPWC 151-2CONSTRUCT PATHWAY PER DETAILS ONSHEET CH-1 THROUGH CH-3 AND CD-7CONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PERDETAILS ON SHEETS CD-2 THROUGH CD-6CONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE(MEDIAN, PCC 4" THICK) PER DETAILS ONCH-SHEETSCONSTRUCT CURB RAMP PER SPPWC111-5, SHEETS CD-1 THROUGH CD-4, ANDSHEETS CH-1 THROUGH CH-3CONSTRUCT ARHM (TYPE GG-C, 2" THICK)OVER AC (TYPE B-PG 64-10, 6.5" THICK)CONSTRUCT ARHM OVERLAY (TYPE GG-C,2" THICK) OVER VARIABLE AC LEVELINGCOURSECONSTRUCT BIORETENTION AREA PERDETAILS ON SHEET CD-8DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS -SEE D-SHEETSELECTRICAL AND STREET LIGHTINGIMPROVEMENTS - SEE E-SHEETSSEE CH-SHEETS FOR HARDSCAPEIMPROVEMENTSSAWCUT LINE -SEE DM-SHEETS FOR LIMITSSEE L-SHEETS FOR LANDSCAPINGIMPROVEMENTSCOLD MILL AND ARHM OVERLAY LIMITSTRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS -SEE T-SHEETSUTILITY FACILITY -SEE DM-SHEETS FOR DISPOSITION1A1B1C2B2C3A3B4A4D4M4R5A5B7DEHSCLMTUKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\PlanProfile.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 01:08:45 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'STREET IMPROVEMENT PLAN AND PROFILESTA 256+50 TO STA 262+50C-39 MATCH LINE - STA 256+50SEE SHEET C-2 TC 770.21FL 769.54 +89.2249.14' LTTC (770.59)FL (769.96) +80.3548.00' LTMATCHBCRTC/FL 768.91 +02.0255.52' LTTC 769.26FL 768.76 +10.5565.02' RTTC/FL 768.92 +06.9660.05' RTTC/FL 769.00 +03.4256.52' RTTC (770.53)FL (769.85) +80.9247.96' RTMATCHBCRTC (768.47)FL (767.82) +15.5084.44' RTMATCHTC 768.53FL 768.03 +15.4982.94' RTECRTC/FL 765.95 +80.5064.56' RTTC 766.42FL 765.75 +79.2873.15' RTBCRTC (766.40)FL (765.70) +79.3382.65' RTMATCHTC 765.66FL 764.99 +09.2843.00' RTECRTC 766.35FL 765.85 +97.0945.62' LTTC 765.71FL 765.04 +09.3443.00' LTECRTC/FL 766.12 +80.8463.62' LTTC (766.59)FL (766.06) +79.2982.38' LTMATCHTC 766.57FL 766.07 +79.3472.84' LTBCR7TTSPTTSPUPB1A1AA2-67TTSPPFENCEPCURBSCTTSPTTSP72APWALL1ATTSP7TTSPPBACK CURBUFHDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDGOLDEN SPRINGS DRIVE"DBB" LINETC 770.13FL 769.46 +90.3649.38' RTTC (767.79)FL (767.66) +15.3482.20' LTMATCHECRTC/FL 768.83 +05.7258.89' LTTC 769.14FL 768.47 +09.8064.08' LT1AA2-61AR35'R3 0 'TTSPR35'1AA2-6TC 766.17FL 765.67 +97.4145.42' RTTC 765.45FL 764.78 +14.3143.00' RTFS (770.74) +80.3553.50' LTMATCH-1.5%-7.5%-8.8%-4.6%-1.4%-1.5%-0.8%-6.5%-6. 5 % -1.0 %-1.0%-4.9%-1.5%-7.5%-5.2%-1.5%-0.4%-7.5%-7.5%-7.5%-5.4%-1.5%-1.5%FS 766.28 +88.6566.95' RTFS 766.00 +00.8053.24' RTFS 766.44 +80.7873.14' RTTC/FS 765.91 +00.4248.03' RTFS (768.78) +08.0784.41' RTMATCHFS 768.86 +07.6382.49' RTFS 768.89 +07.0581.11' RTFS (770.90) +80.7560.00' RTMATCHFS 770.77 +82.3560.00' RTTC/FS 769.40 +02.7469.69' RTTC 769.84FS 769.34 +00.2166.80' RTTC/FS 770.18 +87.9060.11' RTTC 769.92FS 769.42 +96.3063.65' RTFS 766.13 +00.5653.37' LTFS 766.40 +88.9166.28' LTFS 766.58 +80.8472.85' LTFS 766.03 +02.3548.00' LTFS (766.93) +86.7882.42' LTMATCHR30'FS (770.88) +84.8360.37' LTMATCHFS (768.13) +08.0882.75' LTMATCHFS 768.35 +07.6279.46' LTTC 768.87FS 768.37 +06.7579.29' LTTC 769.82FS 769.32 +98.7366.55' LTTC 769.90FS 769.40 +94.7163.54' LTTC 769.57FS 769.07 +01.4969.42' LTTC/FS 770.47 +84.8353.84' LTTC 770.79FS 770.29 +87.8354.45' LTTTSPTTSPTTSPPCURBFS 765.85 +03.3548.67' RTTC/FS 766.05 +00.9047.88' LTTC/FS 765.10 +19.6048.67' RTFS (766.63) +87.4083.35' RTMATCH245+00246+00TC 765.93FL 765.26 +03.5543.55' RTTC 766.04FL 765.37 +03.4343.59' LTFS (765.25) +19.6060.00' RTMATCH88881a71a81a61g41g51g61e61e51e41c61c71c81a41a51g31g21g11g71e71e11e21e31c51c41c11c91a91a11b11b21b31b41b51b61b71b81a31a21i11i21i31i61i71i81d11d21d31d41d51d61d71d81c21c31f51f61f81f71f41f11f21f31h11h21h31h41h51h61h71h81i191i201i171i181i151i161i131i141i111i121i101i91i5HBOLLARD, TYPHTYPR5 . 6 7 'APN 8717-009-901501 DBBLORBEER MIDDLE SCHOOLAPN 8701-001-004405 CHARMINGDALE RDAPN 8717-008-186379 S DBBAPN 8281-010-054350 S DBB1i4-1.8%-1.8%-7.8%-6.7%-6.2%-8.2%-1.6%1.7%-4.1%-1.5%-1 . 5% -1 . 2% - 1 . 1%TC/FS 766.18 +92.5968.89' RT-1.2%-1.5%-1.4%-1.5%TC/FS 765.87 +04.8760.62' RT-1.5%1i21-1.5%HCROSSWALK, TYP1AA2-6FS 766.08 +98.5248.81' LTFS 766.35 +84.1664.72' LTFS 769.25 +01.9962.97' LTFS 769.32 +98.3059.61' LTFS 765.52 +14.3160.00' LTFS 766.68 +89.7275.85' LT4RFS 769.34 +00.2459.70' RTFS 769.26 +03.7763.23' RTFS 766.21 +83.8565.55' RTFS 765.93 +98.8348.65' RT4RRET CURB H VAR, MATCH TC TO EG4R4R4RRET CURB^4661CTYPICAL GUTTER PANTRANSITION DETAILPAVER CROSSWALKNOT TO SCALE3' MINTRANSITIONTYPICAL TYPE A2GUTTER PANDETECTABLE WARNING SURFACEPAVER CROSSWALKTRANSVERSE CURBTYPICAL TYPE A2GUTTER PAN3' MINTRANSITIONCURBPAVEMENTTRANSVERSE CURB5% MAXFOR 2' MINFS ELEVATION DATAID1a11a21a31a41a51a61a71a81a91b11b21b31b41b51b61b71b81c11c21c31c4STATION-OFFSET244+97.35 50.14' LT245+03.37 54.04' LT245+07.07 57.41' LT245+11.48 63.00' LT245+17.35 63.00' LT245+17.35 49.00' LT245+11.35 49.00' LT245+11.35 43.00' LT244+97.35 43.00' LT245+12.96 57.89' LT245+14.85 56.00' LT245+12.96 54.11' LT245+11.08 56.00' LT245+04.35 49.27' LT245+06.24 47.39' LT245+04.35 45.50' LT245+02.46 47.39' LT244+97.35 50.02' RT245+04.84 55.10' RT245+08.37 58.64' RT245+12.27 64.00' RTELEVATION769.29'768.94'768.85'768.63'768.49'768.70'769.14'769.44'769.65'768.65'768.66'768.76'768.75'769.21'769.28'769.41'769.34'769.38'769.06'768.99'768.75'FS ELEVATION DATAID1c51c61c71c81c91d11d21d31d41d51d61d71d81e11e21e31e41e51e61e71f1STATION-OFFSET245+18.35 64.00' RT245+18.35 50.00' RT245+11.35 50.00' RT245+11.35 44.00' RT244+97.35 44.00' RT245+04.35 46.50' RT245+02.46 48.39' RT245+04.35 50.27' RT245+06.24 48.39' RT245+13.96 55.11' RT245+12.08 57.00' RT245+13.96 58.89' RT245+15.85 57.00' RT245+96.35 43.73' RT245+78.58 64.00' RT245+70.35 64.00' RT245+70.35 50.00' RT245+82.35 50.00' RT245+82.35 37.00' RT245+96.35 37.00' RT245+89.35 39.50' RTELEVATION768.79'769.00'769.21'769.38'769.63'769.41'769.36'769.26'769.31'768.99'768.97'768.89'768.92'765.74'766.02'766.63'766.84'765.94'766.19'765.94'766.01'FS ELEVATION DATAID1f21f31f41f51f61f71f81g11g21g31g41g51g61g71h11h21h31h41h51h61h7STATION-OFFSET245+91.24 41.39' RT245+89.35 43.27' RT245+87.46 41.39' RT245+74.74 55.11' RT245+76.62 57.00' RT245+74.74 58.89' RT245+72.85 57.00' RT245+96.35 43.75' LT245+78.94 63.00' LT245+71.35 63.00' LT245+71.35 49.00' LT245+82.35 49.00' LT245+82.35 37.00' LT245+96.35 37.00' LT245+75.74 57.89' LT245+73.85 56.00' LT245+75.74 54.11' LT245+77.62 56.00' LT245+89.35 43.27' LT245+87.46 41.39' LT245+89.35 39.50' LTELEVATION765.93'765.93'766.01'766.46'766.29'766.40'766.56'765.92'766.19'766.76'766.97'766.25'766.32'766.06'766.53'766.69'766.60'766.43'766.09'766.16'766.15'FS ELEVATION DATAID1h81i11i21i31i41i51i61i71i81i91i101i111i121i131i141i151i161i171i181i191i20STATION-OFFSET245+91.24 41.39' LT244+97.35 38.00' LT245+11.35 38.00' LT244+97.35 11.00' LT245+11.35 11.00' LT244+97.35 1.00' LT245+11.35 1.00' LT244+97.35 31.00' RT245+11.35 31.00' RT245+29.35 50.00' RT245+29.35 64.00' RT245+49.35 50.00' RT245+49.35 64.00' RT245+82.35 12.00' RT245+96.35 12.00' RT245+82.35 8.00' RT245+96.35 8.00' RT245+82.35 21.00' LT245+96.35 21.00' LT245+63.35 63.00' LT245+63.35 49.00' LTELEVATION766.07'769.90'769.69'770.54'770.15'770.58'770.33'770.19'769.94'769.08'768.87'768.41'768.20'766.93'766.67'766.97'766.71'766.65'766.40'767.21'767.42'FS ELEVATION DATAID1i21STATION-OFFSET245+47.35 0.00'ELEVATION768.63'CONSTRUCTION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACECONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA2-8 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) PERSPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB (TYPE A1, RETAINING)PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB RAMP PER SPPWC111-5, SHEETS CD-1 THROUGH CD-4, ANDSHEETS CH-1 THROUGH CH-3CONSTRUCT GUTTER PAN TRANSITION PERDETAIL ON SHEET CD-1INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE(W=3')SEE CH-SHEETS FOR HARDSCAPEIMPROVEMENTSSEE T-SHEETS FOR TRAFFIC SIGNALIMPROVEMENTSUTILITY FACILITY - SEE DM-SHEETS FORDISPOSITIONP1A1C4R78HTUKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Ramp-Dwy.dwgMon 06.May.24 08:05:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 0'0'10'10'5'5'SCALE: 1" = 10'CURB RAMP DETAILS1C-1CD-110 CONSTRUCTION DETAILSCURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, AND PAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILS CL DWY 247+52.42TC 760.82FL 760.15 +28.4343.00' RTTC 758.95FL 758.28 +76.4143.00' RT4DTC/FS 760.67 +34.0948.67' RTTC/FS 759.15 +70.7548.67' RTFS (760.82) +34.0960.00' RTMATCHFS (759.29) +70.7560.00' RTMATCH-11.5%R5.67'R5.67'5.67'11.33'HTYPAPN 8281-010-054350 S DBBAPN 8281-010-062334 S DBBPCURBPCURB-9.9%2D CL DWY 251+96.04TC 745.03FL 744.36 +73.0538.00' RTTC 743.63FL 742.96 +19.0338.00' RTUSD MH4DTC/FS 744.81 +81.0546.00' RTTC/FS 743.86 +11.0346.00' RTFS (744.99) +81.0559.97' RTMATCHFS (744.04) +11.0360.00' RTMATCH-1.3% -1.3%R8 'R8'8'14'APN 8281-010-060PCURBPCURB-7.6% -7.1%2DHTYP CL DWY 251+33.66TC 746.96FL 746.29 +11.2038.00' LTTC 745.62FL 744.95 +56.1338.00' LT4DTC/FS 746.55 +19.2046.00' LTTC/FS 745.59 +48.1346.00' LTFS (746.72) +19.2059.50' LTMATCHFS (745.76) +48.1459.50' LTMATCH-1.3% -1.3%PCURBR8'R8 ' 8'13.5'APN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8717-008-028301 S DBB-3.9% -5.2%2DHTYP CL DWY 250+32.28TC 750.14FL 749.47 +09.3638.00' LTTC 748.70FL 748.03 +55.2138.00' LTUWVPCURBPCURB4DTC/FS 749.63 +17.3646.00' LTTC/FS 748.62 +47.2146.00' LTFS (748.80) +47.2160.00' LTMATCHFS (749.81) +17.3660.00' LTMATCHR8'R8 ' -1.3% -1.3% 8'14'APN 8717-008-028315 S DBB-3.1% -4.1%2DHTYP CL DWY 247+65.82TC 760.09FL 759.42 +46.8143.00' LTTC 758.52FL 757.85 +84.8443.00' LT4DTC/FS 759.70 +52.4748.67' LTFS (759.85) +52.4760.00' LTMATCHFS (758.74) +79.1760.00' LTMATCHTC/FS 758.60 +79.1748.67' LTPCURBPCURBR5.7'R5.67'5.67'11.36'HBOLLARD, TYPAPN 8717-008-185325 S DBBAPN 8717-008-186379 S DBB-7.6%-7.6%2D CL DWY 246+36.74TC 763.58FL 762.91 +59.5443.00' RTUFH4DTC 765.45FL 764.78 +14.3143.00' RT-1.3%-1.3%PCURBPCURBTC/FS 765.10 +19.6048.67' RTTC/FS 763.72 +53.8848.61' RTFS (765.25) +19.6060.00' RTMATCHFS (763.87) +53.8860.00' RTMATCH5.67'11.33'R5.67'R5.67'APN 8281-010-054350 S DBB-8.6%-7.9%2DHTYPCONSTRUCTION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACESAWCUT, REMOVE AND REPLACE AC (2'WIDE, 4" THICK, TYPE C2-PG 64-10)CONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PERSPPWC 110-2 AND DETAIL ON SHEETS CD-2THROUGH CD-4 (W PER PLAN)SEE CH-SHEETS FOR HARDSCAPEIMPROVEMENTSUTILITY FACILITY - SEE DM-SHEETS FORDISPOSITIONP2D4DHUAPN 8717-008-185325 S DBBFS 756.65 248+37.8360.00' LTFS (758.74) +79.1760.00' LTMATCHFS 756.48 248+43.8060.00' LTFS 754.28 249+00.0960.00' LTFS 753.81 249+12.0960.00' LTFS 751.91 249+61.6060.00' LTFS 750.60 249+93.8760.00' LTAPN 8717-008-028315 S DBBFS 757.77 248+06.0460.00' LTWALL H=24"FS 757.49 248+14.0460.00' LTWALL H=24"248+06.0465.50' LTWALL H=30"D=15"248+14.0465.50' LTWALL H=30"D=15"Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Ramp-Dwy.dwgMon 06.May.24 08:05:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 0'0'10'10'5'5'SCALE: 1" = 10'DRIVEWAY DETAIL5C-1DRIVEWAY DETAIL1C-1DRIVEWAY DETAIL2C-1/2DRIVEWAY DETAIL3C-2DRIVEWAY DETAIL6C-2CD-211 DRIVEWAY DETAIL4C-1CONSTRUCTION DETAILSCURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, AND PAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILSBACK OF SIDEWALK GRADE DETAILSTA 247+79 TO 249+947C-1 CL DWY 254+09.31 CL DWY 253+84.39TC/FL 739.44 +45.7138.00' LTTC 736.78FL 736.11 +48.3038.00' LTTC 740.29FL 739.62 +35.7138.00' LTTC 737.08FL 736.41 +48.3038.00' RTTC 739.79FL 739.12 +51.7138.00' RTTC 739.37FL 738.70 +67.3038.00' RT66TTSPTTSP1CTTSPTTSP1A1A1A7TTSPTTSPTTSP66USD MHDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD4D4D"DBB" LINER15'R20'TC 737.18FL 736.51 +42.3038.00' RTTC/FS 737.01 +48.3046.00' RTTC/FS 737.11 +42.3046.00' RTTC 738.15FS 737.65 +30.7060.00' RTTC/FS 737.32 +42.4060.00' RTTC/FS 737.54 +31.1652.13' RTTC/FS 737.41 +32.8746.00' RTTC (738.54)FL (738.04) +29.9573.00' RTMATCHFS (739.61) +90.0873.00' RTMATCHTC/FS 738.80 +83.2946.00' RTTC 738.81FS 738.31 +87.0254.70' RTTC 739.35FS 738.85 +87.9160.00' RTTC/FS 739.05 +80.6960.00' RTFS 739.92 +51.7160.00' RTTC/FL 739.23 +45.7138.00' RTTC 740.08FL 739.41 +35.7138.00' RT1AFS 739.79 +51.7151.00' RTFS 739.83 +45.7146.00' RTTC/FS 739.72 +51.7146.00' RT7TC 736.88FL 736.21 +42.3038.00' LTR15'R20'TC 739.83FL 739.33 +51.7138.00' LTR30'FS (740.37) +58.0982.94' LTMATCHTC 740.60FS 740.10 +62.7467.00' LTFS 739.88 +54.8860.00' LTFS 739.70 +53.2146.00' LTTC/FS 739.37 +61.1446.00' LTTC/FS 739.50 +62.8060.00' LTTC 739.40FS 738.90 +62.8753.15' LTFS 739.98 +48.9460.00' LTFS 740.28 +48.9467.34' LTFS 740.25 +51.7568.55' LTFS 739.84 +45.7146.00' LTTC/FS 739.73 +51.7146.00' LTTC/FS 736.81 +42.3046.00' LTTC/FS 736.71 +48.3046.01' LTTC/FS 737.84 +09.9746.00' LTTC 738.68FS 738.18 +05.9860.00' LTTC/FS 738.15 +05.9758.08' LTTC (738.76)FL (738.31) +06.0371.76' LTMATCHTC 737.91FS 737.41 +30.3060.00' LTTC 737.09FS 736.59 +56.3060.00' LTTC 736.84FS 736.34 +64.4859.93' LTTC 736.68FS 736.18 +69.4459.96' LTFS 736.89 +64.5466.34' LTFS 736.53 +69.4666.29' LTFS 736.89 +42.3051.00' LTFS 737.27 +30.3051.00' LTTC 737.39FL 736.89 +25.9738.00' LTTTSP-8.3%-5.0%-8.5%-4.8%-4.2%-1.8%-3.2%-3.2%FS 736.93 +62.4363.00' LTFS 736.47 +71.4563.00' LT-7.5%-1.7%-0.9%-1.1%-7.5%-1.8%-2.8%-2.8%-2.8%-8.5%FS (739.52) +86.5867.65' RTMATCH-2.8%-7.5%-1.7%-2.6%-3.3%FS 737.08 +48.3051.00' RTFS 737.13 +48.3054.00' RTTC 737.53FS 737.03 +42.3060.00' LTFS (740.32) +62.5883.02' LTMATCHTTSPTTSP-3.6%254+00888888888'14'14'8'2a12a42a32a22b12b42b32b22c12c22c42c32d32d22d12d42e12e22e32e42f32f42f12f22g12g22g32g42h12h22h32h42i12i22i32i4HTYPHTYPHTYPHTYPHTYP77APN 8717-008-020235 S DBBAPN 8281-010-060APN 8281-010-051240 S DBBFS 739.90 +45.7151.00' RTFS 740.21 +35.2049.38' RT(-3.9%)TC 738.67FS 738.17 +05.9963.00' LTTC 738.67FS 738.17 +06.0065.00' LTTC 738.67FS 738.17 +08.0064.99' LTTC 738.67FS 738.17 +07.9962.99' LT10-1.8%-1.7%FS 740.06253+30.2127.00' LTFS 739.77253+35.7136.00' LTFS 740.03253+30.2127.00' RTFS 739.56253+35.7136.00' RTFS 740.03 +45.7160.00' RTFS 737.22 +48.3060.00' RTTTSP-2.8%TC/FS 736.76 +48.3051.01' LTFS 737.19 +42.3051.00' RT994R4R4R4R10HCROSSWALK, TYPPBACK CURB-6.6%-6.4%-1.3%-1.3%-1.5%-1.5%-0.7%-0.7%(-1.4%)FS ELEVATION DATAID2a12a22a32a42b12b22b32b42c12c22c32c42d12d22d32d42e12e22e32e4STATION-OFFSET253+41.71 36.00' LT253+55.71 36.00' LT253+55.71 25.75' LT253+41.71 25.75' LT253+48.71 32.02' LT253+50.60 30.14' LT253+48.71 28.25' LT253+46.83 30.14' LT253+41.71 36.00' RT253+55.71 36.00' RT253+55.71 25.75' RT253+41.71 25.75' RT253+48.71 32.02' RT253+50.60 30.14' RT253+48.71 28.25' RT253+46.83 30.14' RT254+38.30 36.00' RT254+52.30 36.00' RT254+52.30 25.75' RT254+38.30 25.75' RTELEVATION739.58'739.32'739.60'739.86'739.56'739.58'739.66'739.64'739.37'739.11'739.42'739.67'739.36'739.38'739.47'739.45'736.64'736.40'736.65'736.89'FS ELEVATION DATAID2f12f22f32f42g12g22g32g42h12h22h32h42i12i22i32i4STATION-OFFSET254+45.30 32.02' RT254+47.18 30.14' RT254+45.30 28.25' RT254+43.41 30.14' RT254+38.30 36.00' LT254+52.30 36.00' LT254+52.30 25.75' LT254+38.30 25.75' LT254+45.30 32.02' LT254+47.18 30.14' LT254+45.30 28.25' LT254+43.41 30.14' LT253+41.71 3.00' LT253+55.71 3.00' LT254+38.30 3.00' RT254+52.30 3.00' RTELEVATION736.62'736.63'736.71'736.70'736.34'736.10'736.40'736.64'736.34'736.36'736.45'736.43'740.29'740.03'737.24'737.00' CL DWY 256+59.03TC 731.32FL 730.65 +38.9038.00' LTTC 730.04FL 729.37 +87.0138.00' LTTC 729.40FL 728.73 +21.1338.00' LTTC 730.25FL 729.58 +79.1538.00' LT4D4D CL DWY 257+04.07TC/FS 731.04 +46.9046.00' LTTC/FS 730.41 +71.1546.00' LTFS (731.22) +46.9060.00' LTMATCHFS (730.59) +71.1560.00' LTMATCHTC/FS 729.76 +95.0146.00' LTTC/FS 729.43 +13.1346.00' LTFS (729.95) +95.0160.00' LTMATCHFS (729.61) +13.1360.00' LTMATCH-1.3% -1.3% -1.3% -1.3% -1.3%PCURBPCURBPCURBPCURBR8'R8 'R8'R8 '8W=2'8W=2'8' 8'14' 14'APN 8717-008-005205 S DBBAPN 8717-008-020235 S DBB2D-6.7% -6.4% -6.1% -6.2%HTYPCONSTRUCTION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACECONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA2-8 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) PERSPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT CURB (TYPE A1, RETAINING)PER SPPWC 120-3SAWCUT, REMOVE AND REPLACE AC (2'WIDE, 4" THICK, TYPE C2-PG 64-10)CONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PERSPPWC 110-2 AND DETAIL ON SHEETS CD-2THROUGH CD-4 (W PER PLAN)CONSTRUCT CURB RAMP PER SPPWC111-5, SHEETS CD-1 THROUGH CD-4, ANDSHEETS CH-1 THROUGH CH-3CONSTRUCT RETAINING CURB (TYPE A1-6)PER SPPWC 120-3CONSTRUCT GUTTER PAN TRANSITION PERDETAIL ON SHEET CD-1INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE(W=3')SAWCUT, REMOVE AND REPLACE JPCP (6"THICK) DRIVEWAY APPROACH PERCALTRANS STD PLAN P1CONSTRUCT CURB DRAIN PER SPPWC150-3SEE CH-SHEETS FOR HARDSCAPEIMPROVEMENTSSEE T-SHEETS FOR TRAFFIC SIGNALIMPROVEMENTSUTILITY FACILITY - SEE DM-SHEETS FORDISPOSITIONP1A1C2D4D4R678910HTUKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Ramp-Dwy.dwgMon 06.May.24 08:05:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 0'0'10'10'5'5'SCALE: 1" = 10'DRIVEWAY DETAIL8C-2/3CURB RAMP ANDDRIVEWAY DETAIL7C-2CD-312 CONSTRUCTION DETAILSCURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, AND PAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILS FS ELEVATION DATAID3a13a23a33a43a53a63a73b13b23b33b43b53b63b73b83c13c23c33c43c53c6STATION-OFFSET258+35.53 39.23' LT258+52.38 59.50' LT258+59.63 60.28' LT258+61.13 46.36' LT258+49.53 45.11' LT258+49.53 33.00' LT258+35.53 33.00' LT258+55.82 54.73' LT258+57.90 53.06' LT258+56.22 50.98' LT258+54.15 52.65' LT258+42.53 39.27' LT258+44.42 37.39' LT258+42.53 35.50' LT258+40.64 37.39' LT258+35.53 38.85' RT258+54.18 65.00' RT258+63.32 65.00' RT258+63.32 51.00' RT258+54.05 51.00' RT258+49.53 44.43' RTELEVATION727.21'726.92'726.74'726.88'727.15'727.31'727.52'726.90'726.86'726.93'726.92'727.25'727.29'727.35'727.31'727.38'727.03'727.02'727.16'727.27'727.33'FS ELEVATION DATAID3c73c83d13d23d33d43d53d63d73d83e13e23e33e43e53e63e73e83e93f13f2STATION-OFFSET258+49.53 33.00' RT258+35.53 33.00' RT258+42.53 35.50' RT258+40.64 37.39' RT258+42.53 39.27' RT258+44.42 37.39' RT258+58.93 56.11' RT258+57.05 58.00' RT258+58.93 59.89' RT258+60.82 58.00' RT259+08.32 49.23' RT259+01.32 53.85' RT258+97.34 58.00' RT258+93.08 65.00' RT258+86.32 65.00' RT258+86.32 51.00' RT258+94.32 51.00' RT258+94.32 43.00' RT259+08.32 43.00' RT259+01.32 45.50' RT259+03.21 47.39' RTELEVATION727.43'727.64'727.48'727.44'727.39'727.43'727.12'727.10'727.07'727.09'726.18'726.22'726.25'726.29'726.63'726.77'726.37'726.64'726.43'726.46'726.38'FS ELEVATION DATAID3f33f43f53f63f73f83g13g23g33g43g53g63g73g83g93h13h23h33h43h53h6STATION-OFFSET259+01.32 49.27' RT258+99.43 47.39' RT258+90.71 56.11' RT258+92.59 58.00' RT258+90.71 59.89' RT258+88.82 58.00' RT259+08.32 47.46' LT259+00.40 51.76' LT258+96.77 55.20' LT258+91.71 63.75' LT258+84.49 62.97' LT258+85.99 49.05' LT258+94.32 49.95' LT258+94.32 41.00' LT259+08.32 41.00' LT258+89.39 58.36' LT258+87.72 56.28' LT258+89.80 54.61' LT258+91.47 56.68' LT259+01.32 47.27' LT258+99.43 45.39' LTELEVATION726.35'726.44'726.54'726.44'726.50'726.59'725.78'725.75'725.73'725.69'725.96'726.10'725.98'726.31'726.10'725.86'725.95'725.93'725.84'725.92'726.05'FS ELEVATION DATAID3h73h83i13i23i33i43i53i63i73i83i93i103i113i123i133i143i153i163i173i18STATION-OFFSET259+01.32 43.50' LT259+03.21 45.39' LT258+35.53 7.00' LT258+49.53 7.00' LT258+35.53 3.00' LT258+49.53 3.00' LT258+35.53 16.00' RT258+49.53 16.00' RT258+94.32 25.75' RT259+08.32 25.75' RT258+94.32 8.00' RT259+08.32 8.00' RT258+94.32 2.00' RT259+08.32 2.00' RT258+94.32 8.50' LT259+08.32 8.50' LT258+94.32 20.50' LT259+08.32 20.50' LT258+73.05 47.65' LT258+71.55 61.57' LTELEVATION726.10'725.97'728.06'727.85'728.06'727.86'727.96'727.75'727.16'726.95'727.46'727.25'727.47'727.26'727.38'727.17'727.08'726.87'726.60'726.46' CL DWY 258+05.96 CL DWY 259+47.49 CL DWY 258+04.76TC 726.66FL 725.99 +28.4848.00' RTTC 726.72FL 726.05 +22.3248.00' RTECRTC (726.21)FL (725.64) +66.5148.00' RTMATCHTC (726.29)FL (725.79) +92.3279.07' RTMATCHTC (727.10)FL (726.55) +52.3282.03' RTMATCHTC 727.19FL 726.69 +52.3278.00' RTFL 728.49 +93.6038.00' RTTC 728.06FL 727.39 +26.4838.41' LTUWMTTSPTTSP77771ATTSPTTSPTTSPTTSPUSD MHUPBPCURBSC2AU PBDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDGENTLE SPRINGS LANEPALOMINO DRIVE4D 4D4D"DBB" LINEFS 728.35 +91.0546.00' LTTC 727.82FL 727.32 +18.4746.00' LTR30'R7.6 'TC 727.81FL 727.14 +35.1541.27' LTTC 727.54FL 726.87 +50.3059.49' LTECRTC/FS 727.70 +26.3446.00' LTTC/FS 727.37 +39.6359.50' LTTC 727.11FL 726.61 +51.5267.99' LTTC (726.68)FL (726.21) +51.5383.84' LTMATCHFL 727.62 +21.5338.00' LTBCRFS (728.53) +91.0560.00' LTMATCHFS (728.01) +18.4860.00' LTMATCHR25'TC (726.12)FL (725.55) +91.5382.25' LTMATCHTC 726.22FL 725.55 +92.1071.63' LTBCRTC 726.29FL 725.62 +93.5964.44' LTTC/FL 725.66 +98.1556.64' LTTC/FL 725.68 +01.7953.22' LTTC 726.38FL 725.71 +08.9749.35' LTTC 726.42FL 725.75 +17.0748.00' LTECRTC 726.45FL 725.78 +26.5348.00' LTTC/FS 726.45 +03.0369.50' LTTC/FS 726.57 +15.0359.50' LTTC 726.58FS 726.08 +04.8663.74' LTTC 726.61FS 726.11 +08.6860.50' LTFS 726.53 +26.5354.00' LTTTSPTC 728.10FL 727.43 +27.2938.41' RTFL 727.59 +22.3238.00' RTBCRTC 727.40FL 726.90 +52.3268.00' RTECRTC 727.46FL 726.96 +52.1965.19' RTTC/FL 727.05 +51.1159.56' RTTC 727.97FL 727.30 +35.2640.93' RTTC 727.90FL 727.80 +18.3246.00' RTFS 728.32 +93.6046.00' RTFS 727.50 +41.5162.37' RTTC 728.46FS 727.96 +21.4860.07' RTFS (727.44) +39.8282.03' RTMATCHR3 0 'R7'R7.7'FS 728.39 +92.8851.00' RTFS 728.44 +92.4554.00' RTFS 728.42 +91.5542.17' RTTTSPFL 725.76 +62.5148.00' RTTTSPFL 726.04 +32.4848.04' RTFS 726.78 +32.4855.50' RTFS 726.48 +62.5155.50' RTFS (726.84) +32.4860.00' RTMATCHFS (726.55) +62.5160.00' RTMATCHFS (726.52) +66.5160.00' RTMATCHFS 726.82 +28.4860.00' RTTC 726.78FL 726.11 +09.2051.02' RTTC/FL 726.16 +02.5655.43' RTTC/FL 726.18 +99.0959.03' RTTC 726.89FL 726.22 +94.9165.82' RTFS (727.14) +02.7880.21' RTMATCHTC/FS 727.02 +05.9171.15' RTTC/FS 727.02 +17.5161.46' RTTC 727.35FS 726.85 +08.3467.97' RTTC 727.33FS 726.83 +12.0464.59' RTFS 726.77 +04.7364.48' RTFS 726.75 +08.2160.89' RTR30'R 7 '1ATC 726.79FL 726.29 +92.3278.00' RTBCRFL 728.54 +91.0538.00' LTTC/FS 727.79 +26.6446.00' RT-3. 8 %-4.5%-4.5%-4.5%-7.0%-7.5%-1.5%-8. 7 % -7 .8% - 0 . 4% - 7 . 5%-0.6%-8.5%-6.7%-5.3%-5.4%-4.7%-4.7%-1.3% -1.3% -1.3% -9.8% -9.7% -1.9% -2.8% -1.3% -1.3%FS (728.53) +91.5960.00' RTMATCH258+00259+00888814'8' 4.5'7.5' 8'14'3a13a23a33a43a53a63a73b13b23b33b43b53b63b73b83c13c23c33c43c53c63c73c83d13d23d33d43d53d63d73d83e13e23e33e43e53e63e73e83e93f13f23f33f43f53f63f73f83g13g23g33g43g53g63g73g83g93h13h23h33h43h53h63h73h83i13i23i33i43i53i63i73i83i93i103i113i123i133i153i163i143i17HTYPHBOLLARD, TYP3i18APN 8717-008-003141 S DBBAPN 8281-024-052150 S DBBAPN 8281-101-049206 S DBBAPN 8717-008-005205 S DBB-2.2% -5.0% -3.2% -5.1%1AA2-61AA2-61AA2-61AA2-64R4R4R4R10* SEE NOTE* SEE NOTE* SEE NOTEFS 726.00 +01.2959.96' LTFS (726.44) +03.5382.25' LTMATCHFS 726.02 +04.9256.53' LT- 1 . 5%HCROSSWALK, TYPDD2D CL DWY 257+35.06TC 729.82FL 729.15 +08.0538.00' RTTC 728.88FL 728.21 +62.0838.00' RT4DTC/FS 729.49 +16.0546.00' RTTC/FS 728.78 +54.0846.00' RTFS (729.67) +16.0560.00' RTMATCHFS (728.96) +54.0860.00' RTMATCHR8'-1.3%-1.3%R8'14'8'APN 8281-101-049206 S DBB-4.9%-4.3% CL DWY 256+56.10TC 731.52FL 730.85 +31.6838.00' RTTC 730.34FL 729.67 +80.5238.00' RT4DTC/FS 731.21 +39.6846.00' RTTC/FS 730.34 +72.5346.00' RTFS (731.39) +39.6860.00' RTMATCHFS (730.52) +72.5360.00' RTMATCH-1.3%-1.3%PCURBPCURBR8'R8'8'14'APN 8281-010-050218 S DBB2D-4.9%-5.8%CONSTRUCTION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACECONSTRUCT CURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA2-8 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) PERSPPWC 120-3SAWCUT, REMOVE AND REPLACE AC (2'WIDE, 4" THICK, TYPE C2-PG 64-10)CONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PERSPPWC 110-2 AND DETAIL ON SHEETS CD-2THROUGH CD-4 (W PER PLAN)CONSTRUCT CURB RAMP PER SPPWC111-5, SHEETS CD-1 THROUGH CD-4, ANDSHEETS CH-1 THROUGH CH-3CONSTRUCT GUTTER PAN TRANSITION PERDETAIL ON SHEET CD-1INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE(W=3')CONSTRUCT CURB DRAIN PER SPPWC150-3DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS PER D-SHEETSEE CH-SHEETS FOR HARDSCAPEIMPROVEMENTSSEE T-SHEETS FOR TRAFFIC SIGNALIMPROVEMENTSUTILITY FACILITY - SEE DM-SHEETS FORDISPOSITIONP1A2D4D4R7810DHTUKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Ramp-Dwy.dwgMon 06.May.24 08:05:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 0'0'10'10'5'5'SCALE: 1" = 10'CURB RAMP ANDDRIVEWAY DETAIL11C-3DRIVEWAY DETAIL10C-3CD-413 DRIVEWAY DETAIL9C-2/3CONSTRUCTION DETAILSCURB RAMP, DRIVEWAY, AND PAVEMENT ELEVATION DETAILSNOTES:1.* RETAINING CURB (H VAR, MATCH TC TO EXISTING GRADE) APN 8717-008-186379 S DBBFS 763.05246+58.9741.00' LTFS 763.11246+64.4732.00' LTFS 759.92247+44.4732.00' LTFS 759.44247+50.0041.00' LT-7.6%APN 8281-010-062334 S DBBFS 758.71247+76.4132.00' RTFS 758.65247+70.9141.00' RTFS 755.41248+56.4132.00' RTFS 754.96248+61.9340.97' RT-8.3%APN 8717-008-028315 S DBBAPN 8717-008-020235 S DBBFS 742.42252+50.2127.00' LTFS 742.48252+44.7136.00' LTFS 740.06253+30.2127.00' LTFS 739.77253+35.7136.00' LT-8.5%APN 8281-010-060FS 742.45252+50.2127.00' RTFS 742.33252+44.7136.00' RTFS 740.03253+30.2127.00' RTFS 739.56253+35.7136.00' RTEXISTING MANHOLER2'R10'R10'248+71.3342.78' RT248+78.9542.49' RTGRADE FL TO DRAINKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Ramp-Dwy.dwgMon 06.May.24 08:05:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 0'0'10'10'5'5'SCALE: 1" = 10'BUS PAD DETAIL3C-2CD-514 BUS PAD DETAIL1C-1BUS PAD DETAIL2C-1BUS PAD DETAIL4C-2CURB AT MANHOLE DETAIL5C-1CONSTRUCTION DETAILSPAVEMENT AND CURB ELEVATION DETAILS MODIFIED COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY DETAILNOT TO SCALEMODIFIED SPPWC 110-2 SECTION A-A. SEE SPPWC 110-2 FORDETAILS NOT SHOWNPPER PLANYPER PLANMATCH EXISTING-1.3%COLORED CONCRETEPER SHEET CD-7UNCOLOREDCONCRETERIGHT-OF-WAYCONCRETE SLOUGH WALL DETAILPROFILENOT TO SCALEBEGIN WALLSTA PER PLANEND WALLSTA PER PLANH=6" AT FREE END OR MATCH STAIRS / RETAINING CURB TYP EACH END4'TYPEACHENDH=24"PG BACK OF WALKTOP OF WALLINSTALL SKATE DETERRENT (TYP, 3' O/C)1.0' MAXTYP EACH ENDD=12"BOTTTOM OF WALLWALL UNDERDRAIN DETAILPLANNOT TO SCALECURB DRAIN OUTLET PER SPPWC 150-3L=7' (TYP) 4" SLOTTED PVC, WRAPPED IN4" MIN PERMEABLE BACKFILL ANDNONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE (TYPE 90 N, 12"MIN OVERLAP) ALL SIDES OF PIPENOTES:1.SEE LACDPWSP 6203-1 FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. MODIFY AS FOLLOWS1.1.10" TOP WIDTH1.2.SEE UNDERDRAIN DETAIL HEREON FOR WEEP HOLES2.CHAMFER OR RADIUS WALL EDGE UNIFORMLY TO INSTALL SKATE DETERRENTS.3.DO NOT PLACE SKATE DETERRENTS ON WALL JOINTS.CURB AND GUTTERSIDEWALKCONCRETE SLOUGH WALLWALL UNDERDRAIN PER DETAIL HEREONCURB ANDGUTTERFINISHEDGRADEBACK OF CURB BACK OF WALK8"2"MAXVARCONCRETEFLATWORKEX R/W DO NOT CONSTRUCT PATHWAYBEYOND THE EXISTING R/WUNLESS APPROVED BY THE CITYENGINEER1/2" RMATCH ELEVATIONCONCRETE FLATWORK DETAILNOT TO SCALE1.THE SLOPE OF CONCRETE FLATWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED A 2% CROSS SLOPE INPEDESTRIAN PATHS.2.CONSTRUCT EXPANSION JOINTS AT LOCATIONS PER SPPWC 112-2 AND OTHERS APPROVEDBY THE ENGINEER.3.CONSTRUCT "HAND-TOOLED" WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS SHOWN ON PLANS OR ATLOCATIONS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS SHALL BECONSTRUCTED AT A DEPTH EQUAL TO 25% OF THE THICKNESS OF CONCRETE.4.SEE SHEETS CH-1 THROUGH CH-3 FOR LOCATIONS OF COLORED CONCRETE FLATWORK.WIDTH PER PLAN8"1.5% (TYP)5"90% COMPACTSUBGRADEEXPANSION JOINT DETAILNOT TO SCALESELF-LEVELING CONTROL JOINTSEALER/ADHESIVE. COLOR TO BEAPPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.CONTRACTOR TO SPRINKLE SAND TOTHE WET SURFACE OF THE SEALER TOACHIEVE 100% COVERAGECONCRETEFLATWORKPOLYFELT EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL.REMOVE TOP 1/2" OF MATERIAL PRIORTO APPLYING THE SELF-LEVELINGJOINT SEALERCONCRETE PAVER PATHWAY DETAILNOT TO SCALE8"FINISHEDGRADEVARCURB ANDGUTTERSET PAVERS 1/4"ABOVE TOP OF CURBDO NOT CONSTRUCT PATHWAYBEYOND THE EXISTING R/W UNLESSAPPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEERWIDTH PER PLAN1.5% TYP3/4" MORTAR BEDCONCRETE PAVERS (5 CM) MORTAR SET.USE PALAZZO "T" SPACER1-1/2" DRAIN GAPFILL WITH PEA GRAVELCONCRETEPAVERPATHWAYCONCRETEFLATWORK#4 DOWEL 24" LONGTIES AT 16" O/CCENTERED IN SLABSTYPICAL PAVER PATHWAY ATCONCRETE FLATWORK DETAILNOT TO SCALE2" MAX EX R/W BACK OF WALK BACK OF CURB3" THICK (MIN)CONCRETE BASE90% COMPACTSUBGRADECONSTRUCTTHICKENEDEDGE WHENADJACENT TOPLANTEREXPANDED POLYSTYRENE. EXTEND 1'PAST FOUNDATION IN EACH DIRECTION.PLACE PRIOR TO PLACING FOUNDATION.MODIFIED FOUNDATION DETAIL FOR BOLLARD ORSIGN POST OVER SHALLOW UTILITYNOT TO SCALENOTES:1.FOR ANCHOR BOLT APPLICATIONS, ENSURE 6" CLEAR BETWEENBOTTOM OF ANCHOR BOLT AND BOTTOM OF FOUNDATION.1" MIN1" MIN 3' TO 4.5' DEPTH TO TOP OF UTILITY 2.5' EMBEDMENT24" DIAMETERBOLLARD OR SIGN POSTFINISHED SURFACEEXISTING UTILTY6" MINIRON TREE GRATE 'B' PLANSCALE: 1" = 1'2-PIECE INSTALLATION1.TREE GRATE OPENING SLOTS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1/2-INCH WITH SLOTSPERPENDICULAR IN THE GENERAL DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND HAVE A COEFFIECENTLOSE AT LEAST 0.6 ON FLAT SURFACES.2.STEEL ANGLE FRAMES SHALL BE JIG WELDED WITH NELSON STUD ANCHORS.3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO THE GRATE TO PREVENT ROCKING.ANY ADJUSTMENTS MADE TO ENSURE THAT EACH GRATE FITS LEVEL IN THE FRAMESHALL BE DONE IN A MANNER RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE TREEGRATE OPENING TO BE 16" DIAMETER WHEN INSTALLED. FUTURE MODIFICATIONS TOTHE TREE GRATE WILL ALLOW FOR A 19" & 22" DIAMETER OPENING.R8"48"36"36"72"TREE GRATE FRAME INSTALLATION DETAILSCALE: 1" = 1'MATCH ELEVATIONCONCRETEEDGE OUTLINESTEEL ANGLE FRAME, JIG WELDEDWITH NELSON STUD ANCHORS BYMANUFACTURER. INSTALL ASSPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.12"10"(3) #4 REBAR CONTINUOUSWITH #3 TIES AT 24" O/CCONCRETE EDGE4" CLEAR 6" CL PARKWAY TREETOP OF ROOTBALLFINISHED GRADETREE GRATE OPENINGROOT BARRIER(24" DEEP)3/4" CRUSHED ROCK4"CONCRETE PAVER FLATWORKSHOWN FOR REFERENCEKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Hardscape.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 05:30:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256HARDSCAPE DETAILSPATHWAY AND MODIFIED FOUNDATION DETAILSCD-615 CONCRETE PAVERS (CROSSWALK)SIZE:6" X 12"THICKNESS:10 CMCOLOR:DESERT BLEND (FM)FINISH:GRIND FINISHPATTERN:HERRINGBONESIZE:6" X 12"THICKNESS:10 CMCOLOR:CATINA BLEND (FM)FINISH:STANDARDPATTERN:HERRINGBONESIZE:6" X 12"THICKNESS:10 CMCOLOR:CHARCOAL BROWN BUFF (FM)FINISH:GRIND FINISHPATTERN:HERRINGBONETYPE:PROPHYRYSIZE:4" X 4"THICKNESS:8 CMCOLOR:OLIVE GREEN CHARCOAL (FM)CONCRETE PAVERS (PATHWAY)1c1d1.0' WIDE COLOREDCONCRETE BANDCROSSWALK STRIPEPER SS-SHEETSEXPANSION JOINTAT PAVER LIMITS32" SQUARE DIAMOND PATTERN (TYP)SEE SHEETS CD-5 THROUGH #### FOR LOCATIONSTYPICAL CROSSWALK DETAILNOT TO SCALELENGTH OF CROSSWALK VARIESL/2L/21dTYPICAL CROSSWALK DETAILNOT TO SCALE1b14'1.0'COLOREDCONCRETEBAND(TYP)PCC PAVEMENT1" THICK SAND-ASPHALT BEDDINGCONCRETE PAVERS (10 CM)CROSSWALK STRIPEPER SS-SHEETSMIN 90% COMPACT SUBGRADE#4 REBAR AT24" O/C (TYP)1.5' (TYP)(4) #6 REBARCONTINUOUS (TYP)PAVEMENT PERSHEETS C-1THROUGH C-3(TYP)MATCHELEVATION(TYP)MATCHELEVATION(TYP)8" THICK COLORED CONCRETE PAVING#5 REBAR AT 12" O/CBOTH WAYS (TYP)12"TYPICAL CROSSWALK PAVEMENT SECTIONNOT TO SCALE1c12"CROSSWALK PAVEMENT - DIAMOND PAVER TRANSITIONNOT TO SCALE1dCROSSWALK PAVEMENT - CROSSWALK PAVER TRANSITIONNOT TO SCALE1e#5 REBAR AT 12" O/CBOTH WAYS (TYP)CONCRETEPAVERSGEOTEXTILE UNDERCOMPACTED AGGREGATE14" THICK CLASS 2 AB(CALTRANS)COMPACTED MIN 96%1" THICK BEDDING SANDCONCRETE PAVERS(8 CM)MIN 90% COMPACT SUBGRADE18" 18"MATCH ELEVATIONMATCHELEVATION#5 REBAR AT 12" O/CBOTH WAYS (TYP)#4 REBAR AT 24" O/C(4) #6 REBARCONTINUOUS (TYP)VAR3.8' MIN6' MAX2.5'EXPANSIONJOINTALTERNATING WEAKENEDPLANE JOINTS ANDEXPANSIONS JOINTSAT 8' O/C (TYP)COLORED CONCRETE (CROSSWALK, DRIVEWAYS)MANUFACTURER:SOLOMON COLORSINTEGRAL COLOR:RUSTIQUE #467, 4% LOADINGFINISH:HAND-SEED ROCK SALTWITH LIGHT BROOM FINISHCOLORED CONCRETE(CURB RETURNS, CURB RAMPS, BUS STOPS)MANUFACTURER:SOLOMON COLORSINTEGRAL COLOR:COLOR-FLO, DESERT TAN #750, 1% LOADINGFINISH:RETARDER, GRACE TOP-CAST,05 POWDER BLUE (SANDBLAST)COLORED CONCRETE (MEDIAN ISLAND)MANUFACTURER:SOLOMON COLORSINTEGRAL COLOR:COLOR-FLO, CINNAMON #306, 4% LOADINGFINISH:RETARDER, GRACE TOP-CAST,05 POWDER BLUE (SANDBLAST)CROSSWALK CONSTRUCTION NOTES1. WEAKENED PLANE & EXPANSION JOINTS: SAWN-CUT WEAKENEDPLANE JOINTS (8' O/C) AND EXPANSION JOINTS (16' O/C) LOCATIONSOF JOINTS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERPRIOR TO FORMING. LOCATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BEREVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER MIN 48 HOURS BEFORECONCRETE IS SCHEDULED FOR INSTALLATION.2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT AN (8'x8') SIZE CONCRETEPAVER PANEL TO DEMONSTRATE COLOR AND FINISH. THIS SAMPLESHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TOINSTALLATION. THE APPROVED CONCRETE SAMPLE SHALL BEPROTECTED AND ACCESSIBLE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. THELOCATION OF THE CONCRETE SAMPLE SHALL SELECTED BY THECITY.SEALER CONSTRUCTION NOTES1. APPLY SEAL'N LOCK SYSTEM'S SEALER OR APPROVED EQUAL WITHNATURAL LUSTER TO CONCRETE PAVERS. APPLY AT A RATE ANDMETHOD SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER.2. APPLY PS 101 SILICONATE MULTI-SURFACE (SMOOTH) WBPENETRATING SEALER BY CONCRETESEALERS USA OR APPROVEDEQUAL TO COLORED CONCRETE FLATWORK. APPLY SEALER AT ARATE AND METHOD SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER.MANUFACTURER:PALAZZOSIZE:12" X 24"THICKNESS:5 CMCOLOR:CHAMPAGNEFINISH:CONTEMPOMANUFACTURER:PALAZZOSIZE:12" X 24"THICKNESS:5 CMCOLOR:ESPRESSOFINISH:CONTEMPOMIN 90% COMPACT SUBGRADE#4 REBAR AT 18" O/CBOTH WAYS (TYP)PLACE TACK COAT ON CONCRETE BASE2" DIA DRAIN HOLES.LOCATE PER DETAIL HEREON.FILL WITH PEA GRAVEL1e1bPAVING STONES, RANDOM COLOR PATTERN, HERRINGBONE INTERIOR LAYOUTSTRING COURSE LAYOUT ALONG EDGE RESTRAINTVALVE COLLAR DETAILNOT TO SCALEBEDDINGSAND (TYP)GEOTEXTILE (12"WIDE MIN WIDE)TURN UP AGAINSTCOLLAR (TYP)#6 REBARCONTINUOUS (TYP)COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR(MIN 8" WIDE, 12" DEEP)SET 1/4" BELOW ADJACENTPAVER ELEVATION (TYP)EXISTING VALVE BOXREBARVALVE COVERCONCRETEPAVERS (TYP)AB (TYP)VVSECTION V-VNOT TO SCALESTRING COURSE OF PAVERSAROUND COLLARREBARMANHOLE COLLAR DETAILNOT TO SCALEMMMANHOLE COVERSECTION M-MNOT TO SCALEEXISTINGMANHOLESTRUCTUREADJUST GRADE RAISING MECHANISMPER SPPWC 205-2CONCRETEPAVERS (TYP)COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR(MIN 12" WIDE, 12" DEEP)SET 1/4" BELOW ADJACENTPAVER ELEVATION (TYP)GEOTEXTILE (12" WIDEMIN WIDE). TURN UPAGAINST COLLAR (TYP)AB (TYP)BEDDINGSAND (TYP)#6 REBARCONTINUOUS (TYP)1" WEEP HOLE (ONE PER SIDE)TYPICAL PAVER CROSSWALKDRAIN HOLE LOCATION DETAILNOT TO SCALEGUTTERCURBPAVER CROSSWALK BANDDETECTABLE WARNING SURFACEPAVEMENTLONGITUDINAL GRADEROADWAY CROSS SLOPE 10' O/C (TYP)PAVER CROSSWALKTYPICAL DRAIN HOLE.INSTALL (3) ALONG GUTTERKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Hardscape.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 05:30:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256HARDSCAPE DETAILSCROSSWALK AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE DETAILSCD-716 W1.5'TC-0.58'2'TC GRADELOCALDEPRESSIONTC GRADETC GRADETC GRADEMODIFIED CURBAND GUTTERMODIFIED CURBAND GUTTERTC-0.83'TC-0.83'CHECK DAM (BRACEWALL) MONOLITHIC WITHCURB WALL AND CURBAND GUTTERCURB WALLSECTION A-ANOT TO SCALESECTION C-CNOT TO SCALESECTION B-BNOT TO SCALETYPICAL BIORETENTION SECTIONSECTION D-DNOT TO SCALESIDEWALKSIDEWALKSIDEWALKSIDEWALKWWMODIFIED PARKWAYDRAINNONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE(TYPE 90 N)PLANTING MEDIAASTM NO. 4 AGGREGATEIMPERMEABLE LINER(TYP)NONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE(TYPE 90 N)ASTM NO. 4 AGGREGATEPLANTING MEDIAASTM NO. 4 AGGREGATEPLANTING MEDIAASTM NO. 4 AGGREGATEMODIFIED PARKWAYDRAINGROUTED COBBLES2'1.5'2'1.83'2'1.5'2.75'TYPICAL PARKWAY BIORETENTION AREA DETAILNOT TO SCALE6" WIDE SLOT OPENINGS AT 4' O/C (TYP)0.5' THICK CHECK DAM(BRACE WALL) (TYP)OUTLETSTATION LOCATION PER SCHEDULE HEREONMODIFIED PARKWAY DRAIN PER SPPWC 151-3(W=36", 0% SLOPE)1' TRANS FROM 0"CF TO 6"CF(TYP, EACH SIDE)CURB WALL PER DETAIL HEREONCURB AND GUTTERPARKWAYLANDSCAPINGINLET TYPE 2STATION LOCATION PER SCHEDULE HEREONMODIFIED PARKWAY DRAIN PER SPPWC 151-3(W=36", -5% SLOPE, 0" FL LIP)2" LOCAL DEPRESSION PER SPPWC 313-4FLOW DIRECTIONAABBAADDSTREETIMPERMEABLE LINER (TYP)NO DUMPINGDRAINS TO OCEANNO DUMPINGDRAINS TO OCEANDRAINAGE INLET MARKER(PREFABRICATED THERMOPLASTIC) PERCALTRANS STANDARD PLAN D71 (TYP, 2).CATCH BASINLOCAL DEPRESSIONCATCH BASINSIDEWALKBEGIN MODIFIEDCURB AND GUTTEREND MODIFIEDCURB AND GUTTERPARKWAY BIORETENTION AREA GENERAL NOTES1.GROUTED COBBLES SHALL BE 7" THICK SMALL-ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION PER CALTRANS STANDARDSPECIFICATION 72-4. GROUT SHALL BE 1" MIN, 2" MAX THICK. TOP OF COBBLES SHALL BE FLUSH WITHOR BELOW THE INVERT OF PARKWAY DRAIN.2.CURB AND GUTTER, CURB WALLS, AND BRACE WALLS SHALL BE POURED MONOLITHICALLY. JOINTSBETWEEN WALLS SHALL BE SEALED PER SSPWC 201-3 AND 303-1.8.7.3.CURB WALLS AND BRACE WALLS SHALL BE PCC TYPE 520-C-2500, REINFORCED WITH MIN WWM 4X4,CENTERED. TOP CORNERS SHALL BE ROUNDED WITH A 3/4" RADIUS.4.PLANTING MEDIA SHALL CONSIST OF 0.25' THICK MULCH OVER 30% NATIVE TOPSOIL / 30% SAND / 40%COMPOST.5.SEE LP-SHEETS AND LI-SHEETS FOR PLANTING AND IRRIGATION.INLET TYPE 1STATION LOCATION PER SCHEDULE HEREONMODIFIED PARKWAY DRAIN PER SPPWC 151-3(W=36", -5% SLOPE, 0" FL LIP)CCW GROUTED COBBLES(TYP)2' TYP5'CHECK DAMUPSTREAM STATION PERSCHEDULE HEREONTC-0.92'CURB WALLCURB WALLNONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE(TYPE 90 N)IMPERMEABLE LINER(TYP)NONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE(TYPE 90 N)IMPERMEABLE LINER(TYP)IMPERMEABLE LINER(TYP)4' MAX4' MAX4' MAXGROUTED COBBLES1.5'UTILITY CONFLICT DETAILNOT TO SCALEW WU0.75'MIN0.75'MINGROUTEDCOBBLESBBUTILITYCHECK DAMSTA-OFFSET SIDE248+67.77 LT248+81.25 LT249+19.33 RT249+31.85 LT249+32.81 RT249+45.35 LT249+61.27 RT249+76.36 LT249+89.86 LT250+64.21 LTCHECK DAMSTA-OFFSET SIDE250+77.71 LT251+24.00 RT251+34.50 RT251+65.13 LT251+78.63 LT252+06.13 LT254+67.80 LT254+73.00 RT254+81.30 LT254+86.50 RTINLET TYPE 1STA-OFFSET SIDE248+61.25 LT249+12.81 RT249+25.35 LT249+69.86 LT250+57.71 LT251+17.50 RT251+58.63 LT254+61.30 LT254+66.50 RT255+92.18 RT255+99.40 LT256+83.03 RT257+23.63 LT257+64.58 RTOUTLETSTA-OFFSET SIDE248+94.57 LT249+48.35 LT249+78.91 RT250+03.86 LT251+05.70 LT251+41.50 RT252+20.13 LT255+22.80 LT255+28.00 RT256+26.18 RTINLET TYPE 2STA-OFFSET SIDE249+44.77 RT250+91.71 LT251+92.63 LT254+95.30 LT255+00.50 RT257+57.63 LTCHECK DAMSTA-OFFSET SIDE255+11.80 LT255+17.00 RT255+98.68 RT256+05.90 LT256+12.18 RT256+19.40 LT256+89.53 RT256+98.03 RT257+30.13 LT257+43.63 LTOUTLETSTA-OFFSET SIDE256+33.40 LT257+02.55 RT257+74.05 LT257+77.10 RTCURB AND GUTTER (TYPEA2-8 MOD SW) DETAILNOT TO SCALE6"6"6"SEE SPPWC 120-3 FORDETAILS NOT SHOWN6"CF CURB WALL DETAILNOT TO SCALE6"4"26"CF SEE SPPWC 121-3 FORDETAILS NOT SHOWN6" WIDE SLOT OPENINGSAT 4' O/C. SLOPE AT 1:164"Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Stormwater.dwgThu 10.Jul.25 04:18:21 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256CD-817 CONSTRUCTION DETAILSSTORMWATER DETAILS 5"8-1/2"2"2"4"21 2"6" 13 4"21 2"212"212"PRECAST POSTWOODRAILMAKE VERTICAL CUT TO RAIL (BOTH ENDS)TO RECEIVE KNIFE PLATE CONNECTOR.THE GAP BETWEEN THE CONNECTOR ANDRAIL SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/16"5/8" x 6" GALVANIZED HEX MACHINE BOLT,WASHER AND HEX NUT, COUNTERSINKBOTH SIDES (2 BOLTS PER CONNECTOR)WOOD RAIL CONNECTOR DETAIL1-1/2" = 1'-0"4" X 8-1/2" X 3/8" STEEL BACK PLATEPRECAST POST1/2" DIA X 12" STEEL ROD, WELDEDTO BLACK PLATE (2 PLACES)3/4" DIA HOLE (2 PLACES)3/8" THICK STEEL PLATE1.WELDS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND GRINDED SMOOTH2.FINISH SHALL BE TEXTURED POWER-COATED FLAT BLACK3.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO FABRICATE CONNECTORS AND TO SUPPLYTHE PRECAST MANUFACTURER WITH THE CONNECTORS TO BE CAST IN PLACESIDEFRONTPLANPRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAILELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"SEE PRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL WITH DECORATIVE STEEL PANELS DETAIL FOR DETAILS NOTSHOWN AND GENERAL NOTESPRECAST POST -SEE DETAIL HEREON(2 PER INSTALLATION)SET LEVELAND PLUMBL PER PLANFINISHED GRADEPRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL WITH DECORATIVE STEEL PANELSELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"WOOD RAIL SEALER: APPLY (2) TWO COATS OF RAINCOAT CLEAR OIL-BASED WATER REPELLENT SEALER BY WOLMANTO ALL SIDES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SEALER APPLICATION METHOD TO BE ROLLED-ON.PRECAST POST: TOP OF POST ELEVATION OF EACH PRECAST POST SHALL BE EQUAL TO EACH OTHERPRECAST POST - SEE DETAIL HEREON(4 PER INSTALLATION)SET LEVELAND PLUMBDECORATIVE STEEL PANEL (POST) - SEE DETAIL HEREON(2 PER INSTALLATION)FINISHED GRADESEE MONUMENTLIGHTING DETAILON SHEET E-7(TYP)6" X 6" X 120" RESAWN DOUGLAS FIRWITH 3/4" 45° CHAMFER ONTOP AND BOTTOM EDGESDECORATIVE STEEL PANEL (POST)NOT TO SCALE26"31" 37"R=5'-5"R=3"115°3/8" THICK CORTENSTEEL PLATELASER OR WATERJET CUT IMAGESTEEL PANELCONNECTORS1.CUSTOM 3/8" THICK CORTEN PANEL WITH LASER OR WATER JET CUT OUTS. AVAILABLE THROUGHBRAVO SIGN & DESIGN (CONTACT FRANK FIORE AT 714-284-0500)2.THE ENGINEER SHALL PROVIDE ARTWORK.3.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION.4.2" X 4-1/2" LONG x 1/4" THICK STAINLESS STEEL FLAT BAR TAB. ATTACH PANEL TO PRECAST POSTWITH TAMPER PROOF STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS. ATTACHMENT TABS TO BE PROVIDED BY PANELFABRICATOR. (4 CONNECTORS PER PANEL)SEE LIGHT CHANNEL DETAIL HEREONPRECAST POST DETAIL3/4" = 1'-0"SEE ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR PANEL LIGHTING, JUNCTION BOX,AND CONDUIT48"8"41" 11" 17" 5"24"10"14"10"CONCRETEFOOTINGOUTLINE8"8"8"TOP OFCURB8"10"3"GROUTCAPSSOILDPRECAST POSTMODEL NUMBER:CUSTOMCOLOR:ADOBE TAUPE (C11)FINISH / TEXTURE:MEDIUM SAND BLAST (T4-MSB)SEALER:MATTE SEALER (MT)MANUFACTURER:QUICKCRETE PRODUCTS CORP.(800) 230-1377CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEWAND APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEERSIDEFRONTPLANWOOD RAIL CLDECORATIVEMETAL PANEL1", 45°CHAMFER(TYP)FINISHED GRADE2" BELOW TCGRADE90% COMPACT SUBGRADESTEEL ANCHOR PINSPER MANUFACTURER28" X 42" CONCRETEFOOTINGWOOD RAIL CONNECTOR -SEE DETAIL HEREONWOOD RAIL CONNECTOR -SEE DETAIL HEREON26"24"WIRING IN FLEXCONDUIT PERELECTRICALDETAILS1/8" CORTEN CHANNELWELDED TO BOTTOM OF PANEL1" WIDE LED STRIPS PERELECTRICAL DETAILS3/8" CORTEN PANEL(8) 5"x1/8"DRAINAGESLOTSLIGHT CHANNELNOT TO SCALEPLAN1 1/2"2"2"4"3/8" CORTEN PANELLED STRIP (TYP)1/8" CORTEN CHANNELWELDED TO BOTTOMOF PANEL1/8" WIDE SLOTTED DRAINSLIGHT CHANNELNOT TO SCALESECTIONKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\CD_Hardscape.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 05:30:39 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256CONSTRUCTION DETAILSPRECAST POST DETAILSCD-918 245246247248249250DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDGOLDENSPRINGS DRIVE 4M4R4R4R4R4PTYP4PTYP4PTYP2V2M2211L=9'R30'R35'R30'10TYP8Tw1b1w3w2b2b3w5w44DR35'R30'R35'R30'R30'R200'R495'R0.5'R0.5'R35'R30'R30'R35'R30'R0.5'R30'R35'R30'R0.5'R30'R35'R200'R495'w7w8w9b5b6b7w10w11w12b9b10b11b12b13b14b15b41b42b43b44b45b46b48b49b50b51w80w81w77w78w79w82w83w85w86w84w87w88w89w90w91w92w93g01ag01cg09ag09cg10ag10cg11ag11cg28ag28cg31ag31cg32ag32cg29ag29cg30ag30cc01dc01ac01cc01bc02dc02ac02bc02cc03dc03ac03bc03cc04dc04ac04bc04cc05dc05ac05bc05cc06dc06ac06bc06cc07dc07ac07bc07cc21ac21bc22ac22dc22cc22bc23bc23ac23dc23cc24dc24cc24bc24ac25dc25cc25bc25ac26dc26cc26bc26ac27ac27dc27cc27bc28ac28dc28cc28bc29ac29d8T8T8T8T11L=8'8T8T8TFUTURE MONUMENT SIGN BY OTHERS+34.48 124R11L=8'11L=8'11L=8'4D4D4R4R2213TYP13TYP13TYP13TYP8T510TYP55EJWPJ (TYP)EJEJEJLEGEND24M4P4R2CONSTRUCTION NOTESDECORATIVE CROSSWALK PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-7. SEE SHEETCD-5 FOR SITE CONTROL DATACONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND MANHOLECOVER PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-7CONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND WATER VALVECOVER PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-7COLORED CONCRETE DRIVEWAY APRON PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6COLORED CONCRETE IN MEDIAN PER COLORED CONCRETE NOTESON SHEET CD-7CONCRETE PAVER PATHWAY PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6COLORED CONCRETE CURB RETURN / CURB RAMP / BUS STOP AREAPER CONCRETE FLATWORK DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6 AND COLOREDCONCRETE NOTES ON SHEET CD-7RELOCATED BUS SHELTERINSTALL TACTILE DIRECTIONAL INDICATORTREE GRATE AND FRAME PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-6 ANDUPLIGHTING PER SHEET E-3PRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-9PRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL WITH DECORATIVE STEEL PANELSPER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-9 AND UPLIGHTING PER SHEET E-3INSTALL DECORATIVE BOLLARD BOLLARD (SOUTH COAST LIGHTING#BOL1301-NWNL OR EQUAL). SEE E-SHEETS FOR LIGHTING ANDHEREON FOR SITE CONTROL DATA22M2V4D4M4P4R58T101112134DOREXPANSION JOINT (EJ)PER SPPWC 112-2WEAKENED PLANEJOINT (CONTROLJOINT METHOD) PERSPPWC 112-2SCORING LINE (1/4"DEEP)MODIFIEDFOUNDATION OVERSHALLOW UTILITY PERDETAIL ON SHEETCD-6SITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDb1b2b3b5b6b7b9b10b11b12b13b14b15b41b42b43b44b45b46b48b49b50b51c01ac01bc01cc01dc02ac02bc02cc02dc03ac03bc03cc03dc04ac04bc04cc04dc05ac05bc05cc05dc06aSTATION-OFFSET246+16.80 48.00' LT246+24.18 47.08' LT246+32.80 46.00' LT247+87.17 48.67' LT247+95.68 47.44' LT248+05.60 46.00' LT248+50.30 46.00' LT248+61.02 45.71' LT248+98.33 43.71' LT249+24.85 43.00' LT249+89.84 43.00' LT250+00.35 44.62' LT250+09.36 46.00' LT246+61.88 48.67' RT246+70.38 47.44' RT246+80.30 46.00' RT247+07.67 46.00' RT247+17.59 47.44' RT247+26.09 48.67' RT249+01.87 46.00' RT249+12.58 45.71' RT249+49.89 43.71' RT249+76.41 43.00' RT248+25.84 51.00' LT248+37.84 51.00' LT248+37.84 60.00' LT248+25.84 60.00' LT248+50.59 53.67' LT248+62.59 53.58' LT248+62.66 60.00' LT248+50.66 60.00' LT248+75.34 52.96' LT248+87.34 52.31' LT248+87.35 60.00' LT248+75.38 60.00' LT249+00.09 51.63' LT249+12.08 51.17' LT249+12.10 60.00' LT249+00.10 60.00' LT249+24.85 48.00' LT249+36.85 48.00' LT249+36.85 60.00' LT249+24.85 60.00' LT249+50.60 48.00' LTSITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDc06bc06cc06dc07ac07bc07cc07dc21ac21bc22ac22bc22cc22dc23ac23bc23cc23dc24ac24bc24cc24dc25ac25bc25cc25dc26ac26bc26cc26dc27ac27bc27cc27dc28ac28bc28cc28dc29ac29dw1w2w3w4w5STATION-OFFSET249+62.60 48.00' LT249+62.60 60.00' LT249+50.60 60.00' LT249+76.35 48.00' LT249+88.35 48.00' LT249+88.35 60.00' LT249+76.35 60.00' LT246+87.99 60.00' RT246+99.99 60.00' RT248+73.36 51.00' RT248+85.36 51.00' RT248+85.36 60.00' RT248+73.36 60.00' RT248+97.36 51.00' RT249+09.36 51.00' RT249+09.36 60.00' RT248+97.36 60.00' RT249+21.33 53.25' RT249+33.33 52.61' RT249+33.33 60.00' RT249+21.33 60.00' RT249+45.29 51.97' RT249+57.29 51.38' RT249+57.29 60.00' RT249+45.29 60.00' RT249+69.29 51.05' RT249+81.29 51.00' RT249+81.29 60.00' RT249+69.29 60.00' RT249+93.29 48.00' RT250+05.29 48.00' RT250+05.29 60.00' RT249+93.29 60.00' RT250+17.29 51.00' RT250+29.29 51.00' RT250+29.29 60.00' RT250+17.29 60.00' RT250+41.29 51.00' RT250+41.29 60.00' RT246+23.02 53.67' LT246+22.86 52.69' LT246+32.80 51.00' LT246+39.85 51.00' LT246+39.85 53.67' LTSITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDw7w8w9w10w11w12w77w78w79w80w81w82w83w84w85w86w87w88w89w90w91w92w93STATION-OFFSET247+26.04 51.00' LT247+34.55 52.23' LT247+44.47 53.67' LT247+95.82 53.67' LT247+95.66 52.69' LT248+05.60 51.00' LT246+70.53 53.67' RT246+87.99 53.67' RT246+87.99 51.08' RT246+80.30 51.00' RT246+70.36 52.69' RT246+99.99 53.67' RT247+17.44 53.67' RT247+17.61 52.69' RT247+07.67 51.00' RT246+99.99 51.00' RT247+76.41 53.67' RT247+86.34 52.23' RT247+94.84 51.00' RT248+56.41 54.00' RT248+68.41 54.00' RT248+68.41 51.00' RT248+56.41 51.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATATREE GRATEIDg01ag01cg09ag09cg10ag10cg11ag11cg28ag28cg29ag29cg30ag30cg31ag31cg32ag32cSTATION-OFFSET246+53.47 51.00' LT246+59.47 55.00' LT249+27.85 48.00' LT249+33.85 52.00' LT249+53.60 48.00' LT249+59.60 52.00' LT249+79.35 48.00' LT249+85.35 52.00' LT246+90.99 51.00' RT246+96.99 55.00' RT247+97.41 51.00' RT248+03.41 55.00' RT248+18.41 51.00' RT248+24.41 55.00' RT248+76.36 51.00' RT248+82.36 55.00' RT249+00.36 51.00' RT249+06.36 55.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET245+80.78 73.14' RT245+81.31 67.55' RT245+82.92 62.16' RT245+85.56 57.20' RT245+89.13 52.85' RT245+93.47 49.29' RT246+18.10 54.11' RT246+55.38 54.11' RT246+80.30 52.33' RT247+07.67 52.33' RT247+32.59 54.11' RT247+72.25 54.11' RT247+78.41 44.50' RT247+88.41 44.50' RT247+98.41 44.50' RT248+08.41 44.50' RT248+18.41 44.50' RT248+28.41 44.50' RT248+38.41 44.50' RT248+48.41 44.50' RT248+65.41 52.50' RT249+15.35 52.57' RT249+39.32 50.79' RT249+63.29 49.68' RT249+87.29 49.50' RT250+11.29 49.50' RT250+35.29 49.50' RTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET245+80.84 72.85' LT245+81.41 67.34' LT245+83.03 62.04' LT245+85.65 57.16' LT245+89.16 52.87' LT245+93.44 49.35' LT246+06.80 53.45' LT246+26.78 52.70' LT246+48.77 52.33' LT246+72.47 44.50' LT246+72.47 52.00' LT246+82.47 44.50' LT246+92.47 44.50' LT246+92.47 52.00' LT247+02.47 44.50' LT247+12.47 44.50' LT247+12.47 52.00' LT247+22.47 44.50' LT247+32.47 44.50' LT247+32.47 52.72' LT247+42.47 44.50' LT247+50.97 54.11' LT247+80.67 54.11' LT248+00.61 52.59' LT248+20.10 52.33' LT248+45.30 52.33' LT248+69.29 51.78' LT248+91.36 53.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET248+93.26 50.49' LT249+18.48 50.00' LT249+43.73 50.00' LT249+69.48 50.00' LT249+92.16 49.59' LT250+03.88 52.09' LT250+15.86 52.50' LT250+48.71 52.50' LTSITE CONTROL DATADECORATIVE SIGN POLESTATION-OFFSET246+63.63 52.33' LT246+71.52 53.05' RT247+46.97 47.67' LT247+74.91 48.07' RT248+56.89 44.50' RT248+56.89 52.50' RT250+11.36 52.51' LTKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\Hardscape.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 06:26:01 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50 SEE SHEET CH-2 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'CH-119 HARDSCAPE PLANSTA 244+60 TO STA 250+50 251252253254255256DIAMOND BARBOULEVARD4PTYP4PTYP224PTYP4PTYP4M+73.33 4M4R4R4PTYP11L=8'R35'R35'R30'R35'R35'R35'R35'R30'R35'R30'R35'R35'R30'R30'R30'R30'R30'R30'R35'R30'R30'R35'10TYPb17b18b19b20b21b22b24b25b26w43w44w45b28b29b30b31b32b33b53b54b55b57b58b59b60b61b62b64b65b66w107w108w109w117g12ag12cg13ag13cg14ag14cg15ag15cg16ag16cg17ag17cg19ag19cg20ag20cg21ag21cg22ag22cg23ag23cg24ag24cg47ag47cg48ag48cg49ag49dg50ag50cg51ag51cg52ag52cg53ag53cc08ac08bc08cc08dc09dc09ac09bc09cc10dc10ac10bc10cc11ac11bc11cc11dc13ac13bc13cc13dc14ac14bc14cc14dc15ac15bc15cc15dc16dc16ac16bc16cc17dc17ac17bc17cc18dc18ac18bc18cc19dc19ac19bc19cc12ac12bc12cc12dc29bc29cc30ac30dc30cc30bc31ac31dc31cc31bc32ac32dc32cc32bc33ac33dc33cc33bc34ac34dc34cc34bc35ac35dc35cc35bc36ac36dc36cc36bc37ac37dc37cc37bc38ac38dc38cc38bc39ac39dc39cc39bc40ac40dc40cc40b11L=8'11L=8'11L=8'8T8T8T8T8T8T8T11L=10'8TFUTURE MONUMENT SIGN BY OTHERS4D4D4D4D4D4DEX "DBB" CL+79.18 121211L=8'4R4R4R4R13TYP13TYP13TYP13TYP8T11L=8'WPJ (TYP)WPJ (TYP)SITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDb17b18b19b20b21b22b24b25b26b28b29b30b31b32b33b53b54b55b57b58b59b60b61b62b64b65b66c08ac08bc08cc08dc09ac09bc09cc09dc10ac10bc10cc10dc11ac11bc11cc11dc12aSTATION-OFFSET250+55.21 46.00' LT250+64.22 44.62' LT250+74.73 43.00' LT250+91.68 43.00' LT251+02.19 44.62' LT251+11.20 46.00' LT251+56.13 46.00' LT251+65.14 44.62' LT251+75.65 43.00' LT254+56.30 46.00' LT254+65.31 44.62' LT254+75.82 43.00' LT256+19.38 43.00' LT256+29.89 44.62' LT256+38.90 46.00' LT251+53.53 43.00' RT251+64.04 44.62' RT251+73.05 46.00' RT252+19.03 46.00' RT252+28.04 44.62' RT252+38.55 43.00' RT254+56.30 46.00' RT254+65.31 44.62' RT254+75.82 43.00' RT256+12.16 43.00' RT256+22.67 44.62' RT256+31.68 46.00' RT250+77.20 48.00' LT250+89.20 48.00' LT250+89.20 60.00' LT250+77.20 60.00' LT251+78.68 48.00' LT251+90.68 48.00' LT251+90.68 60.00' LT251+78.68 60.00' LT251+98.68 48.00' LT252+10.68 48.00' LT252+10.68 60.00' LT251+98.68 60.00' LT252+18.68 48.00' LT252+30.68 48.00' LT252+30.68 60.00' LT252+18.68 60.00' LT254+30.30 51.00' LTSITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDc12bc12cc12dc13ac13bc13cc13dc14ac14bc14cc14dc15ac15bc15cc15dc16ac16bc16cc16dc17ac17bc17cc17dc18ac18bc18cc18dc19ac19bc19cc19dc29bc29cc30ac30bc30cc30dc31ac31bc31cc31dc32ac32bc32cSTATION-OFFSET254+42.30 51.00' LT254+42.30 60.00' LT254+30.36 60.00' LT254+78.60 48.00' LT254+90.60 48.00' LT254+90.60 60.00' LT254+78.60 60.00' LT254+99.60 48.00' LT255+11.60 48.00' LT255+11.60 60.00' LT254+99.60 60.00' LT255+20.60 48.00' LT255+32.60 48.00' LT255+32.60 60.00' LT255+20.60 60.00' LT255+41.60 48.00' LT255+53.60 48.00' LT255+53.60 60.00' LT255+41.60 60.00' LT255+62.60 48.00' LT255+74.60 48.00' LT255+74.60 60.00' LT255+62.60 60.00' LT255+83.60 51.00' LT255+95.60 51.00' LT255+95.60 60.00' LT255+83.60 60.00' LT256+04.60 51.00' LT256+16.60 51.00' LT256+16.60 60.00' LT256+04.60 60.00' LT250+53.29 51.00' RT250+53.29 60.00' RT250+65.29 48.00' RT250+77.29 48.00' RT250+77.29 60.00' RT250+65.29 60.00' RT250+89.29 51.00' RT251+01.29 51.00' RT251+01.29 60.00' RT250+89.29 60.00' RT251+13.29 51.00' RT251+25.29 51.00' RT251+25.29 60.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDc32dc33ac33bc33cc33dc34ac34bc34cc34dc35ac35bc35cc35dc36ac36bc36cc36dc37ac37bc37cc37dc38ac38bc38cc38dc39ac39bc39cc39dc40ac40bc40cc40dw43w44w45w107w108w109w117STATION-OFFSET251+13.29 60.00' RT251+37.29 48.00' RT251+49.29 48.00' RT251+49.29 60.00' RT251+37.29 60.00' RT253+51.71 51.00' RT253+63.71 51.00' RT253+63.71 60.00' RT253+51.71 60.00' RT254+79.30 48.00' RT254+91.30 48.00' RT254+91.30 60.00' RT254+79.30 60.00' RT255+03.30 48.00' RT255+15.30 48.00' RT255+15.30 60.00' RT255+03.30 60.00' RT255+27.30 48.00' RT255+39.30 48.00' RT255+39.30 60.00' RT255+27.30 60.00' RT255+51.30 48.00' RT255+63.30 48.00' RT255+63.30 60.00' RT255+51.30 60.00' RT255+75.30 48.00' RT255+87.30 48.00' RT255+87.30 60.00' RT255+75.30 60.00' RT255+99.30 48.00' RT256+11.30 48.00' RT256+11.30 60.00' RT255+99.30 60.00' RT253+26.19 48.00' LT253+35.20 49.38' LT253+45.71 51.00' LT253+26.19 48.00' RT253+35.20 49.38' RT253+45.71 51.00' RT254+48.30 51.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATATREE GRATEIDg12ag12cg13ag13cg14ag14cg15ag15cg16ag16cg17ag17cg19ag19cg20ag20cg21ag21cg22ag22cg23ag23cg24ag24cg47ag47cg48ag48cSTATION-OFFSET250+80.20 48.00' LT250+86.20 52.00' LT251+81.68 48.00' LT251+87.68 52.00' LT252+01.68 48.00' LT252+07.68 52.00' LT252+21.68 48.00' LT252+27.68 52.00' LT252+82.21 48.00' LT252+88.21 52.00' LT253+02.21 48.00' LT253+08.21 52.00' LT254+33.30 51.00' LT254+39.30 55.00' LT254+81.60 48.00' LT254+87.60 52.00' LT255+02.59 47.99' LT255+08.60 52.00' LT255+23.60 48.00' LT255+29.60 52.00' LT255+44.60 48.00' LT255+50.60 52.00' LT255+65.59 47.99' LT255+71.60 52.00' LT253+54.71 51.00' RT253+60.71 55.00' RT254+82.30 48.00' RT254+88.30 52.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATATREE GRATEIDg49ag49dg50ag50cg51ag51cg52ag52cg53ag53cSTATION-OFFSET255+06.30 48.00' RT255+12.30 52.00' RT255+30.30 48.00' RT255+36.30 52.00' RT255+54.30 48.00' RT255+60.30 52.00' RT255+78.30 48.00' RT255+84.30 52.00' RT256+02.30 48.00' RT256+08.30 52.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET250+59.29 49.50' RT250+83.29 49.50' RT251+07.29 49.50' RT251+31.29 49.50' RT251+55.85 49.59' RT251+67.57 52.09' RT251+79.55 52.50' RT252+12.53 52.50' RT252+24.51 52.09' RT252+36.23 49.59' RT252+51.71 39.50' RT252+51.71 49.00' RT252+61.71 39.50' RT252+71.71 39.50' RT252+71.71 49.00' RT252+91.71 39.50' RT252+91.71 49.00' RT253+01.71 39.50' RT253+11.71 39.50' RT253+11.71 49.00' RT253+21.71 39.50' RT253+31.71 39.50' RT253+31.71 49.00' RT253+41.71 39.50' RT253+52.62 53.00' RT253+68.62 51.50' RT253+84.62 51.50' RT253+85.63 55.50' RTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET254+32.47 55.50' RT254+32.72 51.50' RT254+41.35 51.45' RT254+49.80 52.50' RT254+61.78 52.09' RT254+73.49 49.59' RT254+97.30 50.00' RT255+21.30 50.00' RT255+45.30 50.00' RT255+69.30 50.00' RT255+93.30 50.00' RT256+14.48 49.59' RT256+26.20 52.09' RT256+38.18 52.50' RTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET250+60.69 52.09' LT250+72.40 49.59' LT250+94.00 49.59' LT251+05.72 52.09' LT251+17.70 52.50' LT251+49.63 52.50' LT251+61.12 52.16' LT251+72.33 49.69' LT251+94.68 50.00' LT252+14.68 50.00' LT252+32.13 50.00' LT252+58.21 39.50' LT252+68.21 39.50' LT252+78.21 39.50' LT252+88.21 39.50' LT252+98.21 39.50' LT253+08.21 39.50' LT253+18.21 39.50' LT253+28.21 39.50' LT253+38.21 39.50' LT253+61.29 51.50' LT253+61.35 55.50' LT254+07.64 55.50' LT254+08.65 51.50' LT254+23.65 51.50' LT254+40.30 53.00' LT254+52.30 52.50' LT254+61.78 52.09' LTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET254+73.49 49.59' LT254+95.10 50.00' LT255+16.10 50.00' LT255+37.10 50.00' LT255+58.10 50.00' LT255+79.10 50.00' LT256+00.10 49.50' LT256+33.42 52.09' LT256+45.40 52.50' LTSITE CONTROL DATADECORATIVE SIGN POLESTATION-OFFSET251+13.20 52.50' LT252+17.03 52.50' RT252+44.21 49.50' LT252+44.71 49.01' RT252+49.73 39.50' LT253+35.93 40.00' RT254+48.78 52.50' LT254+54.30 52.50' RT256+40.90 52.50' LTLEGEND24M4P4R2CONSTRUCTION NOTESDECORATIVE CROSSWALK PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-7. SEE SHEETCD-5 FOR SITE CONTROL DATACONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND MANHOLECOVER PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-7CONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND WATER VALVECOVER PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-7COLORED CONCRETE DRIVEWAY APRON PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6COLORED CONCRETE IN MEDIAN PER COLORED CONCRETE NOTESON SHEET CD-7CONCRETE PAVER PATHWAY PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6COLORED CONCRETE CURB RETURN / CURB RAMP / BUS STOP AREAPER CONCRETE FLATWORK DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6 AND COLOREDCONCRETE NOTES ON SHEET CD-7RELOCATED BUS SHELTERINSTALL TACTILE DIRECTIONAL INDICATORTREE GRATE AND FRAME PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-6 ANDUPLIGHTING PER SHEET E-3PRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-9PRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL WITH DECORATIVE STEEL PANELSPER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-9 AND UPLIGHTING PER SHEET E-3INSTALL DECORATIVE BOLLARD BOLLARD (SOUTH COAST LIGHTING#BOL1301-NWNL OR EQUAL). SEE E-SHEETS FOR LIGHTING ANDHEREON FOR SITE CONTROL DATA22M2V4D4M4P4R58T101112134DOREXPANSION JOINT (EJ)PER SPPWC 112-2WEAKENED PLANEJOINT (CONTROLJOINT METHOD) PERSPPWC 112-2SCORING LINE (1/4"DEEP)MODIFIEDFOUNDATION OVERSHALLOW UTILITY PERDETAIL ON SHEETCD-6Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\Hardscape.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 06:26:01 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 256+50 SEE SHEET CH-3 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50SEE SHEET CH-1 CH-220 HARDSCAPE PLANSTA 250+50 TO STA 256+50 257258259260DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDPALOMINO DRIVE GENTLE SPRINGS LANE22 224PTYP4PTYP2V4R4R4R2M11L=8'11L=8'4RFUTURE CITY GATEWAYMONUMENT BY OTHERSw69w68w67b40b39b38c20bc20ac20dc20cg27cg27aR35'R30'10TYPR30'R35'b35b36b37w70w71w72w73w127w132w135w140g54ag54cg55ag55cc41ac41bc42ac42b8T8TR25'R38'+58.654M 4D4D4D4D4D4D13TYP13TYPEJWPJ (TYP)WPJ (TYP)EJEJEJEJEJEJSITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDb35b36b37b38b39b40c20ac20bc20cc20dc41ac41bc42ac42bw67w68w69w70w71w72STATION-OFFSET257+21.13 46.00' LT257+30.13 44.62' LT257+40.65 43.00' LT257+63.53 43.00' LT257+74.04 44.62' LT257+83.04 46.00' LT257+46.09 48.00' LT257+58.09 48.00' LT257+58.09 60.00' LT257+46.09 60.00' LT256+88.29 60.00' RT257+00.29 60.00' RT257+67.36 60.00' RT257+79.36 60.00' RT257+83.05 54.00' LT257+74.54 53.04' LT257+68.82 52.40' LT257+65.22 52.42' LT257+65.22 50.22' LT257+62.28 50.16' LTSITE CONTROL DATAHARDSCAPEIDw73w127w132w135w140STATION-OFFSET257+62.28 48.00' LT256+88.29 51.00' RT257+00.29 51.00' RT257+67.36 51.00' RT257+79.36 51.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATATREE GRATEIDg27ag27cg54ag54cg55ag55cSTATION-OFFSET257+49.09 48.00' LT257+55.09 52.00' LT256+91.29 51.00' RT256+97.29 55.00' RT257+70.36 51.00' RT257+76.36 55.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET256+72.65 52.50' LT256+83.08 52.50' LT256+93.51 52.50' LT257+14.63 52.50' LT257+26.61 52.09' LT257+38.32 49.59' LT257+66.30 49.63' LT257+77.57 52.09' LT257+89.55 52.50' LT258+19.97 52.50' LT258+30.97 52.50' LT258+39.27 45.69' LT258+43.32 49.63' LT258+46.52 54.30' LTSITE CONTROL DATABOLLARDSTATION-OFFSET256+74.03 52.50' RT256+87.53 52.50' RT257+01.04 52.50' RT257+14.55 52.50' RT257+55.58 52.50' RT257+67.44 52.50' RT257+79.29 52.50' RT257+91.15 52.50' RT258+21.32 52.50' RT258+39.25 45.07' RT258+43.21 48.62' RT258+46.45 52.84' RT258+48.85 57.59' RT258+50.32 62.70' RT258+50.82 68.00' RTSITE CONTROL DATADECORATIVE SIGN POLESTATION-OFFSET256+78.53 52.50' RT257+85.05 52.50' LTLEGEND24M4P4R2CONSTRUCTION NOTESDECORATIVE CROSSWALK PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-7. SEE SHEETCD-5 FOR SITE CONTROL DATACONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND MANHOLECOVER PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-7CONSTRUCT COLORED CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND WATER VALVECOVER PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-7COLORED CONCRETE DRIVEWAY APRON PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6COLORED CONCRETE IN MEDIAN PER COLORED CONCRETE NOTESON SHEET CD-7CONCRETE PAVER PATHWAY PER DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6COLORED CONCRETE CURB RETURN / CURB RAMP / BUS STOP AREAPER CONCRETE FLATWORK DETAIL ON SHEET CD-6 AND COLOREDCONCRETE NOTES ON SHEET CD-7RELOCATED BUS SHELTERINSTALL TACTILE DIRECTIONAL INDICATORTREE GRATE AND FRAME PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-6 ANDUPLIGHTING PER SHEET E-3PRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL PER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-9PRECAST POST AND WOODEN RAIL WITH DECORATIVE STEEL PANELSPER DETAILS ON SHEET CD-9 AND UPLIGHTING PER SHEET E-3INSTALL DECORATIVE BOLLARD BOLLARD (SOUTH COAST LIGHTING#BOL1301-NWNL OR EQUAL). SEE E-SHEETS FOR LIGHTING ANDHEREON FOR SITE CONTROL DATA22M2V4D4M4P4R58T101112134DOREXPANSION JOINT (EJ)PER SPPWC 112-2WEAKENED PLANEJOINT (CONTROLJOINT METHOD) PERSPPWC 112-2SCORING LINE (1/4"DEEP)MODIFIEDFOUNDATION OVERSHALLOW UTILITY PERDETAIL ON SHEETCD-6Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\Hardscape.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 06:26:01 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'MATCH LINE - STA 256+50SEE SHEET CH-2 CH-321 HARDSCAPE PLANSTA 256+50 TO STA 260+50 EXISTING LACFCD 15" RCPPD 1340 LINE "C-1"PER RECORD DRAWING PF520299DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARD PALOMINO DRIVEGENTLE SPRINGS LANEEXISTING LACFCD 60" RCPPD 0160 LINE "A"PER RECORD DRAWING PF5202990 + 0 00+501+002 + 0 04(W=7', V=3.25')22REMOVE EXISTING LACFCD 15" RCPPD 0160 LINE "C-2"PER RECORD DRAWING PF5202994(W=8', V=4.5')1LINE "C-2"258CATCH BASIN #2 (W=10')"C-2" 2+23.24= "DBB" 257+87.13 42.17' RTCATCH BASIN #1 (W=7')"C-1" 1+06.73= "DBB" 257+82.73 38.00' LT3EXISTING 27" WATER (WVWD)"DBB" LINE2XEX R/W EX R/W9+00710720730710720730-0+100+001+001+507107207307107207301+602+002+402+00.00INV CALC (719.28)(RECORD DWG INV 716.98)2+14.20INV (723.70)(RECORD DWG INV 721.42)EXISTING GRADE2+02.42INV CALC (721.15)(RECORD DWG INV 718.85)EXISTING 15" RCP (D-1500)CATCH BASIN #1"C-1" 1+06.73TC 728.64V=3.9'FINISHED GRADEEXISTING 24" DI WATER (WVWD)EXISTING 15" VCP SEWERLA COUNTYLINE "C-1"LINE "C-2"EXISTING 15" VCP SEWERLA COUNTYREMOVE EXISTING 15" RCP (D-1500)EXISTING GRADEFINISHED GRADE2+23.24INV 724.22±21' LF2EXISTING SCE3REMOVE ±10 LF OFEXISTING 15" RCPCATCH BASIN #2"C-2" 2+27.41TC 728.56V=4.3'1+06.73INV (724.73)221EXISTING 8" GAS (SCG)CAUTION: HIGH PRESSUREEXISTING FO (FRONTIER)EXISTING 8" GAS (SCG)CAUTION: HIGH PRESSUREEXISTING COM DUCT BANK (FRONTIER)EXISTING 6" ACWATER (WVWD)EXISTING 27" WATER (WVWD)0+00.00INV CALC (718.99)(RECORD DWG INV 716.70)0+02.42INV CALC (720.87)(RECORD DWG INV 718.57)42MEXISTING SCE2X4S=-0.216S=-0.147EXISTING 60" RCP LINE "A"EXISTING 60" RCP LINE "A"1+16.46INV CALC (725.09)(RECORD DWG INV 722.71)S=-0.037MAINTAINED BY LACFCDMAINTAINED BY LACFCDDRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION NOTESINSTALL 15" RCP (D-1500)CONSTRUCT MODIFIED CURB OPENING CATCH BASIN PER SPPWC 300-3 (WPER PLAN, V PER PROFILE). CONSTRUCT LOCAL DEPRESSION PER SPPWC313-3 (CASE E, H=2") AND DETAIL HEREON. INSTALL LACFCD-APPROVEDAUTOMATIC RETRACTABLE SCREEN AND CONNECTOR PIPE SCREENCONSTRUCT CATCH BASIN MODIFICATION (CASE 2) TO AVOID EXISTINGUTILITY PER SPPWC 314-3CONSTRUCT MONOLITHIC CATCH BASIN CONNECTION TO EXISTING PIPEPER SPPWC 308-2. REMOVE INTERFERING PORTIONSCONSTRUCT PIPE CONNECTION TO EXISTING STORM DRAIN PER SPPWC335-2REMOVE EXISTING LACFCD CATCH BASIN. EXISTING W AND V PER RECORDDRAWING SHOWN ON PLAN122M2X34FS 728.02"DBB" 257+89.1036.00' RTTC 728.54FL 727.71H=8"+2""DBB" 257+89.1038.00' RTTC 728.72FL 728.05H=8""DBB" 257+74.1038.00' RTTC 727.90FL 727.81H=1" (DWY)"DBB" 257+94.1038.00' RTFS 728.14"DBB" 257+79.1036.00' RTFS 728.20"DBB" 257+74.1036.00' RTFS 727.97"DBB" 257+94.1036.00' RTTC 728.65FL 727.82H=8"+2""DBB" 257+79.1038.00' RTFS 728.09"DBB" 257+86.0536.00' LTTC 728.02FL 727.93H=8"+2" (DWY)"DBB" 257+86.0538.00' LTTC 728.75FL 728.08H=8""DBB" 257+74.0538.00' LTTC 727.96FL 727.87H=1" (DWY)"DBB" 257+91.0538.00' LTFS 728.17"DBB" 257+79.0536.00' LTFS 728.23"DBB" 257+74.0536.00' LTFS 728.03"DBB" 257+91.0536.00' LTTC 728.69FL 727.86H=8"+2""DBB" 257+79.0538.00' LTCONNECTOR PIPE SCREENOVERFLOW ELEVATIONCATCH BASIN FLOOR40% DEPTH TOOVERFLOW ELEVATIONCONNECTOR PIPE SCREENOUTLET PIPECATCH BASIN INTERIORCATCH BASIN PAINTED GAUGE FORCONNECTOR PIPE SCREEN DETAILNOT TO SCALENOTES:1.PAINT SHALL CONFORM TO SSPWC SECTIONS 210 AND 3102.PAINTED GAUGE MARKINGS SHALL BE VISIBLE FROM THE MANHOLELID WHEN OPEN, OR FROM THE CURB OPENING WHEN AUTOMATICRETRACTABLE SCREEN IS NOT USED100%100%40%40%2" HIGH RED PAINTED LETTERING (TYP)36"x5" WHITE PAINTED BACKGROUND (TYP)18"x1" RED PAINTED STRIPE (TYP)3" MIN0'0'10'10'HORIZ: 1"=10'VERT: 1"=2'Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\SD PlanProfile.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 06:27:57 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 LOCAL DEPRESSION DETAILCATCH BASIN #1CASE E, H=2"SCALE 1" = 5'LOCAL DEPRESSION DETAILCATCH BASIN #2CASE E, H=2"SCALE 1" = 5'STORM DRAIN MODIFICATION PLAN AND PROFILED-122 CONCRETE REMOVAL NOTESWHERE REINFORCED IS REQUIRED TO EXTEND THROUGH THE NEW JOINT, CONCRETESHALL BE REMOVED IN THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE:1.A SAWCUT SHALL BE MADE ONE AND ONE-HALF INCHES DEEP AT THE REMOVALLIMITS. CARE SHALL BE EXERCISED IN SAWING AT THE REMOVAL LIMITS SO AS NOTTO CUT THE REINFORCING STEEL IN THE REMAINING SLAB. THE EXISTINGREINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE RETAINED AND EXTENDED INTO THE NEWCONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS.2.USING HANDHELD EQUIPMENT, THE CONCRETE SHALL BE CAREFULLY REMOVEDFOR THE FULL DEPTH OF THE WALL OR SLAB AND FOR A MINIMUM DISTANCE FORMTHE SAWCUT EQUAL TO THE LONGEST EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING BARS TO BEEXTENDED INTO THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. THIS EXTENSION SHALL BE 30 BARDIAMETERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.3.EXISTING REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CUT TO THE REQUIRED BAR EXTENSION.4.THE REMAINING CONCRETE MAY BE REMOVED BY ANY SUITABLE METHOD UPONAPPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER, WHO SHALL BE THE SOLE JUDGE OF THE USE OFANY CONCRETE REMOVAL EQUIPMENT. EXPLOSIVES, WRECKING BALL, OR OTHERSIMILAR DEVICES, WHICH ARE LIKELY TO DAMAGE THE CONCRETE TO BE LEFT INPLACE, SHALL NOT BE USED.NOTE:1.ALL CATCH BASINS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED PER LOS ANGELES COUNTY-APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDEX R/WEX R/WEX R/WEX R/W"DBB" LINEEX R/WEX R/WPEX R3-17EX R28(S) (CA)RMEX R4-7EX R6-2EX N-1 (CA)RLEX "BUS" SIGNRPEX R26(S) (CA)RPEX R3-7RM"BUSES EXCEPTED" SIGNPEX "CUSTOMER" SIGNEX "ADA" SIGNRLEX "CUSTOMER" SIGNEX "ADA" SIGNEX "TOWING" SIGNRPEX R2-1 (35)FDRPEX R28(S) (CA)RMR81 (CA)RLEX MOD R13A (CA)FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)RMEX R6-2EX K-1 (CA)YYYYYY3850'2258'39A44'950'958'3958'2258'958'3958'3850'950'39A50'LLLLLLFDR9-6FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)YC10'12'10'10'10'10'10'12' 10'12'10'10'10'12'10'150'155'90'8'8'8'LLREMOVE EX STRIPE8'3850'850'850'39A42'850'3950'3950'12" WHITE DIAGONALSAT 20' O/C38200'838200'38200'837B40408812'6'13'10'10.6'11.5'11'11'6'2'11'11'5'11'11'5'40GW=5'GW=5'10'11'11'5'11'11'5'245246247248249250FDR9-6SSR81 (CA)M-6a (RT)SSR3-7RLEX "BUS" SIGNRPEX R28(S) (CA)RMR81 (CA)FR28(S) (CA)RPR81 (CA)LL2CPXXXXSSR10-15PATHWAY BICYCLE MARKING DETAILSCALE: 1" = 2'16.72"29.2"4.5"R18"18"20.25"2.41"2"2"DETAIL 39A (TYP)GREEN PREFORMEDTHERMOPLASTIC BETWEENDASHES (TYP)DETAIL 39A GREEN INFILL STRIPING DETAILSCALE: 1" = 10'W PER PLANBICYCLE YIELD MARKING DETAILSCALE: 1" = 2'1.5'TYP 1'TYP0.5'TYPWHITE SERIESOF ISOCELESTRIANGLESSIGNAGE DISPOSITION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING SIGN AND POSTFURNISH AND INSTALL SIGN AND PSST POSTFURNISH AND INSTALL DECORATIVE SIGN POST(SOUTH COAST LIGHTING#BCNHQ1126-600120144-4SF OR EQUAL)FURNISH AND INSTALL SIGN ON STREET LIGHTOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD (STRAP ANDSADDLE BRACKET METHOD)REMOVE EXISTING SIGN AND POSTRELOCATE EXISTING SIGN PANEL TO NEW PSSTPOSTRESET EXISTING SIGN ON STREET LIGHT POLEPFFDSSRMRLRPLEGENDSTRIPING DETAIL NUMBER PER SSP A20A THROUGH A20DLIMIT LINE (STOP LINE) PER SSP A24G. 2CP = 2-COAT PAINTCONTINENTAL CROSSWALK MARKINGS DETAIL ON SHEET SS-2GREEN INFILL STRIPING PER DETAIL ON SHEET SS-112" WHITE BASIC CROSSWALK STRIPE PER SSP A24F12" YELLOW BASIC CROSSWALK STRIPE PER SSP A24FPAINT (2-COAT, YELLOW) CURB NOSE AND INSTALL 1 TUBULARMARKER (YELLOW, H=28")TYPE II ARROW PER SSP A24B. DIRECTION SHOWN ON PLANTYPE IV ARROW PER SSP A24A. DIRECTION SHOWN ON PLANBIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON AND BIKE LANE ARROWPAVEMENT MARKINGS PER SSP A24A AND A24CROADSIDE SIGN PER SSP RS1, RS2, AND RS42-COAT PAINT (WHITE) PATHWAY BICYCLE MARKING PERDETAIL ON SHEET SS-12-COAT PAINT (WHITE) BICYCLE YIELD MARKING PER DETAILON SHEET SS-1XXLLCXGWYYCKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\SignStripe.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 06:29:06 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50 SEE SHEET SS-2 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'GOLDENSPRINGS DRIVE SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANSTA 244+30 TO STA 250+50SS-123 SIGNING AND STRIPING GENERAL NOTES1.ALL ROADSIDE SIGNING, MARKINGS, AND MARKERS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OFTHE CALTRANS STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA MUTCD.2.ALL NEW STRIPING SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL CONFLICTING STRIPING USING WET SANDBLAST.4.DASHED LANE LINES (EXCEPT DETAIL 39A) SHALL HAVE 50' MIN SOLID LANE LINE BEFORE AND AFTERINTERSECTIONS.5.NEW SIGN POSTS SHALL BE PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL TUBE PER CALTRANS STANDARD PLANS RS5 ANDRS6, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.6.REMOVE POSTS WITHOUT ANY SIGNS.7.PLACE BLUE RETROREFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS AT ALL FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS PER SPPWC 170-0.8.SEE TS-SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL SIGN INSTALLATIONS ON TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS. DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDEX R/WEX R/W"DBB" LINEEX R/WEX R/W38242'RLEX SR4-1 (CA)RPEX W3-3EX R26(S) (CA)RMEX R3-17RMEX R9-3EX R9-3aEX R9-3bPRPEX S1-1EX W16-9PRPEX R2-1 (35)EX R28(S) (CA)RMEX R3-17PEX "TOWING" SIGNRPEX R28(S) (CA)RMEX R9-3EX R9-3aEX R9-3bPRPEX R28(S) (CA)FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)R9-6FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)RMEX R6-2RMEX R6-2EX K-1 (CA)RMEX R6-2EX K-1 (CA)W3810'2138'3832'2115'LLWLL888RLEX BUS STOPYCYCCXCX10'12'10'10'10'12'10' 10'12'10'10'10'12'10' 10'12'10'10'12'10'8'8'LLLL2'38100'LL2CPLL2CP8882' 6' 6'LL251252253254255256FDRLFDEX BUS STOPFDR9-6FDR9-6FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)SSR9-6SSW73A (CA)837BRLEX R3-7RCONTINENTAL STRIPING AT COMMERCIALDRIVEWAY DETAILNOT TO SCALE8'14'CURB AND GUTTERDRIVEWAY APPROACH APRONDRIVEWAY APPROACHPEDESTRIAN PATHDRIVEWAY APPROACHBICYCLE PATH0.5'5'9'2'TYPWHITE THERMOPLASTICCONTINENTAL STRIPE (TYP)WHITE THERMOPLASTICCONTINENTAL STRIPEGREEN THERMOPLASTICCONTINENTAL STRIPE (TYP)SIGNAGE DISPOSITION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING SIGN AND POSTFURNISH AND INSTALL SIGN AND PSST POSTFURNISH AND INSTALL DECORATIVE SIGN POST(SOUTH COAST LIGHTING#BCNHQ1126-600120144-4SF OR EQUAL)FURNISH AND INSTALL SIGN ON STREET LIGHTOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD (STRAP ANDSADDLE BRACKET METHOD)REMOVE EXISTING SIGN AND POSTRELOCATE EXISTING SIGN PANEL TO NEW PSSTPOSTRESET EXISTING SIGN ON STREET LIGHT POLEPFFDSSRMRLRPLEGENDSTRIPING DETAIL NUMBER PER SSP A20A THROUGH A20DLIMIT LINE (STOP LINE) PER SSP A24G. 2CP = 2-COAT PAINTCONTINENTAL CROSSWALK MARKINGS DETAIL ON SHEET SS-2GREEN INFILL STRIPING PER DETAIL ON SHEET SS-112" WHITE BASIC CROSSWALK STRIPE PER SSP A24F12" YELLOW BASIC CROSSWALK STRIPE PER SSP A24FPAINT (2-COAT, YELLOW) CURB NOSE AND INSTALL 1 TUBULARMARKER (YELLOW, H=28")TYPE II ARROW PER SSP A24B. DIRECTION SHOWN ON PLANTYPE IV ARROW PER SSP A24A. DIRECTION SHOWN ON PLANBIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON AND BIKE LANE ARROWPAVEMENT MARKINGS PER SSP A24A AND A24CROADSIDE SIGN PER SSP RS1, RS2, AND RS42-COAT PAINT (WHITE) PATHWAY BICYCLE MARKING PERDETAIL ON SHEET SS-12-COAT PAINT (WHITE) BICYCLE YIELD MARKING PER DETAILON SHEET SS-1XXLLCXGWYYCKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\SignStripe.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 06:29:06 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 256+50 SEE SHEET SS-3 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50SEE SHEET SS-1 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANSTA 250+50 TO STA 256+50SS-224 DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDPALOMINO DRIVE GENTLE SPRINGS LANEEX R/WEX R/W"DBB" LINEEX R/WEX R/WEX CITY R/W EX CALTRANS R/W38150'PEX "ADA" SIGNPEX "TOWING" SIGNPEX W14-2PEX R3-17EX R28(S) (CA)RPEX R5-2PEX "ADA" SIGNPEX R6-2EX K-1 (CA)PEX "ADA" SIGNPEX "ADA" SIGNPEX "NO EXIT" SIGNPEX "TOWING" SIGNRPEX R28(S) (CA)PEX R1-1EX R3-5EX "ADA" SIGNPEX "TOWING" SIGNFDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)FDR9-7 (BIKE/PED)RMEX R6-2RMEX R4-7EX R6-2EX N-1 (CA)WWWWW3950'850'2250'2257'3950'850'223850'LL88LLWYC10'12'10'10'12'10'10' 13'11.5' 11.5' 6'10.5'11'12'8'8'LLLL11.5'402'88850'LL2CP850'404040GW=4'GW=4'6' 5.4' MINLL257258 259260261262SSR81 (CA)M6-2a (RT)FR81 (CA)RMEX R81 (CA)EX R81B (CA)FR4-11W73A (CA)5'4'FR28(S) (CA)SIGNAGE DISPOSITION NOTESPROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING SIGN AND POSTFURNISH AND INSTALL SIGN AND PSST POSTFURNISH AND INSTALL DECORATIVE SIGN POST(SOUTH COAST LIGHTING#BCNHQ1126-600120144-4SF OR EQUAL)FURNISH AND INSTALL SIGN ON STREET LIGHTOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD (STRAP ANDSADDLE BRACKET METHOD)REMOVE EXISTING SIGN AND POSTRELOCATE EXISTING SIGN PANEL TO NEW PSSTPOSTRESET EXISTING SIGN ON STREET LIGHT POLEPFFDSSRMRLRPLEGENDSTRIPING DETAIL NUMBER PER SSP A20A THROUGH A20DLIMIT LINE (STOP LINE) PER SSP A24G. 2CP = 2-COAT PAINTCONTINENTAL CROSSWALK MARKINGS DETAIL ON SHEET SS-2GREEN INFILL STRIPING PER DETAIL ON SHEET SS-112" WHITE BASIC CROSSWALK STRIPE PER SSP A24F12" YELLOW BASIC CROSSWALK STRIPE PER SSP A24FPAINT (2-COAT, YELLOW) CURB NOSE AND INSTALL 1 TUBULARMARKER (YELLOW, H=28")TYPE II ARROW PER SSP A24B. DIRECTION SHOWN ON PLANTYPE IV ARROW PER SSP A24A. DIRECTION SHOWN ON PLANBIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON AND BIKE LANE ARROWPAVEMENT MARKINGS PER SSP A24A AND A24CROADSIDE SIGN PER SSP RS1, RS2, AND RS42-COAT PAINT (WHITE) PATHWAY BICYCLE MARKING PERDETAIL ON SHEET SS-12-COAT PAINT (WHITE) BICYCLE YIELD MARKING PER DETAILON SHEET SS-1XXLLCXGWYYCKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTC:\Box\Projects\cidib Diamond Bar\cidib.170131 Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\2 Engineering\_CAD\2 Sheets\SignStripe.dwgMon 04.Aug.25 06:29:06 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDR E G ISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERSTATE OF CALIFORNIA Michael IpNo.43671Exp. 3/31/27CIVILDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGDATE: 03/29/2024 47100 E. Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 105Thousand Oaks, CA 91360805-692-6921 | www.mnsengineers.comSHEET__ OF__SIGNED:05/06/2024PN SI256 MATCH LINE - STA 256+50SEE SHEET SS-2 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANSTA 256+50 TO STA 259+65.7SS-325 Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar24424524624712" ACP 18" CCP 16" ACP 18" ACP48" RCPSCE W12" DIPSCESCE15" VCP18" RCP1 8 " RC PKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallRTJW ENGINEERING, INC.Traffic Engineering &Transportation Planning Consultants6 Venture, Suite 225, Irvine, CA 92618t: (949) 878-3509 f: (949) 878-3593www.tjwengineering.comR SS ETIREG ERNNo. 69467ILExp. 6/30/24TAVICNAI ESOFESPRDE OINLAEINGJSAMOHT WHEATOSEPHFFCALIORTEONAI PN SI256 Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar253254255Diamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar252TJW ENGINEERING, INC.Traffic Engineering &Transportation Planning Consultants6 Venture, Suite 225, Irvine, CA 92618t: (949) 878-3509 f: (949) 878-3593www.tjwengineering.comKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallRR SS ETIREG ERNNo. 69467ILExp. 6/30/24TAVICNAI ESOFESPRDE OINLAEINGJSAMOHT WHEATOSEPHFFCALIORTEONAI PN SI256 261Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar257258259260 Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar 256Know what'sbelow.before you dig.CallRTJW ENGINEERING, INC.Traffic Engineering &Transportation Planning Consultants6 Venture, Suite 225, Irvine, CA 92618t: (949) 878-3509 f: (949) 878-3593www.tjwengineering.comR SS ETIREG ERNNo. 69467ILExp. 6/30/24TAVICNAI ESOFESPRDE OINLAEINGJSAMOHT WHEATOSEPHFFCALIORTEONAI PN SI256 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTR:\J8893\Electrical\J8893_E-1.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 05:12:01 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERDATE: 08/15/2025PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:08/15/2025SHEET __ OF __47EFORPDE R ETSIGER REENIGNELANOISSCALI FORN I ASTATEOF No. E17508M A RCO CABIBBOELECTRICALEXPIRE BY: 06/30/2027SHEET INDEXGENERAL NOTESSHEETDESCRIPTIONE-1ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS, FIXTURE SCHEDULE, AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAME-2ELECTRICAL SITE PLANE-3ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANSE-4ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANSE-5ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANSE-6ELECTRICAL DETAILSE-7ELECTRICAL DETAILSABBREVIATIONSABBREVIATIONDESCRIPTION1/CSINGLE CONDUCTOR&AND@ATA OR AMPAMPERESAFAMPERE FUSE RATINGAFCAVAILABLE FAULT CURRENTAFFABOVE FINISHED FLOORAFGABOVE FINISH GRADEAICAMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITYALALUMINUMAPPROX.APPROXIMATEARCH.ARCHITECT; ARCHITECTURALAWGAMERICAN WIRE GAUGECCONDUITCKTCIRCUITC.O.CONDUIT ONLY WITH PULL WIRECUCOPPERDMDIGITAL METERDMMDIGITAL METER MODULEDWGDRAWINGEAEACHEMTELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBINGEREXISTING TO BE REMOVEDERREXISTING TO BE RELOCATED AND -RECONNECTEDFLAFULL LOAD AMPSFTFEETGFIGROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERGNDGROUNDHPHORSEPOWERJ, JB, J-BOXJUNCTION BOXKCMILTHOUSAND CIRCULAR MILSKVKILOVOLTKVAKILOVOLT-AMPERESKWKILOWATTLFLINEAR FEETLTGLIGHTINGLVLOW VOLTAGEMAXMAXIMUMMINMINIMUMMOCPMAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTIONNNORTHNECNATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODEPPOLEPFPOWER FACTORPH OR ØPHASEPNLPANELPVCPOLY-VINYL CHLORIDESCESOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISONSFSQUARE FEETSPECSSPECIFICATIONSSTSTREETTYPTYPICALVVOLTSVAVOLT-AMPERESWWATTSWPWEATHERPROOFZIMPEDANCEIN THE EVENT ABBREVIATIONS NOT MENTIONED HEREINARE USED, REFERENCE WILL BE MADE TO ANSI Y1.1,MILITARY STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS, AND OTHERSTANDARD INDUSTRY CONVENTIONS.SYMBOLDESCRIPTIONNOTE CALLOUTDETAIL CALLOUT- NUMBER ON TOP DENOTES DETAIL NUMBER- NUMBER ON BOTTOM DENOTES SHEET DETAILIS SHOWNMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CALLOUT, SEEMECHANICAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION ANDREQUIREMENTSSECTION CALLOUTFEEDER CALLOUTEXISTING FEEDER CALLOUTNEW LINEWORKEXISTING LINEWORKDEMOLISHED LINEWORKCONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVECEILINGCONDUIT EXPOSEDCONDUIT CONCEALED UNDERGROUND ORBELOW FLOORCONDUIT TURNED UPCONDUIT CAPPEDBRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO PANELBOARDAND CIRCUITS AS INDICATED1" CONDUIT, TICK MARKS INDICATE QUANTITY OF#8 AWG WIRES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, NOMARKS INDICATES 1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GND WIRES)- SMALL MARK DENOTES HOT WIRE- LARGE MARK DENOTES NEUTRAL WIRE- DIAGONAL DENOTES GROUND WIRESWITCHCIRCUIT BREAKERGROUND CONNECTIONMETERJUNCTION BOX---------A-1MJSCOPE OF WORKTHE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT IS TO RENOVATE POWER AND LIGHTING ON DIAMOND BAR BLVD FROM PALOMINO DRIVE TO GOLDEN SPRINGSDRIVE INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:1.REPLACE EXISTING METER PEDESTAL WITH NEW METER PEDESTAL2.PROVIDE NEW LIGHTING FOR MONUMENTS, TREES, DRIVEWAYS, AND BUS STOPS.3.RELOCATE EXISTING POLE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES TO NEW LOCATION.LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULETYPESYMBOLDESCRIPTIONTOTALV-ALAMPTYPEVOLTAGEMTGCIRCUITMANUFACTURER/REMARKSE1SINGLE HEAD STREET LIGHT POLE WITH KING LUMINAIREPENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE AND 30FT CAL TRANS TYPE 15POLE WITH 6FT ARM.POLE #BCNHQ1735-FL4S-15MOD-6-K828-100W-LED-FPGVFIXTURE #K828-P4SA-III-100(SSL)-8084-420V-KPL21-PR7100LED120POEXISTINGSEE DETAIL 4 ON SHEET E-7 FOR POLE BASE DETAIL.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOUTH COAST LIGHTING& DESIGN LIGHTING DRAWING #K-042324-2S FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POLE, ARM, ANDLIGHT FIXTURE.E2DOUBLE HEAD STREET LIGHT POLE WITH KING LUMINAIRESPENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE AND 30FT CAL TRANS TYPE 15DPOLE WITH 6FT ARMS.POLE #BCNHQ1735-FL4S-15DMOD-12-K828-100W-LEDFIXTURE #K828-P4SA-III-100(SSL)-8084-420V-KPL21-PR7200LED120POEXISTINGSEE DETAIL 4 ON SHEET E-7 FOR POLE BASE DETAIL.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOUTH COAST LIGHTING& DESIGN LIGHTING DRAWING #K-042324-1S FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POLE, ARMS, ANDLIGHT FIXTURES.E3SINGLE HEAD STREET LIGHT POLE WITH KING LUMINAIREPENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE AND 30FT CAL TRANS TYPE 15POLE WITH 15FT ARM.POLE#BCNHQ1735-FL4S-15MOD-15LMA-K828-100W-LED-FPGVFIXTURE #K828-P4SA-III-100(SSL)-8084-420V-KPL21-PR7100LED120POEXISTINGSEE DETAIL 4 ON SHEET E-7 FOR POLE BASE DETAIL.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOUTH COAST LIGHTING& DESIGN LIGHTING DRAWING #K-112524-1S FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON POLE, ARM, ANDLIGHT FIXTURE.B1aBOLLARD LUMINAIRE (30")#BOL1301-NWNL12LED120BGSP-3SOUTH COAST LIGHTING & DESIGN, NOTE 1SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E-7 FOR BOLLARD DETAIL.B2aBOLLARD LUMINAIRE (30")#BOL1301-NWNL12LED120BGSP-3SOUTH COAST LIGHTING & DESIGN, NOTE 1SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E-7 FOR BOLLARD DETAIL.B1bBOLLARD LUMINAIRE (30")#BOL1301-NWNL12LED120BGSP-5SOUTH COAST LIGHTING & DESIGN, NOTE 1SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E-7 FOR BOLLARD DETAIL.B2bBOLLARD LUMINAIRE (30")#BOL1301-NWNL12LED120BGSP-5SOUTH COAST LIGHTING & DESIGN, NOTE 1SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E-7 FOR BOLLARD DETAIL.D1SLIMLINER LOW PROFILE OUTDOOR STRIP LIGHT (2FT)#701956-3WL4614.5LED120SGSP-1SLOANLED, NOTE 2, 3SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E-7 FOR MOUNTING.GENERAL NOTES:ABBREVIATIONS:-CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES SHALL BE WATER TIGHT.S = SURFACE-PROVIDE FIXTURES WITH STAINLESS STEEL TAMPER PROOF HARDWAREPO = POLE-PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION HARDWARE FOR ACOMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM.B = BOLLARDG = IN GRADENOTES:1.ARCHITECT TO DETERMINE FINISH COLOR.2.AIM FOR BEST COVERAGE AFTER INSTALLATION PER CITY REQUIREMENTS.3.PROVIDE 60W, 12V POWER SUPPLY TO POWER TWO FIXTURES 4.5W FIXTURES.(E)PANELMSYSTEMGROUND(E)(E)(E) 100A BUS(E) METER PEDESTAL120/240V, 1PH, 3WLEGENDDEMOLITION - SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMNO SCALE1PANEL SCHEDULE - 'GSP' & WORST CASE VOLTAGE DROP CALCNO SCALE3NOTESDISCONNECT AND REMOVE METER PEDESTAL ANDRETURN EQUIPMENT TO CITY. SYSTEM GROUND SHALLREMAIN IN PLACE FOR NEW METER PEDESTAL.PROVIDE METER PEDESTAL PER DETAIL 1/E-6. PROVIDELIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANEL AND TIME CLOCK INEXTERIOR NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE MOUNTED IN AUXILIARYSECTION OF PEDESTAL TO OPERATE EXTERIOR LIGHTING.PROVIDE PHOTOCELL IN METER PEDESTAL AT FACTORYPROVIDED PHOTOCELL WINDOW; POSITION PERMANUFACTURER PER DETAIL 5/E-6. SEE LIGHTINGCONTROL RELAY SCHEDULE ON DETAIL 3/E-7.12PANEL'GSP'MSYSTEMGROUND(E)(E)100A BUSMETER PEDESTAL120/240V, 1PH, 3WSINGLE LINE DIAGRAMNO SCALE2EXISTING UTILITYEXISTING UTILITY211.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE. WHERE THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS INDICATEMORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS, THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL GOVERN BUT THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE INTERPRETED AS AUTHORITY TO VIOLATE ANY CODE ORREGULATION.2.LIGHT LINE WEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING CONDITIONS, DARK LINE WEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK.3.UNDERGROUND CONDUITS CROSSING STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE ENCASED IN A REINFORCED CONCRETE ENVELOPE (U.O.N). REBAR CAGE SHALL EXTEND FIVE (5) FEET MINIMUM BEYOND THEPAVEMENT (INTO THE LANDSCAPED AREA).4.AT LEAST THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO STARTING EXCAVATION OR TRENCHING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM AN UNDERGROUND SITE SURVEY UTILIZING AN INDEPENDENT ELECTRONIC LOCATORSERVICE COMPANY TO VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITY PIPING AND CONDUITS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL A SITE SURVEY REPORT TO THECITY'S REPRESENTATIVE WITHIN FIVE (5) WORKING DAYS AFTER THE SURVEY IS PERFORMED. THE SITE SURVEY REPORT SHALL SHOW THE LOCATION FOR EXISTING UTILITIES AND IDENTIFY ANY POSSIBLECONFLICTS BETWEEN THE NEW WORK AND EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL POT HOLE USING VACUUM POT HOLING EQUIPMENT TO LOCATE EXACT LOCATION AND DEPTH OF EXISTING UTILITIES.5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TRAFFIC CONTROL PER THE LATEST 2018 CALTRANS STANDARDS INCLUDING SIGNAGE, BARRIERS, ETC. AND MINIMIZE TRAFFIC INTERRUPTIONS INACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE.6.MINIMUM TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO SCHEDULING AN ELECTRICAL OUTAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPLAY TO THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE AN ON SITE INVENTORY OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTNECESSARY TO PERFORM THE WORK DURING THE OUTAGE. SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST INDICATING AREAS AFFECTED BY THE SHUT DOWN. PROVIDE BACKUP POWER TO MAINTAIN POWER TO AREASAFFECTED.7.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PRESERVATION OF ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES, PIPELINES, CONDUITS (INCLUDING SITE LIGHTING), IRRIGATION PIPING (INCLUDING SPRINKLERHEADS) OR OTHER STRUCTURES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACE AND IDENTIFY ANY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION.8.DRAWINGS SHOW APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SOME EXISTING UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THE "AS-BUILT" RECORDS OF THE CITY AND FIELD INVESTIGATION DURING DESIGN.9.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNCOVER AND EXPOSE ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING MACHINE EXCAVATION. ANY CHANGES IN DUCT BANK GRADE OR ALIGNMENTREQUIRED BECAUSE OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHALL BE MADE ONLY UPON WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE.10.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND REPLACE THE ENTIRE CONCRETE PANEL FOR PORTIONS OF ANY CONCRETE WALK DISTURBED BY THE ELECTRICAL DUCT BANK INSTALLATION. THE NEWCONCRETE PANELS SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING ADJACENT PANELS (INCLUDING COLOR).11.PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES, SHRUBS AND LAWN (GRASS):A.ALL EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION.B.TREES AND SHRUBS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED IN LIKE KIND AS PART OF THE BASE BID.C.REPLACEMENT TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE GUARANTEED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01700 OF PROJECT GENERAL CONDITIONS.D.ANY LAWN (GRASS) DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED. PROVIDE HYDROSEED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY'S REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDE 2 MONTH MAINTENANCE PERIOD.E.LOCATE AND CAP ANY EXISTING IRRIGATION TO PREVENT POSSIBLE WATER RUNOFF ONTO CONSTRUCTION AREA, WHILE MINIMIZING DAMAGE TO ADJACENT UNDISTURBED PLANTED ANDIRRIGATED AREAS.12.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSPECTION AND MODIFICATION OF THE EROSION CONTROL DEVICES, AS NECESSARY, DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BERESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTINUAL MAINTENANCE OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION.13.ALL LOOSE SOIL AND DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ROAD AREAS UPON STARTING OPERATIONS AND PERIODICALLY THEREAFTER AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE.14.ALL UTILITY TRENCHES SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITHIN 24 HOURS AND MUST BE BACKFILLED BEFORE THE END OF THE WORK DAY IF A 2O PERCENT CHANCE OF RAIN IS PREDICTED.15.CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT EROSION DURING CONSTRUCTION. GRAVEL BAGS SHALL BE USED WHENEVER RAIN IS IMMINENT. IF GRAVEL BAGS ARE NOT USED EACH DAY,ALL RISK WILL BE ASSUMED BY THE CONTRACTOR.16.GRAVEL BAGS AND NECESSARY MATERIALS SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON SITE AND STOCKPILED AT CONVENIENT LOCATIONS TO FACILITATE RAPID CONSTRUCTION OF TEMPORARY DEVICES OR TO REPAIRANY DAMAGED EROSION CONTROL MEASURES WHEN RAIN IS IMMINENT.17.ANY PROPOSED ALTERNATE CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.18.PAVED ROADWAYS, SIDEWALKS, AND OTHER IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A NEAT AND CLEAN CONDITION, FREE OF LOOSE SOIL, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS, AND TRASH. ROADWAY SWEEPINGOR OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE MEANS SHALL BE USED ON A REGULAR BASIS TO REMOVE DEPOSITED MATERIALS. WATER SHALL NOT BE USED TO CLEAN ROADWAY EXCEPT OF FINE MATERIAL NOTOTHERWISE REMOVED BY SWEEPING OR OTHER MECHANICAL MEANS.19.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE DUE TO UNCOMPLETED GRADING OPERATIONS OR UNFORESEENCIRCUMSTANCES WHICH MAY ARISE.20.AFTER TRENCHING, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE, IN KIND ALL DAMAGED OR REMOVED TREES OR SHRUBS AND PROVIDE GROUND COVER TO MATCH THESURROUNDING AREA.21.THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK IN STREET SHALL NOT DISRUPT TRAFFIC. ALL STREETS AND PARKING AREAS SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN COMPLIANCEWITH SPECIFICATIONS.22.OPEN TRENCHES SHALL NOT REMAIN UNCOVERED OVERNIGHT. STEEL PLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO COVER OPEN TRENCHES OVERNIGHT AND DURING PERIODS WHEN ACCESS TO TRENCH IS NOTREQUIRED. PROVIDE ASPHALT PATCH AT EACH EDGE OF STEEL PLATE SO THAT VEHICLE TIRES ARE NOT DAMAGED WHEN DRIVING OVER STEEL PLATES. PROVIDE BARRICADES WITH FLASHERS FORSAFETY OF PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC.23.STREET LIGHT OPERATION SHALL BE MAINTAINED DURING CONSTRUCTION. ANY INTERRUPTION CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPAIRED AND RETURNED TO SERVICE,ALL AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.24.POLE LIGHT FIXTURES DISPLACED BY EXCAVATION SHALL BE REINSTALLED. EXISTING BASES SHALL NOT BE REUSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW POLE BASES. SUBMIT POLE BASE DESIGNSTAMPED AND SIGNED BY LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.25.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS OF THE EXISTING AND NEW INSTALLATION CLEARLY IDENTIFYING DIMENSIONS, DEPTH, LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT, CABLES, AND EQUIPMENT ASAPPLICABLE AND ALL PROVIDED AS PART OF THE PROJECT.E-129 Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar SSSSSS SSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSDSDSD SD SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDGGGGGGGG GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW SCE SCECOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMM COMM COMM COMM COMM COMM COMM COMM COMM C O M M C O M M C O M M COMM COMM COMM COMM COMM COMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMW W W W W W W W WWWWWWWWW W WWWWWWWWWWW WWWWWW W W WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW WWWWWWWWWWWWWWW W TSTS TS TSTSTSTSTSTS TSTSSCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCE SCE SCESCE SCE SCE SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCE SCE SCESCESCESCESCECOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMWWWWCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM G G G G G G G G GGGGGG G G G G GGGGGGGGGG GSDSDSD TSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTS TSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTS TS TS TSTSTSTSTSTSTS TS TS TSTSTSWSSW TSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDGOLDEN SPRINGS DR.GOLDEN SPRINGS DR. DRIVEWAY DRIVEWAY 1E-4453533454B1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bE1B1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bE1E1E2E3E1E1E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER)E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER)E1(ER) E1621E-6METERPEDESTAL"GSP"IRRIGATION CONTROLLER "A"PULLBOX3E-4TYP1E-32E-342E-42E-51E-51"C - 6#8 & 2#10 GND1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GND& 1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)B1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1aB2bB2bB1bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB1aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB2bB1a51"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GND& (2) 1"C SPARES (WITH PULLSTRING)1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GND& 1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)3E-6TYPPULLBOXPULLBOXPULLBOXPULLBOXPULLBOXE2(E) METERPEDESTAL1Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD SDSDSDGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW W W W WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWSDW W W W W W W W W WCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMM COMM COMM COMMCOMMCOMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMM COMM COMMCOMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMWWWWWWW W W WTS TS TS TS TSTSTSTSSCESCESCESCESCESCESCE SCE SCE SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCE SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCEW WWWWWWWWWWWG GG G G G GG G TS TS TS TS TSCOMM COMM C O MM T S COMM COMM C OMM TSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSSD SD SD SD TSTSW WTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDGENTLE SPRINGS LN. GENTLE SPRINGS LN. DRIVEWAYDRIVEWAY4 43334B1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aE3E3E3E1E1E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E1(ER) E13E-3B1aB1aB1aB1aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB1aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB1aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2aB2a1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GND&(2) 1"C SPARES (WITH PULLSTRING)1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)PULLBOXKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTR:\J8893\Electrical\J8893_E-2.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 05:15:57 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERDATE: 08/15/2025PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:08/15/2025SHEET __ OF __47EFORPDE R ETSIGER REENIGNELANOISSCALI FORN I ASTATEOF No. E17508M A RCO CABIBBOELECTRICALEXPIRE BY: 06/30/20270NORTH30SCALE: 1" = 30'SEE BELOW FOR CONTINUATIONNOTESREMOVE EXISTING METER PEDESTAL AND RETURN TOUTILITY COMPANY. UTILITY COMPANY TO EXTEND TO NEWLOCATION OF METER PEDESTAL.SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE,LIGHT POLE, AND POLE BASE, RECONNECT EXISTINGCIRCUIT TO NEW LED FIXTURE ON NEW POLE E1 OR E3.INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TOFEED LIGHT POLE FIXTURE E1 AT NEW LOCATION. SUBMITPOLE BASE DESIGN STAMPED AND SIGNED BY ALICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN THE STATE OFCALIFORNIA. REFER TO DETAIL 2/E-4 FOR TYPICAL LIGHTPOLE LAYOUT WITH PULLBOX.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE,LIGHT POLE, AND POLE BASE, RECONNECT EXISTINGCIRCUIT TO NEW LED FIXTURE ON NEW POLE E1 OR E3.INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TOFEED LIGHT POLE FIXTURE E1 AT NEW LOCATION. SUBMITPOLE BASE DESIGN STAMPED AND SIGNED BY ALICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN THE STATE OFCALIFORNIA. REFER TO DETAIL 1/E-4 FOR TYPICAL LIGHTPOLE LAYOUT WITHOUT PULLBOX.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE,LIGHT POLE, AND POLE BASE, RECONNECT EXISTINGCIRCUIT TO NEW LED FIXTURE ON NEW DOUBLE HEADPOLE E2 IN THE MEDIAN. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUITAND CONDUCTORS TO FEED LIGHT POLE FIXTURE E1 ATNEW LOCATION. SUBMIT POLE BASE DESIGN STAMPEDAND SIGNED BY A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER INTHE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. REFER TO DETAIL 1/E-5 FORTYPICAL LIGHT POLE LAYOUT WITH PULLBOX.PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL METER PEDESTAL WITH BASE.SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E-6. PROTECT EXISTING LOADS INPLACE.1112223334445666GENERAL NOTES1.SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING CIRCUITING FOREACH FIXTURE TYPE.2.EXISTING CONDUIT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGSARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FORVERIFYING ACTUAL LOCATION IN FIELD.3.SEE ENLARGED PLANS ON SHEETS E-3, E-4, AND E-5 FORCIRCUITING AND SEE SHEET E-1 FOR PANEL SCHEDULE.4.COORDINATE WITH CITY FOR REMOVAL AND/ORDEMOLITION OF POLES AND POLE BASES THAT ARE NOLONGER NEEDED FOR RE-USE.SEE ABOVE FOR CONTINUATIONE-230 PULLBOX3E-6TYPSEE SHEET E-2 FORCONTINUATION2E-6TYP1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GND& 1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)2E-7TYPD1D1J1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)122D1D1J122PULLBOXTYP3E-62E-6TYP1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GND& 1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)1"C SPARE (WITH PULLSTRING)2E-7TYPD1D1J122D1D1J122(2) 1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GNDPULLBOX3E-6TYP2E-6TYP2E-7TYPD1D1J122D1D1J122(2) 1"C - 2#8 & 1#10 GNDPOST & WOOD BEAM ELEMENT 3 & FUTURE STUB1/4" = 1'-0"3POST & WOOD BEAM ELEMENT 1 & FUTURE STUB1/4" = 1'-0"1GENERAL NOTES1.SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING CIRCUITING FOREACH FIXTURE TYPE.2.EXISTING CONDUIT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGSARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FORVERIFYING ACTUAL LOCATION IN FIELD.3.SEE PANEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1 FOR ADDITIONALCIRCUITING INFORMATION.4.TYPICAL DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET MAY NOTCOMPLETELY REPRESENT EACH STREET LIGHT INSTANCE.REFER TO SHEET E-2, LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS, AND CIVILDRAWINGS.0NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"0NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"POST & WOOD BEAM ELEMENT 21/4" = 1'-0"20NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATIONSEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATIONSEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATIONSEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATIONNOTESPROVIDE 6"X6" JUNCTION BOX WITH LOCKABLE WEATHERTIGHT SS COVER TO HOUSE POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDEPOWER SUPPLY PER LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE INENCLOSURE FOR LIGHT FIXTURES ON BOTH SIDES OFMONUMENT.PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE WIRES WITHIN 1/4" CONDUITEMBEDDED WITHIN MONUMENT FROM POWER SUPPLY TOLIGHT FIXTURE. PROVIDE 1/4" METAL FLEX CONDUIT FOREXPOSED PORTION OF LOW VOLTAGE RUN TO LIGHTFIXTURE.12E-3Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTR:\J8893\Electrical\J8893_E-3.dwgFri 15.Aug.25 02:40:57 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERDATE: 08/15/2025PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:08/15/2025SHEET __ OF __47EFORPD E R ETSIGER REENIGNELANOISSCALI FOR NIASTATEOF No. E17508M A R CO CABIBBOELECTRICALEXPIRE BY: 06/30/202731 Diamond Bar COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW W W W WTSTSTSTSTS TSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSE11SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCEB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1b(E) SCE UNDERGROUND CONDUITTO FUTURE BUSSHELTER (GSP-7)PULLBOX3E-6TYP5E-7TYP322E-6TYP2E-64E-7(ER) E14B2bB2bB2bB2b5E-7TYPDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar COMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMSCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESC E S C E SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCETSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTS TSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSWWWWB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1aB1a5E-7TYP2E-6TYPPULLBOX3E-6TYPTO FUTURE BUSSHELTER (GSP-7)B1aSSSSSSSSSSSDSDSDSDSDGGGGGCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMM TSTSTSTSTSTSTS(E) SCE UNDERGROUND CONDUITPULLBOX(ER) E1SCESCEE15SCESCESCE2E-63E-6244E-7GENERAL NOTES1.SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING CIRCUITING FOREACH FIXTURE TYPE.2.EXISTING CONDUIT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGSARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FORVERIFYING ACTUAL LOCATION IN FIELD.3.SEE PANEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1 FOR ADDITIONALCIRCUITING INFORMATION.4.TYPICAL DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET MAY NOTCOMPLETELY REPRESENT EACH STREET LIGHT INSTANCE.REFER TO SHEET E-2, LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS, AND CIVILDRAWINGS.Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTR:\J8893\Electrical\J8893_E-4.dwgFri 15.Aug.25 02:40:44 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERDATE: 08/15/2025PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:08/15/2025SHEET __ OF __47EFORPD E R ETSIGER REENIGNELANOISSCALI FORN I ASTATEOF No. E17508M A R CO CABIBBOELECTRICALEXPIRE BY: 06/30/2027NOTESINTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS ANDEXTEND TO NEW POLE BASE LOCATION. VERIFY CONDUITLOCATION IN FIELD.PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, SPLICECONDUCTORS AND EXTEND TO NEW POLE BASE.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE,LIGHT POLE, AND POLE BASE, RECONNECT EXISTINGCIRCUIT TO NEW LED FIXTURE ON NEW POLE E1.INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TOFEED LIGHT POLE FIXTURE E1 AT NEW LOCATION. SUBMITPOLE BASE DESIGN STAMPED AND SIGNED BY ALICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN THE STATE OFCALIFORNIA.EXTEND AND CONNECT EXISTING CIRCUIT TO NEWFIXTURE.INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT WITH IN-GRADE PULLBOX.VERIFY CONDUIT LOCATION IN FIELD.12345TYPICAL STREET POLE LAYOUT (WITHOUT PULLBOX) & BUS STOP BOLLARD LAYOUT1/4" = 1'-0"10NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"BUS STOP BOLLARD LAYOUT1/4" = 1'-0"20NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"TYPICAL STREET POLE LAYOUT (WITH PULLBOX)1/4" = 1'-0"30NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATIONSEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATIONSEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION E-432 Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSW W W W W W W TSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1bB1b2E-62PULLBOX(ER) E14E-644E-7SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCE SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCE2E-6TYP(E) SCE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT5E-7TYPTO FUTURE BUSSHELTER (GSP-7)PULLBOX14E-6SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMCOMMTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSB2aB1aB1aB1aB1aB2aB2aB1aB1aB2aB2aB1aB1aB1aE1(ER) E14SCESCE(E) SCE UNDERGROUND CONDUITPULLBOX1SCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCESCE2E-64E-62PULLBOX4E-6TO FUTURE BUSSHELTER (GSP-7)35E-7TYP5E-7TYPGENERAL NOTES1.SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING CIRCUITING FOREACH FIXTURE TYPE.2.EXISTING CONDUIT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGSARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FORVERIFYING ACTUAL LOCATION IN FIELD.3.SEE PANEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1 FOR ADDITIONALCIRCUITING INFORMATION.4.TYPICAL DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET MAY NOTCOMPLETELY REPRESENT EACH STREET LIGHT INSTANCE.REFER TO SHEET E-2, LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS, AND CIVILDRAWINGS.Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTR:\J8893\Electrical\J8893_E-5.dwgFri 15.Aug.25 02:40:37 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERDATE: 08/15/2025PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:08/15/2025SHEET __ OF __47EFORPDE R ETSIGER REENIGNELANOISSCALI FORN I ASTATEOF No. E17508M A RCO CABIBBOELECTRICALEXPIRE BY: 06/30/2027NOTESINTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT WITH IN-GRADE PULLBOX.VERIFY CONDUIT LOCATION IN FIELD.PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, SPLICECONDUCTORS AND EXTEND TO NEW POLE BASE.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE,LIGHT POLE, AND POLE BASE, RECONNECT EXISTINGCIRCUIT TO NEW LED FIXTURE ON NEW POLE E1.INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TOFEED LIGHT POLE FIXTURE E1 AT NEW LOCATION. SUBMITPOLE BASE DESIGN STAMPED AND SIGNED BY ALICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN THE STATE OFCALIFORNIA.EXTEND AND CONNECT EXISTING CIRCUIT TO NEWFIXTURE.1234TYPICAL STREET POLE LAYOUT (RELOCATION TO MEDIAN) & BUS STOP BOLLARD LAYOUT1/4" = 1'-0"10NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"TYPICAL STREET POLE LAYOUT (WITH PULLBOX) & BUS STOP BOLLARD LAYOUT1/4" = 1'-0"20NORTH4SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION E-533 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTR:\J8893\Electrical\J8893_E-6.dwgFri 15.Aug.25 02:40:24 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERDATE: 08/15/2025PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:08/15/2025SHEET __ OF __47EFORPDE R ETSIGER REENIGNELANOISSCALI FORNI ASTATEOF No. E17508M A R CO CABIBBOELECTRICALEXPIRE BY: 06/30/2027TYPICAL TRENCH DETAILNO SCALE224" OF COVERMIN.2"FINISHEDGRADECONDUIT (TYP)METER PEDESTAL ELEVATIONNO SCALE1BACKFILL NATIVE SOILWITH 95% COMPACTIONSANDNOTESRESTORE SURFACE TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS.11TYPICAL PULLBOX DETAILNO SCALE3SECTION A-AAA4"18"4"4"4"4"12"NOTESPULL BOX BASE. SET ON PEA GRAVEL BASE BENEATH PULLBOX. (PROVIDE EXTENSIONS AS REQ'D. IN FIELD) MIN. OF (1)EXTENSION.POUR 4" CONCRETE OR AC PATCH PAD AROUND EACH PULLBOX TO PREVENT SINKING BELOW GRADE, AND SLURRY COATAROUND. SEE SECTION A-A.PROVIDE 6'-0", #6 GROUND BOND JUMPER TO COVER FROMSERVICE GROUND CONDUCTOR WITH NECESSARY APPROVEDHARDWARE.PROVIDE DUCT SEAL PUTTY IN ALL CONDUITS.1234GENERAL NOTES1.LABEL EACH COVER: A) LIGHTING PULLBOX2.DO NOT MIX POWER & L.V. COMM. CONDUITS.36" MIN.CONDUIT,SEE PLANSASPHALTAC PATCHTOP OF NEW12" X 18" X 12" PULLBOXSLURRY12" PULLBOXEXTENSION118" MIN.12" GRAVEL BASE DIRT124LIGHT INGPULLBOX 3NOTESLANDING LUG.MTR SKT 100A.MAIN CB 100A, 2P, 120/240VACINTERIOR 100A, 240V, 1PHPHOTOCELL SOCKET, TWISTLOCK, PROVIDE PHOTOCELLIN METER PEDESTAL AT FACTORY PROVIDED PHOTOCELLWINDOW; POSITION PER MANUFACTURER AND CONNECTTO RELAY PANEL.BYPASS/ TEST SWITCH, H.O.A.INSULATED NEUTRALGROUNDNLIGHT RELAY PANEL. SEE DETAIL 1/E-7 FOR WIRINGDIAGRAM AND DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.EZ TOUCH FOR DMX CONTROL.PROVIDE METER PEDESTAL. (120LBS MAX) (MEYERSMEUG46-M100).CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW PEDESTAL FOOTING.SUBMIT FOOTING DESIGN STAMPED AND SIGNED BYLICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN THE STATE OFCALIFORNIA. REFER TO MANUFACTURER ANCHORAGEREQUIREMENTS.12345678910111212341096578111218"6"TYP1/2" SS OR 5/8"WEDGE ANCHORTYPICAL OF 61/2" SS OR 5/8"WEDGE ANCHORTYPICAL OF 63000 PSI CONCRETE3000 PSI CONCRETEE-634 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTR:\J8893\Electrical\J8893_E-7.dwgFri 15.Aug.25 02:41:13 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERDATE: 08/15/2025PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:08/15/2025SHEET __ OF __47EFORPDE R ETSIGER REENIGNELANOISSCALI FORNI ASTATEOF No. E17508M A R CO CABIBBOELECTRICALEXPIRE BY: 06/30/2027ARP RELAY PANELNO SCALE1MONUMENT LIGHTING DETAILNO SCALE2POLE BASE DETAILNO SCALE4GENERAL NOTES1.DETAIL PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTORSHALL OBTAIN THE SERVICES OF A LICENSEDSTRUCTURAL ENGINEERING IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIAFOR FINAL POLE BASE DESIGN.TIME SWITCH AND PHOTOCELL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMNO SCALE3LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY SCHEDULE 'LCP-SL'RELAY NOPANEL ANDCIRCUITLOAD DESCRIPTIONMANUALON/OFFMOTIONSENSORDIMMINGTIMECLOCKPHOTOCELLREMARKSR1PANEL 'GSP' - 1MONUMENT LIGHTINGYESNOYESYESYES-R2PANEL 'GSP' - 3BOLLARD LIGHTING - NORTHYESNOYESYESYES-R3PANEL 'GSP' - 5BOLLARD LIGHTING - SOUTHYESNOYESYESYES-R4-SPARE - RESERVED FOR FUTURELIGHTING CIRCUIT.------GENERAL NOTES1. THE AUTOMATIC SCHEDULING CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF REDUCING OUTDOOR LIGHTING POWER BY 50-90% DURING PRE-PROGRAMMED UNOCCUPIED PERIODS.2. THE AUTOMATIC SCHEDULING CONTROLS SHALL ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 2 NIGHT TIME PERIODS WITH INDEPENDENTLY PROGRAMMED LIGHTING LEVELS.3. THE AUTOMATIC SCHEDULING CONTROLS MAY INCLUDE AN OVERRIDE FUNCTION FOR A MAXIMUM OF 2 HOURS WHEN IT IS IN A SCHEDULED 'DIM' OR 'OFF' STATE.LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO LED FIXTURES6”x6” JBOX W/ LOCKABLEWEATHER TIGHT SS COVER TOHOUSE POWER SUPPLYPOWER SUPPLYCONDUIT PER PLANS1/4" FLEX METAL CONDUITFINISHED GRADE(2" BELOW TOP OF CURB)TOP OF CURB1”x 24” x 1/2” LED LIGHT STRIPSBOLLARD DETAILNO SCALE5INTERNALSUPPORT PIPE16" DIA. X 36" DEEP BASECHAMFER EDGE (1")24"24" DIA.CONDUITPER PLANSFINISHEDGRADEGROUTAROUND BASE4#6 VERTICAL WITH#3 @ TIES 6" O.C.3/4" DIA. X 24" ANCHORBOLTS WITH TECH. STDSWITH 2#3 @ TIES TOP& BOTTOMREINFORCEDCONCRETE BASEGENERAL NOTES1.REFERENCE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-1FOR MODEL NUMBER AND REFER TO MANUFACTURERCUTSHEETS FOR EXACT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS.nLIGHT:(#ARP-INTENC8-NLT-4SPR-MVOLT-HLK-SM)REFER TO RELAY SCHEDULES, THIS SHEET.LINE / LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS & INTERNAL WIRING SCHEMATICON LOADLINERELAY 1 277VNEUT120V DUAL VOLTAGE INPUT TRANSFORMERON LOADLINERELAY 2 ON LOADLINERELAY 3 ON LOADLINERELAY 4 LOADLINELOADLINELOADLINELOADLINERELAY CONTROL CARD24VGND1234COM#1#2#3#4COM#5#6#7#8HIGH VOLTAGE SIDELOW VOLTAGE SIDEADDRESS/ERASEADDRESS/ERASEONLINEONLINECONTACT CLOSURE INPUTSTERMINATOR BREAKER PANELNEUTRAL BUS BARCIRCUIT BREAKERSTO LOADSJUMPERS FOR FIELD-CONFIGURABLE RELAYSLOW/HIGHVOLTAGEBARRIERANALOG INPUTS0-10V DIMMINGOUTPUTS #1-40-10V DIMMINGOUTPUTS #5-8GROUND LUG0-10VWIRESGENERAL NOTES1.REFER TO CIVIL PLANS FOR EXACT MONUMENTDIMENSIONS AND DESIGN.E-735 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-1.dwgThu 18.Apr.24 01:45:57 PM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 47IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT LEGENDL-1 36 245246247248249250SSDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-2.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 10:49:01 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 47MATCH LINE - STA 250+50 SEE SHEET L-3 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'GOLDENSPRINGS DR.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDIRRIGATION PLANL-2 37 251252253254255256Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-3.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 10:50:04 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 470'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'MATCH LINE - STA 256+50 SEE SHEET L-4 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50SEE SHEET L-2 DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDDRIVEWAY DRIVEWAY IRRIGATION PLANL-3 38 257258259260261262Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-4.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 10:52:01 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 470'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'MATCH LINE - STA 256+50SEE SHEET L-3 SR-60 EBON-RAMPDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDPALOMINO DR. GENTLE SPRINGS LN.IRRIGATION PLANL-4 39 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-5.dwgMon 25.Mar.24 10:28:11 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 474"MIN.4" MIN WIDTH AS REQUIRED LENGTH AS REQUIRED2" 6" 12" MIN.FLOWFLOW12" MIN.FLOWFLOWIRRIGATION DETAILSL-5 40 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-6.dwgMon 25.Mar.24 10:27:17 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 47IRRIGATION DETAILSL-6 41 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-7.dwgMon 25.Mar.24 10:26:52 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 47SLEEVE UNDER CONCRETE/ACTRENCHINGIRRIGATION DETAILS AND NOTESL-7 42 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-8.dwgMon 25.Mar.24 10:25:57 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 47PLANTING LEGEND AND NOTESL-8 43 245246247248249250SSDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-9.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 11:03:27 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 47MATCH LINE - STA 250+50 SEE SHEET L-10 0'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'GOLDENSPRINGS DR.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDPLANTING PLANL-9 44 251252253254255256Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond Bar Diamond BarDiamond BarKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-10.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 10:26:22 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 470'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'MATCH LINE - STA 256+50 SEE SHEET L-11 MATCH LINE - STA 250+50SEE SHEET L-9 DRIVEWAY DRIVEWAYDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDPLANTING PLANL-10 45 257258259260261262Diamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarDiamond BarKnow what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-11.dwgFri 22.Aug.25 10:28:21 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 470'20'20'10'10'1 inch = 20 ft.0'MATCH LINE - STA 256+50SEE SHEET L-10 PALOMINO DR. GENTLE SPRINGS LN.SR-60 EBON-RAMPDIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDPLANTING PLANL-11 46 Know what'sbelow.Callbefore you dig.DIAMOND BAR BOULEVARDCOMPLETE STREET PROJECTI:\MNS Engineers\Diamond Bar Blvd Streetscape\LCI Plan\L-12.dwgMon 25.Mar.24 10:22:35 AM PREPARED BY:SUBMITTEDREVIEWEDAPPROVEDDEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKSC I T Y O F D I A M O N D B A RSTATE OF CALIFORNIADAVID G. LIU, P.E.RCE 44053DATEDIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS / CITY ENGINEERCall: Toll Free811 OR 1-800-227-2600TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIGSHEET __ OF __DATE: 03/29/2024PROJECT NO. PW17400SIGNED:03/29/2024 47ROCK:CANYON CLAY (ANGULAR)SIZE:3" to 8"SOURCE:DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONPHONE:800.699.1878TYPE 'B' @ MEDIANROCK:SPANISH BUFF (ANGULAR)SIZE:3" to 8"SOURCE:DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONPHONE:800.699.1878TYPE 'B' - ALTERNATIVE 1ROCK:WILDFLOWER (ANGULAR)SIZE:3" to 8"SOURCE:DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONPHONE:800.699.1878TYPE 'B' - ALTERNATIVE 2ROCK:DOS RIO COBBLE (ROUND)SIZE:4" to 8"SOURCE:SOUTHWEST BOULDERS & STONEPHONE:760.342.5523TYPE 'A' @ BIOSWALEROCK:ARIZONA RIVER ROCK (ROUND)SIZE:3" to 8"SOURCE:KRC ROCKPHONE:800.572.7625TYPE 'A' - ALTERNATIVE 1ROCK:SANTA FE (ROUND)SIZE:4" to 8"SOURCE:SOUTHWEST STONE & BOULDERPHONE:760.342.5523TYPE 'A' - ALTERNATIVE 2ACCENT BOULDER. FINAL PLACEMENT ANDALIGNMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THELANDSCAPE ARCHITECTSET TOP OF BOULDER MAX. 18INCHES, MIN. 12" ABOVE TOP OFCURB. VARY THE BOULDERHEIGHTTOP OFEXISTING CURBEXCAVATE MIN. 6" BELOWBOULDER. FILL WITH MASONRYSAND OR APPROVED SUBBASEMATERIAL5BLOCK-OUT MORTAR BASE AROUND BASE OFBOULDER (12"). FILL BLOCK-OUTS WITH LOOSE ROCKCOBBLE OVER 3" LAYER OF DECOMPOSED GRANITE.90% COMPACTSUBGRADEACCENT BOULDERS---APPROX. SIZE:1.5' x 1.5' x 2'(width x depth x height)DAKOTA2' x 2' x 3'4' x 3' x 3'TYPE OFSTONEQUANTITY3' x 2' x 2'SOURCE:COUGAR STONEPHONE:714.933.7360(PERINERT MATERIALLEGEND,SHEET L-8PLANTING DETAILSL-12 47